blob: 406b8201a3fe585d4a69d7f6916a39cc9de43d17 [file] [log] [blame]
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001//===--- SemaExpr.cpp - Semantic Analysis for Expressions -----------------===//
2//
3// The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
4//
Chris Lattner0bc735f2007-12-29 19:59:25 +00005// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
6// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00007//
8//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
9//
10// This file implements semantic analysis for expressions.
11//
12//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
13
14#include "Sema.h"
Douglas Gregor99a2e602009-12-16 01:38:02 +000015#include "SemaInit.h"
John McCall7d384dd2009-11-18 07:57:50 +000016#include "Lookup.h"
Ted Kremenekdbdbaaf2010-03-20 21:06:02 +000017#include "AnalysisBasedWarnings.h"
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +000018#include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h"
Daniel Dunbarc4a1dea2008-08-11 05:35:13 +000019#include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h"
Anders Carlssond497ba72009-08-26 22:59:12 +000020#include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h"
Chris Lattner04421082008-04-08 04:40:51 +000021#include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h"
Steve Narofff494b572008-05-29 21:12:08 +000022#include "clang/AST/ExprObjC.h"
Anders Carlssond497ba72009-08-26 22:59:12 +000023#include "clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h"
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +000024#include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h"
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +000025#include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h"
Anders Carlssond497ba72009-08-26 22:59:12 +000026#include "clang/Lex/LiteralSupport.h"
27#include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h"
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +000028#include "clang/Parse/DeclSpec.h"
Chris Lattner418f6c72008-10-26 23:43:26 +000029#include "clang/Parse/Designator.h"
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +000030#include "clang/Parse/Scope.h"
Douglas Gregor314b97f2009-11-10 19:49:08 +000031#include "clang/Parse/Template.h"
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +000032using namespace clang;
33
David Chisnall0f436562009-08-17 16:35:33 +000034
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +000035/// \brief Determine whether the use of this declaration is valid, and
36/// emit any corresponding diagnostics.
37///
38/// This routine diagnoses various problems with referencing
39/// declarations that can occur when using a declaration. For example,
40/// it might warn if a deprecated or unavailable declaration is being
41/// used, or produce an error (and return true) if a C++0x deleted
42/// function is being used.
43///
Chris Lattner52338262009-10-25 22:31:57 +000044/// If IgnoreDeprecated is set to true, this should not want about deprecated
45/// decls.
46///
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +000047/// \returns true if there was an error (this declaration cannot be
48/// referenced), false otherwise.
Chris Lattner52338262009-10-25 22:31:57 +000049///
John McCall54abf7d2009-11-04 02:18:39 +000050bool Sema::DiagnoseUseOfDecl(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc) {
Chris Lattner76a642f2009-02-15 22:43:40 +000051 // See if the decl is deprecated.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis40b598e2009-06-30 02:34:44 +000052 if (D->getAttr<DeprecatedAttr>()) {
John McCall54abf7d2009-11-04 02:18:39 +000053 EmitDeprecationWarning(D, Loc);
Chris Lattner76a642f2009-02-15 22:43:40 +000054 }
55
Chris Lattnerffb93682009-10-25 17:21:40 +000056 // See if the decl is unavailable
57 if (D->getAttr<UnavailableAttr>()) {
58 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_unavailable) << D->getDeclName();
59 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_unavailable_here) << 0;
60 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +000061
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +000062 // See if this is a deleted function.
Douglas Gregor25d944a2009-02-24 04:26:15 +000063 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +000064 if (FD->isDeleted()) {
65 Diag(Loc, diag::err_deleted_function_use);
66 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_unavailable_here) << true;
67 return true;
68 }
Douglas Gregor25d944a2009-02-24 04:26:15 +000069 }
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +000070
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +000071 return false;
Chris Lattner76a642f2009-02-15 22:43:40 +000072}
73
Fariborz Jahanian5b530052009-05-13 18:09:35 +000074/// DiagnoseSentinelCalls - This routine checks on method dispatch calls
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +000075/// (and other functions in future), which have been declared with sentinel
Fariborz Jahanian5b530052009-05-13 18:09:35 +000076/// attribute. It warns if call does not have the sentinel argument.
77///
78void Sema::DiagnoseSentinelCalls(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +000079 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidis40b598e2009-06-30 02:34:44 +000080 const SentinelAttr *attr = D->getAttr<SentinelAttr>();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +000081 if (!attr)
Fariborz Jahanian88f1ba02009-05-13 23:20:50 +000082 return;
Fariborz Jahanian88f1ba02009-05-13 23:20:50 +000083 int sentinelPos = attr->getSentinel();
84 int nullPos = attr->getNullPos();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +000085
Mike Stump390b4cc2009-05-16 07:39:55 +000086 // FIXME. ObjCMethodDecl and FunctionDecl need be derived from the same common
87 // base class. Then we won't be needing two versions of the same code.
Fariborz Jahanian88f1ba02009-05-13 23:20:50 +000088 unsigned int i = 0;
Fariborz Jahanian236673e2009-05-14 18:00:00 +000089 bool warnNotEnoughArgs = false;
90 int isMethod = 0;
91 if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(D)) {
92 // skip over named parameters.
93 ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator P, E = MD->param_end();
94 for (P = MD->param_begin(); (P != E && i < NumArgs); ++P) {
95 if (nullPos)
96 --nullPos;
97 else
98 ++i;
99 }
100 warnNotEnoughArgs = (P != E || i >= NumArgs);
101 isMethod = 1;
Mike Stumpac5fc7c2009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000102 } else if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
Fariborz Jahanian236673e2009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000103 // skip over named parameters.
104 ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator P, E = FD->param_end();
105 for (P = FD->param_begin(); (P != E && i < NumArgs); ++P) {
106 if (nullPos)
107 --nullPos;
108 else
109 ++i;
110 }
111 warnNotEnoughArgs = (P != E || i >= NumArgs);
Mike Stumpac5fc7c2009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000112 } else if (VarDecl *V = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
Fariborz Jahaniandaf04152009-05-15 20:33:25 +0000113 // block or function pointer call.
114 QualType Ty = V->getType();
115 if (Ty->isBlockPointerType() || Ty->isFunctionPointerType()) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000116 const FunctionType *FT = Ty->isFunctionPointerType()
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +0000117 ? Ty->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()->getAs<FunctionType>()
118 : Ty->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType()->getAs<FunctionType>();
Fariborz Jahaniandaf04152009-05-15 20:33:25 +0000119 if (const FunctionProtoType *Proto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(FT)) {
120 unsigned NumArgsInProto = Proto->getNumArgs();
121 unsigned k;
122 for (k = 0; (k != NumArgsInProto && i < NumArgs); k++) {
123 if (nullPos)
124 --nullPos;
125 else
126 ++i;
127 }
128 warnNotEnoughArgs = (k != NumArgsInProto || i >= NumArgs);
129 }
130 if (Ty->isBlockPointerType())
131 isMethod = 2;
Mike Stumpac5fc7c2009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000132 } else
Fariborz Jahaniandaf04152009-05-15 20:33:25 +0000133 return;
Mike Stumpac5fc7c2009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000134 } else
Fariborz Jahanian236673e2009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000135 return;
136
137 if (warnNotEnoughArgs) {
Fariborz Jahanian88f1ba02009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000138 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_not_enough_argument) << D->getDeclName();
Fariborz Jahanian236673e2009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000139 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_sentinel_here) << isMethod;
Fariborz Jahanian88f1ba02009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000140 return;
141 }
142 int sentinel = i;
143 while (sentinelPos > 0 && i < NumArgs-1) {
144 --sentinelPos;
145 ++i;
146 }
147 if (sentinelPos > 0) {
148 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_not_enough_argument) << D->getDeclName();
Fariborz Jahanian236673e2009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000149 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_sentinel_here) << isMethod;
Fariborz Jahanian88f1ba02009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000150 return;
151 }
152 while (i < NumArgs-1) {
153 ++i;
154 ++sentinel;
155 }
156 Expr *sentinelExpr = Args[sentinel];
Anders Carlssone4d2bdd2009-11-24 17:24:21 +0000157 if (sentinelExpr && (!isa<GNUNullExpr>(sentinelExpr) &&
158 (!sentinelExpr->getType()->isPointerType() ||
159 !sentinelExpr->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
160 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)))) {
Fariborz Jahaniandaf04152009-05-15 20:33:25 +0000161 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_missing_sentinel) << isMethod;
Fariborz Jahanian236673e2009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000162 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_sentinel_here) << isMethod;
Fariborz Jahanian88f1ba02009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000163 }
164 return;
Fariborz Jahanian5b530052009-05-13 18:09:35 +0000165}
166
Douglas Gregor4b2d3f72009-02-26 21:00:50 +0000167SourceRange Sema::getExprRange(ExprTy *E) const {
168 Expr *Ex = (Expr *)E;
169 return Ex? Ex->getSourceRange() : SourceRange();
170}
171
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000172//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
173// Standard Promotions and Conversions
174//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
175
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000176/// DefaultFunctionArrayConversion (C99 6.3.2.1p3, C99 6.3.2.1p4).
177void Sema::DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Expr *&E) {
178 QualType Ty = E->getType();
179 assert(!Ty.isNull() && "DefaultFunctionArrayConversion - missing type");
180
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000181 if (Ty->isFunctionType())
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000182 ImpCastExprToType(E, Context.getPointerType(Ty),
Anders Carlssonb633c4e2009-09-01 20:37:18 +0000183 CastExpr::CK_FunctionToPointerDecay);
Chris Lattner67d33d82008-07-25 21:33:13 +0000184 else if (Ty->isArrayType()) {
185 // In C90 mode, arrays only promote to pointers if the array expression is
186 // an lvalue. The relevant legalese is C90 6.2.2.1p3: "an lvalue that has
187 // type 'array of type' is converted to an expression that has type 'pointer
188 // to type'...". In C99 this was changed to: C99 6.3.2.1p3: "an expression
189 // that has type 'array of type' ...". The relevant change is "an lvalue"
190 // (C90) to "an expression" (C99).
Argyrios Kyrtzidisc39a3d72008-09-11 04:25:59 +0000191 //
192 // C++ 4.2p1:
193 // An lvalue or rvalue of type "array of N T" or "array of unknown bound of
194 // T" can be converted to an rvalue of type "pointer to T".
195 //
196 if (getLangOptions().C99 || getLangOptions().CPlusPlus ||
197 E->isLvalue(Context) == Expr::LV_Valid)
Anders Carlsson112a0a82009-08-07 23:48:20 +0000198 ImpCastExprToType(E, Context.getArrayDecayedType(Ty),
199 CastExpr::CK_ArrayToPointerDecay);
Chris Lattner67d33d82008-07-25 21:33:13 +0000200 }
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000201}
202
Douglas Gregora873dfc2010-02-03 00:27:59 +0000203void Sema::DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(Expr *&E) {
204 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(E);
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +0000205
Douglas Gregora873dfc2010-02-03 00:27:59 +0000206 QualType Ty = E->getType();
207 assert(!Ty.isNull() && "DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion - missing type");
208 if (!Ty->isDependentType() && Ty.hasQualifiers() &&
209 (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus || !Ty->isRecordType()) &&
210 E->isLvalue(Context) == Expr::LV_Valid) {
211 // C++ [conv.lval]p1:
212 // [...] If T is a non-class type, the type of the rvalue is the
213 // cv-unqualified version of T. Otherwise, the type of the
214 // rvalue is T
215 //
216 // C99 6.3.2.1p2:
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +0000217 // If the lvalue has qualified type, the value has the unqualified
218 // version of the type of the lvalue; otherwise, the value has the
Douglas Gregora873dfc2010-02-03 00:27:59 +0000219 // type of the lvalue.
220 ImpCastExprToType(E, Ty.getUnqualifiedType(), CastExpr::CK_NoOp);
221 }
222}
223
224
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000225/// UsualUnaryConversions - Performs various conversions that are common to most
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000226/// operators (C99 6.3). The conversions of array and function types are
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000227/// sometimes surpressed. For example, the array->pointer conversion doesn't
228/// apply if the array is an argument to the sizeof or address (&) operators.
229/// In these instances, this routine should *not* be called.
230Expr *Sema::UsualUnaryConversions(Expr *&Expr) {
231 QualType Ty = Expr->getType();
232 assert(!Ty.isNull() && "UsualUnaryConversions - missing type");
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000233
Douglas Gregorfc24e442009-05-01 20:41:21 +0000234 // C99 6.3.1.1p2:
235 //
236 // The following may be used in an expression wherever an int or
237 // unsigned int may be used:
238 // - an object or expression with an integer type whose integer
239 // conversion rank is less than or equal to the rank of int
240 // and unsigned int.
241 // - A bit-field of type _Bool, int, signed int, or unsigned int.
242 //
243 // If an int can represent all values of the original type, the
244 // value is converted to an int; otherwise, it is converted to an
245 // unsigned int. These are called the integer promotions. All
246 // other types are unchanged by the integer promotions.
Eli Friedman04e83572009-08-20 04:21:42 +0000247 QualType PTy = Context.isPromotableBitField(Expr);
248 if (!PTy.isNull()) {
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +0000249 ImpCastExprToType(Expr, PTy, CastExpr::CK_IntegralCast);
Eli Friedman04e83572009-08-20 04:21:42 +0000250 return Expr;
251 }
Douglas Gregorfc24e442009-05-01 20:41:21 +0000252 if (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType()) {
Eli Friedmana95d7572009-08-19 07:44:53 +0000253 QualType PT = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(Ty);
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +0000254 ImpCastExprToType(Expr, PT, CastExpr::CK_IntegralCast);
Douglas Gregorfc24e442009-05-01 20:41:21 +0000255 return Expr;
Eli Friedman04e83572009-08-20 04:21:42 +0000256 }
257
Douglas Gregora873dfc2010-02-03 00:27:59 +0000258 DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(Expr);
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000259 return Expr;
260}
261
Chris Lattner05faf172008-07-25 22:25:12 +0000262/// DefaultArgumentPromotion (C99 6.5.2.2p6). Used for function calls that
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000263/// do not have a prototype. Arguments that have type float are promoted to
Chris Lattner05faf172008-07-25 22:25:12 +0000264/// double. All other argument types are converted by UsualUnaryConversions().
265void Sema::DefaultArgumentPromotion(Expr *&Expr) {
266 QualType Ty = Expr->getType();
267 assert(!Ty.isNull() && "DefaultArgumentPromotion - missing type");
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000268
Chris Lattner05faf172008-07-25 22:25:12 +0000269 // If this is a 'float' (CVR qualified or typedef) promote to double.
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +0000270 if (const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>())
Chris Lattner05faf172008-07-25 22:25:12 +0000271 if (BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Float)
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +0000272 return ImpCastExprToType(Expr, Context.DoubleTy,
273 CastExpr::CK_FloatingCast);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000274
Chris Lattner05faf172008-07-25 22:25:12 +0000275 UsualUnaryConversions(Expr);
276}
277
Chris Lattner312531a2009-04-12 08:11:20 +0000278/// DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion - Like DefaultArgumentPromotion, but
279/// will warn if the resulting type is not a POD type, and rejects ObjC
280/// interfaces passed by value. This returns true if the argument type is
281/// completely illegal.
282bool Sema::DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion(Expr *&Expr, VariadicCallType CT) {
Anders Carlssondce5e2c2009-01-16 16:48:51 +0000283 DefaultArgumentPromotion(Expr);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000284
Douglas Gregor1c7c3fb2009-12-22 01:01:55 +0000285 if (Expr->getType()->isObjCInterfaceType() &&
286 DiagRuntimeBehavior(Expr->getLocStart(),
287 PDiag(diag::err_cannot_pass_objc_interface_to_vararg)
288 << Expr->getType() << CT))
289 return true;
Douglas Gregor75b699a2009-12-12 07:25:49 +0000290
Douglas Gregor1c7c3fb2009-12-22 01:01:55 +0000291 if (!Expr->getType()->isPODType() &&
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +0000292 DiagRuntimeBehavior(Expr->getLocStart(),
Douglas Gregor1c7c3fb2009-12-22 01:01:55 +0000293 PDiag(diag::warn_cannot_pass_non_pod_arg_to_vararg)
294 << Expr->getType() << CT))
295 return true;
Chris Lattner312531a2009-04-12 08:11:20 +0000296
297 return false;
Anders Carlssondce5e2c2009-01-16 16:48:51 +0000298}
299
300
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000301/// UsualArithmeticConversions - Performs various conversions that are common to
302/// binary operators (C99 6.3.1.8). If both operands aren't arithmetic, this
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000303/// routine returns the first non-arithmetic type found. The client is
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000304/// responsible for emitting appropriate error diagnostics.
305/// FIXME: verify the conversion rules for "complex int" are consistent with
306/// GCC.
307QualType Sema::UsualArithmeticConversions(Expr *&lhsExpr, Expr *&rhsExpr,
308 bool isCompAssign) {
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +0000309 if (!isCompAssign)
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000310 UsualUnaryConversions(lhsExpr);
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +0000311
312 UsualUnaryConversions(rhsExpr);
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000313
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000314 // For conversion purposes, we ignore any qualifiers.
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000315 // For example, "const float" and "float" are equivalent.
Chris Lattnerb77792e2008-07-26 22:17:49 +0000316 QualType lhs =
317 Context.getCanonicalType(lhsExpr->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000318 QualType rhs =
Chris Lattnerb77792e2008-07-26 22:17:49 +0000319 Context.getCanonicalType(rhsExpr->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000320
321 // If both types are identical, no conversion is needed.
322 if (lhs == rhs)
323 return lhs;
324
325 // If either side is a non-arithmetic type (e.g. a pointer), we are done.
326 // The caller can deal with this (e.g. pointer + int).
327 if (!lhs->isArithmeticType() || !rhs->isArithmeticType())
328 return lhs;
329
Douglas Gregor2d833e32009-05-02 00:36:19 +0000330 // Perform bitfield promotions.
Eli Friedman04e83572009-08-20 04:21:42 +0000331 QualType LHSBitfieldPromoteTy = Context.isPromotableBitField(lhsExpr);
Douglas Gregor2d833e32009-05-02 00:36:19 +0000332 if (!LHSBitfieldPromoteTy.isNull())
333 lhs = LHSBitfieldPromoteTy;
Eli Friedman04e83572009-08-20 04:21:42 +0000334 QualType RHSBitfieldPromoteTy = Context.isPromotableBitField(rhsExpr);
Douglas Gregor2d833e32009-05-02 00:36:19 +0000335 if (!RHSBitfieldPromoteTy.isNull())
336 rhs = RHSBitfieldPromoteTy;
337
Eli Friedmana95d7572009-08-19 07:44:53 +0000338 QualType destType = Context.UsualArithmeticConversionsType(lhs, rhs);
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +0000339 if (!isCompAssign)
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +0000340 ImpCastExprToType(lhsExpr, destType, CastExpr::CK_Unknown);
341 ImpCastExprToType(rhsExpr, destType, CastExpr::CK_Unknown);
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000342 return destType;
343}
344
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000345//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
346// Semantic Analysis for various Expression Types
347//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
348
349
Steve Narofff69936d2007-09-16 03:34:24 +0000350/// ActOnStringLiteral - The specified tokens were lexed as pasted string
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000351/// fragments (e.g. "foo" "bar" L"baz"). The result string has to handle string
352/// concatenation ([C99 5.1.1.2, translation phase #6]), so it may come from
353/// multiple tokens. However, the common case is that StringToks points to one
354/// string.
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000355///
356Action::OwningExprResult
Steve Narofff69936d2007-09-16 03:34:24 +0000357Sema::ActOnStringLiteral(const Token *StringToks, unsigned NumStringToks) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000358 assert(NumStringToks && "Must have at least one string!");
359
Chris Lattnerbbee00b2009-01-16 18:51:42 +0000360 StringLiteralParser Literal(StringToks, NumStringToks, PP);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000361 if (Literal.hadError)
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000362 return ExprError();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000363
364 llvm::SmallVector<SourceLocation, 4> StringTokLocs;
365 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumStringToks; ++i)
366 StringTokLocs.push_back(StringToks[i].getLocation());
Chris Lattnera7ad98f2008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000367
Chris Lattnera7ad98f2008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000368 QualType StrTy = Context.CharTy;
Argyrios Kyrtzidis55f4b022008-08-09 17:20:01 +0000369 if (Literal.AnyWide) StrTy = Context.getWCharType();
Chris Lattnera7ad98f2008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000370 if (Literal.Pascal) StrTy = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
Douglas Gregor77a52232008-09-12 00:47:35 +0000371
372 // A C++ string literal has a const-qualified element type (C++ 2.13.4p1).
John McCall4b7a8342010-03-15 10:54:44 +0000373 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus || getLangOptions().ConstStrings )
Douglas Gregor77a52232008-09-12 00:47:35 +0000374 StrTy.addConst();
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000375
Chris Lattnera7ad98f2008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000376 // Get an array type for the string, according to C99 6.4.5. This includes
377 // the nul terminator character as well as the string length for pascal
378 // strings.
379 StrTy = Context.getConstantArrayType(StrTy,
Chris Lattnerdbb1ecc2009-02-26 23:01:51 +0000380 llvm::APInt(32, Literal.GetNumStringChars()+1),
Chris Lattnera7ad98f2008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000381 ArrayType::Normal, 0);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000382
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000383 // Pass &StringTokLocs[0], StringTokLocs.size() to factory!
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000384 return Owned(StringLiteral::Create(Context, Literal.GetString(),
Chris Lattner2085fd62009-02-18 06:40:38 +0000385 Literal.GetStringLength(),
386 Literal.AnyWide, StrTy,
387 &StringTokLocs[0],
388 StringTokLocs.size()));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000389}
390
Chris Lattner639e2d32008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000391/// ShouldSnapshotBlockValueReference - Return true if a reference inside of
392/// CurBlock to VD should cause it to be snapshotted (as we do for auto
393/// variables defined outside the block) or false if this is not needed (e.g.
394/// for values inside the block or for globals).
395///
Douglas Gregor076ceb02010-03-01 20:44:28 +0000396/// This also keeps the 'hasBlockDeclRefExprs' in the BlockScopeInfo records
Chris Lattner17f3a6d2009-04-21 22:26:47 +0000397/// up-to-date.
398///
Douglas Gregor9ea9bdb2010-03-01 23:15:13 +0000399static bool ShouldSnapshotBlockValueReference(Sema &S, BlockScopeInfo *CurBlock,
Chris Lattner639e2d32008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000400 ValueDecl *VD) {
401 // If the value is defined inside the block, we couldn't snapshot it even if
402 // we wanted to.
403 if (CurBlock->TheDecl == VD->getDeclContext())
404 return false;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000405
Chris Lattner639e2d32008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000406 // If this is an enum constant or function, it is constant, don't snapshot.
407 if (isa<EnumConstantDecl>(VD) || isa<FunctionDecl>(VD))
408 return false;
409
410 // If this is a reference to an extern, static, or global variable, no need to
411 // snapshot it.
412 // FIXME: What about 'const' variables in C++?
413 if (const VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(VD))
Chris Lattner17f3a6d2009-04-21 22:26:47 +0000414 if (!Var->hasLocalStorage())
415 return false;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000416
Chris Lattner17f3a6d2009-04-21 22:26:47 +0000417 // Blocks that have these can't be constant.
418 CurBlock->hasBlockDeclRefExprs = true;
419
420 // If we have nested blocks, the decl may be declared in an outer block (in
421 // which case that outer block doesn't get "hasBlockDeclRefExprs") or it may
422 // be defined outside all of the current blocks (in which case the blocks do
423 // all get the bit). Walk the nesting chain.
Douglas Gregor9ea9bdb2010-03-01 23:15:13 +0000424 for (unsigned I = S.FunctionScopes.size() - 1; I; --I) {
425 BlockScopeInfo *NextBlock = dyn_cast<BlockScopeInfo>(S.FunctionScopes[I]);
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +0000426
Douglas Gregor9ea9bdb2010-03-01 23:15:13 +0000427 if (!NextBlock)
428 continue;
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +0000429
Chris Lattner17f3a6d2009-04-21 22:26:47 +0000430 // If we found the defining block for the variable, don't mark the block as
431 // having a reference outside it.
432 if (NextBlock->TheDecl == VD->getDeclContext())
433 break;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000434
Chris Lattner17f3a6d2009-04-21 22:26:47 +0000435 // Otherwise, the DeclRef from the inner block causes the outer one to need
436 // a snapshot as well.
437 NextBlock->hasBlockDeclRefExprs = true;
438 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000439
Chris Lattner639e2d32008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000440 return true;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000441}
442
Chris Lattner639e2d32008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000443
444
Douglas Gregora2813ce2009-10-23 18:54:35 +0000445/// BuildDeclRefExpr - Build a DeclRefExpr.
Anders Carlssone41590d2009-06-24 00:10:43 +0000446Sema::OwningExprResult
John McCalldbd872f2009-12-08 09:08:17 +0000447Sema::BuildDeclRefExpr(ValueDecl *D, QualType Ty, SourceLocation Loc,
Sebastian Redlebc07d52009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000448 const CXXScopeSpec *SS) {
Anders Carlssone2bb2242009-06-26 19:16:07 +0000449 if (Context.getCanonicalType(Ty) == Context.UndeducedAutoTy) {
450 Diag(Loc,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000451 diag::err_auto_variable_cannot_appear_in_own_initializer)
Anders Carlssone2bb2242009-06-26 19:16:07 +0000452 << D->getDeclName();
453 return ExprError();
454 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000455
Anders Carlssone41590d2009-06-24 00:10:43 +0000456 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
457 if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext)) {
458 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = MD->getParent()->isLocalClass()) {
459 if (VD->hasLocalStorage() && VD->getDeclContext() != CurContext) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000460 Diag(Loc, diag::err_reference_to_local_var_in_enclosing_function)
Anders Carlssone41590d2009-06-24 00:10:43 +0000461 << D->getIdentifier() << FD->getDeclName();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000462 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_local_variable_declared_here)
Anders Carlssone41590d2009-06-24 00:10:43 +0000463 << D->getIdentifier();
464 return ExprError();
465 }
466 }
467 }
468 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000469
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +0000470 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, D);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000471
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +0000472 return Owned(DeclRefExpr::Create(Context,
473 SS? (NestedNameSpecifier *)SS->getScopeRep() : 0,
474 SS? SS->getRange() : SourceRange(),
Douglas Gregor0da76df2009-11-23 11:41:28 +0000475 D, Loc, Ty));
Douglas Gregor1a49af92009-01-06 05:10:23 +0000476}
477
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000478/// getObjectForAnonymousRecordDecl - Retrieve the (unnamed) field or
479/// variable corresponding to the anonymous union or struct whose type
480/// is Record.
Douglas Gregor6ab35242009-04-09 21:40:53 +0000481static Decl *getObjectForAnonymousRecordDecl(ASTContext &Context,
482 RecordDecl *Record) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000483 assert(Record->isAnonymousStructOrUnion() &&
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000484 "Record must be an anonymous struct or union!");
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000485
Mike Stump390b4cc2009-05-16 07:39:55 +0000486 // FIXME: Once Decls are directly linked together, this will be an O(1)
487 // operation rather than a slow walk through DeclContext's vector (which
488 // itself will be eliminated). DeclGroups might make this even better.
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000489 DeclContext *Ctx = Record->getDeclContext();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000490 for (DeclContext::decl_iterator D = Ctx->decls_begin(),
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +0000491 DEnd = Ctx->decls_end();
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000492 D != DEnd; ++D) {
493 if (*D == Record) {
494 // The object for the anonymous struct/union directly
495 // follows its type in the list of declarations.
496 ++D;
497 assert(D != DEnd && "Missing object for anonymous record");
Douglas Gregor4afa39d2009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000498 assert(!cast<NamedDecl>(*D)->getDeclName() && "Decl should be unnamed");
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000499 return *D;
500 }
501 }
502
503 assert(false && "Missing object for anonymous record");
504 return 0;
505}
506
Douglas Gregorffb4b6e2009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000507/// \brief Given a field that represents a member of an anonymous
508/// struct/union, build the path from that field's context to the
509/// actual member.
510///
511/// Construct the sequence of field member references we'll have to
512/// perform to get to the field in the anonymous union/struct. The
513/// list of members is built from the field outward, so traverse it
514/// backwards to go from an object in the current context to the field
515/// we found.
516///
517/// \returns The variable from which the field access should begin,
518/// for an anonymous struct/union that is not a member of another
519/// class. Otherwise, returns NULL.
520VarDecl *Sema::BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberPath(FieldDecl *Field,
521 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<FieldDecl *> &Path) {
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000522 assert(Field->getDeclContext()->isRecord() &&
523 cast<RecordDecl>(Field->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()
524 && "Field must be stored inside an anonymous struct or union");
525
Douglas Gregorffb4b6e2009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000526 Path.push_back(Field);
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000527 VarDecl *BaseObject = 0;
528 DeclContext *Ctx = Field->getDeclContext();
529 do {
530 RecordDecl *Record = cast<RecordDecl>(Ctx);
Douglas Gregor6ab35242009-04-09 21:40:53 +0000531 Decl *AnonObject = getObjectForAnonymousRecordDecl(Context, Record);
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000532 if (FieldDecl *AnonField = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(AnonObject))
Douglas Gregorffb4b6e2009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000533 Path.push_back(AnonField);
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000534 else {
535 BaseObject = cast<VarDecl>(AnonObject);
536 break;
537 }
538 Ctx = Ctx->getParent();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000539 } while (Ctx->isRecord() &&
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000540 cast<RecordDecl>(Ctx)->isAnonymousStructOrUnion());
Douglas Gregorffb4b6e2009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000541
542 return BaseObject;
543}
544
545Sema::OwningExprResult
546Sema::BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(SourceLocation Loc,
547 FieldDecl *Field,
548 Expr *BaseObjectExpr,
549 SourceLocation OpLoc) {
550 llvm::SmallVector<FieldDecl *, 4> AnonFields;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000551 VarDecl *BaseObject = BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberPath(Field,
Douglas Gregorffb4b6e2009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000552 AnonFields);
553
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000554 // Build the expression that refers to the base object, from
555 // which we will build a sequence of member references to each
556 // of the anonymous union objects and, eventually, the field we
557 // found via name lookup.
558 bool BaseObjectIsPointer = false;
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000559 Qualifiers BaseQuals;
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000560 if (BaseObject) {
561 // BaseObject is an anonymous struct/union variable (and is,
562 // therefore, not part of another non-anonymous record).
Ted Kremenek8189cde2009-02-07 01:47:29 +0000563 if (BaseObjectExpr) BaseObjectExpr->Destroy(Context);
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +0000564 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, BaseObject);
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000565 BaseObjectExpr = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(BaseObject,BaseObject->getType(),
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +0000566 SourceLocation());
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000567 BaseQuals
568 = Context.getCanonicalType(BaseObject->getType()).getQualifiers();
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000569 } else if (BaseObjectExpr) {
570 // The caller provided the base object expression. Determine
571 // whether its a pointer and whether it adds any qualifiers to the
572 // anonymous struct/union fields we're looking into.
573 QualType ObjectType = BaseObjectExpr->getType();
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +0000574 if (const PointerType *ObjectPtr = ObjectType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000575 BaseObjectIsPointer = true;
576 ObjectType = ObjectPtr->getPointeeType();
577 }
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000578 BaseQuals
579 = Context.getCanonicalType(ObjectType).getQualifiers();
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000580 } else {
581 // We've found a member of an anonymous struct/union that is
582 // inside a non-anonymous struct/union, so in a well-formed
583 // program our base object expression is "this".
584 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext)) {
585 if (!MD->isStatic()) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000586 QualType AnonFieldType
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000587 = Context.getTagDeclType(
588 cast<RecordDecl>(AnonFields.back()->getDeclContext()));
589 QualType ThisType = Context.getTagDeclType(MD->getParent());
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000590 if ((Context.getCanonicalType(AnonFieldType)
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000591 == Context.getCanonicalType(ThisType)) ||
592 IsDerivedFrom(ThisType, AnonFieldType)) {
593 // Our base object expression is "this".
Douglas Gregor8aa5f402009-12-24 20:23:34 +0000594 BaseObjectExpr = new (Context) CXXThisExpr(Loc,
Douglas Gregor828a1972010-01-07 23:12:05 +0000595 MD->getThisType(Context),
596 /*isImplicit=*/true);
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000597 BaseObjectIsPointer = true;
598 }
599 } else {
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000600 return ExprError(Diag(Loc,diag::err_invalid_member_use_in_static_method)
601 << Field->getDeclName());
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000602 }
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000603 BaseQuals = Qualifiers::fromCVRMask(MD->getTypeQualifiers());
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000604 }
605
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000606 if (!BaseObjectExpr)
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000607 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_non_static_member_use)
608 << Field->getDeclName());
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000609 }
610
611 // Build the implicit member references to the field of the
612 // anonymous struct/union.
613 Expr *Result = BaseObjectExpr;
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000614 Qualifiers ResultQuals = BaseQuals;
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000615 for (llvm::SmallVector<FieldDecl *, 4>::reverse_iterator
616 FI = AnonFields.rbegin(), FIEnd = AnonFields.rend();
617 FI != FIEnd; ++FI) {
618 QualType MemberType = (*FI)->getType();
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000619 Qualifiers MemberTypeQuals =
620 Context.getCanonicalType(MemberType).getQualifiers();
621
622 // CVR attributes from the base are picked up by members,
623 // except that 'mutable' members don't pick up 'const'.
624 if ((*FI)->isMutable())
625 ResultQuals.removeConst();
626
627 // GC attributes are never picked up by members.
628 ResultQuals.removeObjCGCAttr();
629
630 // TR 18037 does not allow fields to be declared with address spaces.
631 assert(!MemberTypeQuals.hasAddressSpace());
632
633 Qualifiers NewQuals = ResultQuals + MemberTypeQuals;
634 if (NewQuals != MemberTypeQuals)
635 MemberType = Context.getQualifiedType(MemberType, NewQuals);
636
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +0000637 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, *FI);
John McCall6bb80172010-03-30 21:47:33 +0000638 PerformObjectMemberConversion(Result, /*FIXME:Qualifier=*/0, *FI, *FI);
Douglas Gregorbd4c4ae2009-08-26 22:36:53 +0000639 // FIXME: Might this end up being a qualified name?
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000640 Result = new (Context) MemberExpr(Result, BaseObjectIsPointer, *FI,
641 OpLoc, MemberType);
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000642 BaseObjectIsPointer = false;
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000643 ResultQuals = NewQuals;
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000644 }
645
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000646 return Owned(Result);
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000647}
648
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +0000649/// Decomposes the given name into a DeclarationName, its location, and
650/// possibly a list of template arguments.
651///
652/// If this produces template arguments, it is permitted to call
653/// DecomposeTemplateName.
654///
655/// This actually loses a lot of source location information for
656/// non-standard name kinds; we should consider preserving that in
657/// some way.
658static void DecomposeUnqualifiedId(Sema &SemaRef,
659 const UnqualifiedId &Id,
660 TemplateArgumentListInfo &Buffer,
661 DeclarationName &Name,
662 SourceLocation &NameLoc,
663 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *&TemplateArgs) {
664 if (Id.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) {
665 Buffer.setLAngleLoc(Id.TemplateId->LAngleLoc);
666 Buffer.setRAngleLoc(Id.TemplateId->RAngleLoc);
667
668 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsPtr(SemaRef,
669 Id.TemplateId->getTemplateArgs(),
670 Id.TemplateId->NumArgs);
671 SemaRef.translateTemplateArguments(TemplateArgsPtr, Buffer);
672 TemplateArgsPtr.release();
673
674 TemplateName TName =
675 Sema::TemplateTy::make(Id.TemplateId->Template).getAsVal<TemplateName>();
676
677 Name = SemaRef.Context.getNameForTemplate(TName);
678 NameLoc = Id.TemplateId->TemplateNameLoc;
679 TemplateArgs = &Buffer;
680 } else {
681 Name = SemaRef.GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(Id);
682 NameLoc = Id.StartLocation;
683 TemplateArgs = 0;
684 }
685}
686
687/// Decompose the given template name into a list of lookup results.
688///
689/// The unqualified ID must name a non-dependent template, which can
690/// be more easily tested by checking whether DecomposeUnqualifiedId
691/// found template arguments.
692static void DecomposeTemplateName(LookupResult &R, const UnqualifiedId &Id) {
693 assert(Id.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId);
694 TemplateName TName =
695 Sema::TemplateTy::make(Id.TemplateId->Template).getAsVal<TemplateName>();
696
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +0000697 if (TemplateDecl *TD = TName.getAsTemplateDecl())
698 R.addDecl(TD);
John McCall0bd6feb2009-12-02 08:04:21 +0000699 else if (OverloadedTemplateStorage *OT = TName.getAsOverloadedTemplate())
700 for (OverloadedTemplateStorage::iterator I = OT->begin(), E = OT->end();
701 I != E; ++I)
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +0000702 R.addDecl(*I);
John McCallb681b612009-11-22 02:49:43 +0000703
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +0000704 R.resolveKind();
Douglas Gregor02a24ee2009-11-03 16:56:39 +0000705}
706
John McCall4c72d3e2010-02-08 19:26:07 +0000707/// Determines whether the given record is "fully-formed" at the given
708/// location, i.e. whether a qualified lookup into it is assured of
709/// getting consistent results already.
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +0000710static bool IsFullyFormedScope(Sema &SemaRef, CXXRecordDecl *Record) {
John McCall4c72d3e2010-02-08 19:26:07 +0000711 if (!Record->hasDefinition())
712 return false;
713
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +0000714 for (CXXRecordDecl::base_class_iterator I = Record->bases_begin(),
715 E = Record->bases_end(); I != E; ++I) {
716 CanQualType BaseT = SemaRef.Context.getCanonicalType((*I).getType());
717 CanQual<RecordType> BaseRT = BaseT->getAs<RecordType>();
718 if (!BaseRT) return false;
719
720 CXXRecordDecl *BaseRecord = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(BaseRT->getDecl());
John McCall4c72d3e2010-02-08 19:26:07 +0000721 if (!BaseRecord->hasDefinition() ||
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +0000722 !IsFullyFormedScope(SemaRef, BaseRecord))
723 return false;
724 }
725
726 return true;
727}
728
John McCalle1599ce2009-11-30 23:50:49 +0000729/// Determines whether we can lookup this id-expression now or whether
730/// we have to wait until template instantiation is complete.
731static bool IsDependentIdExpression(Sema &SemaRef, const CXXScopeSpec &SS) {
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +0000732 DeclContext *DC = SemaRef.computeDeclContext(SS, false);
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +0000733
John McCalle1599ce2009-11-30 23:50:49 +0000734 // If the qualifier scope isn't computable, it's definitely dependent.
735 if (!DC) return true;
736
737 // If the qualifier scope doesn't name a record, we can always look into it.
738 if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) return false;
739
740 // We can't look into record types unless they're fully-formed.
741 if (!IsFullyFormedScope(SemaRef, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC))) return true;
742
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +0000743 return false;
744}
John McCalle1599ce2009-11-30 23:50:49 +0000745
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +0000746/// Determines if the given class is provably not derived from all of
747/// the prospective base classes.
748static bool IsProvablyNotDerivedFrom(Sema &SemaRef,
749 CXXRecordDecl *Record,
750 const llvm::SmallPtrSet<CXXRecordDecl*, 4> &Bases) {
John McCallb1b42562009-12-01 22:28:41 +0000751 if (Bases.count(Record->getCanonicalDecl()))
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +0000752 return false;
753
Douglas Gregor952b0172010-02-11 01:04:33 +0000754 RecordDecl *RD = Record->getDefinition();
John McCallb1b42562009-12-01 22:28:41 +0000755 if (!RD) return false;
756 Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD);
757
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +0000758 for (CXXRecordDecl::base_class_iterator I = Record->bases_begin(),
759 E = Record->bases_end(); I != E; ++I) {
760 CanQualType BaseT = SemaRef.Context.getCanonicalType((*I).getType());
761 CanQual<RecordType> BaseRT = BaseT->getAs<RecordType>();
762 if (!BaseRT) return false;
763
764 CXXRecordDecl *BaseRecord = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(BaseRT->getDecl());
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +0000765 if (!IsProvablyNotDerivedFrom(SemaRef, BaseRecord, Bases))
766 return false;
767 }
768
769 return true;
770}
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +0000771
John McCall144238e2009-12-02 20:26:00 +0000772/// Determines if this is an instance member of a class.
773static bool IsInstanceMember(NamedDecl *D) {
John McCall3b4294e2009-12-16 12:17:52 +0000774 assert(D->isCXXClassMember() &&
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +0000775 "checking whether non-member is instance member");
776
777 if (isa<FieldDecl>(D)) return true;
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +0000778
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +0000779 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(D))
780 return !cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)->isStatic();
781
782 if (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D)) {
783 D = cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D)->getTemplatedDecl();
784 return !cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)->isStatic();
785 }
786
787 return false;
788}
789
790enum IMAKind {
791 /// The reference is definitely not an instance member access.
792 IMA_Static,
793
794 /// The reference may be an implicit instance member access.
795 IMA_Mixed,
796
797 /// The reference may be to an instance member, but it is invalid if
798 /// so, because the context is not an instance method.
799 IMA_Mixed_StaticContext,
800
801 /// The reference may be to an instance member, but it is invalid if
802 /// so, because the context is from an unrelated class.
803 IMA_Mixed_Unrelated,
804
805 /// The reference is definitely an implicit instance member access.
806 IMA_Instance,
807
808 /// The reference may be to an unresolved using declaration.
809 IMA_Unresolved,
810
811 /// The reference may be to an unresolved using declaration and the
812 /// context is not an instance method.
813 IMA_Unresolved_StaticContext,
814
815 /// The reference is to a member of an anonymous structure in a
816 /// non-class context.
817 IMA_AnonymousMember,
818
819 /// All possible referrents are instance members and the current
820 /// context is not an instance method.
821 IMA_Error_StaticContext,
822
823 /// All possible referrents are instance members of an unrelated
824 /// class.
825 IMA_Error_Unrelated
826};
827
828/// The given lookup names class member(s) and is not being used for
829/// an address-of-member expression. Classify the type of access
830/// according to whether it's possible that this reference names an
831/// instance member. This is best-effort; it is okay to
832/// conservatively answer "yes", in which case some errors will simply
833/// not be caught until template-instantiation.
834static IMAKind ClassifyImplicitMemberAccess(Sema &SemaRef,
835 const LookupResult &R) {
John McCall3b4294e2009-12-16 12:17:52 +0000836 assert(!R.empty() && (*R.begin())->isCXXClassMember());
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +0000837
838 bool isStaticContext =
839 (!isa<CXXMethodDecl>(SemaRef.CurContext) ||
840 cast<CXXMethodDecl>(SemaRef.CurContext)->isStatic());
841
842 if (R.isUnresolvableResult())
843 return isStaticContext ? IMA_Unresolved_StaticContext : IMA_Unresolved;
844
845 // Collect all the declaring classes of instance members we find.
846 bool hasNonInstance = false;
847 llvm::SmallPtrSet<CXXRecordDecl*, 4> Classes;
848 for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), E = R.end(); I != E; ++I) {
849 NamedDecl *D = (*I)->getUnderlyingDecl();
850 if (IsInstanceMember(D)) {
851 CXXRecordDecl *R = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D->getDeclContext());
852
853 // If this is a member of an anonymous record, move out to the
854 // innermost non-anonymous struct or union. If there isn't one,
855 // that's a special case.
856 while (R->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) {
857 R = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(R->getParent());
858 if (!R) return IMA_AnonymousMember;
859 }
860 Classes.insert(R->getCanonicalDecl());
861 }
862 else
863 hasNonInstance = true;
864 }
865
866 // If we didn't find any instance members, it can't be an implicit
867 // member reference.
868 if (Classes.empty())
869 return IMA_Static;
870
871 // If the current context is not an instance method, it can't be
872 // an implicit member reference.
873 if (isStaticContext)
874 return (hasNonInstance ? IMA_Mixed_StaticContext : IMA_Error_StaticContext);
875
876 // If we can prove that the current context is unrelated to all the
877 // declaring classes, it can't be an implicit member reference (in
878 // which case it's an error if any of those members are selected).
879 if (IsProvablyNotDerivedFrom(SemaRef,
880 cast<CXXMethodDecl>(SemaRef.CurContext)->getParent(),
881 Classes))
882 return (hasNonInstance ? IMA_Mixed_Unrelated : IMA_Error_Unrelated);
883
884 return (hasNonInstance ? IMA_Mixed : IMA_Instance);
885}
886
887/// Diagnose a reference to a field with no object available.
888static void DiagnoseInstanceReference(Sema &SemaRef,
889 const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
890 const LookupResult &R) {
891 SourceLocation Loc = R.getNameLoc();
892 SourceRange Range(Loc);
893 if (SS.isSet()) Range.setBegin(SS.getRange().getBegin());
894
895 if (R.getAsSingle<FieldDecl>()) {
896 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(SemaRef.CurContext)) {
897 if (MD->isStatic()) {
898 // "invalid use of member 'x' in static member function"
899 SemaRef.Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_member_use_in_static_method)
900 << Range << R.getLookupName();
901 return;
902 }
903 }
904
905 SemaRef.Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_non_static_member_use)
906 << R.getLookupName() << Range;
907 return;
908 }
909
910 SemaRef.Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_call_without_object) << Range;
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +0000911}
912
John McCall578b69b2009-12-16 08:11:27 +0000913/// Diagnose an empty lookup.
914///
915/// \return false if new lookup candidates were found
Douglas Gregorbb092ba2009-12-31 05:20:13 +0000916bool Sema::DiagnoseEmptyLookup(Scope *S, const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
John McCall578b69b2009-12-16 08:11:27 +0000917 LookupResult &R) {
918 DeclarationName Name = R.getLookupName();
919
John McCall578b69b2009-12-16 08:11:27 +0000920 unsigned diagnostic = diag::err_undeclared_var_use;
Douglas Gregorbb092ba2009-12-31 05:20:13 +0000921 unsigned diagnostic_suggest = diag::err_undeclared_var_use_suggest;
John McCall578b69b2009-12-16 08:11:27 +0000922 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXOperatorName ||
923 Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXLiteralOperatorName ||
Douglas Gregorbb092ba2009-12-31 05:20:13 +0000924 Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName) {
John McCall578b69b2009-12-16 08:11:27 +0000925 diagnostic = diag::err_undeclared_use;
Douglas Gregorbb092ba2009-12-31 05:20:13 +0000926 diagnostic_suggest = diag::err_undeclared_use_suggest;
927 }
John McCall578b69b2009-12-16 08:11:27 +0000928
Douglas Gregorbb092ba2009-12-31 05:20:13 +0000929 // If the original lookup was an unqualified lookup, fake an
930 // unqualified lookup. This is useful when (for example) the
931 // original lookup would not have found something because it was a
932 // dependent name.
933 for (DeclContext *DC = SS.isEmpty()? CurContext : 0;
934 DC; DC = DC->getParent()) {
John McCall578b69b2009-12-16 08:11:27 +0000935 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) {
936 LookupQualifiedName(R, DC);
937
938 if (!R.empty()) {
939 // Don't give errors about ambiguities in this lookup.
940 R.suppressDiagnostics();
941
942 CXXMethodDecl *CurMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext);
943 bool isInstance = CurMethod &&
944 CurMethod->isInstance() &&
945 DC == CurMethod->getParent();
946
947 // Give a code modification hint to insert 'this->'.
948 // TODO: fixit for inserting 'Base<T>::' in the other cases.
949 // Actually quite difficult!
950 if (isInstance)
951 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diagnostic) << Name
952 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(R.getNameLoc(),
953 "this->");
954 else
955 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diagnostic) << Name;
956
957 // Do we really want to note all of these?
958 for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), E = R.end(); I != E; ++I)
959 Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_dependent_var_use);
960
961 // Tell the callee to try to recover.
962 return false;
963 }
964 }
965 }
966
Douglas Gregorbb092ba2009-12-31 05:20:13 +0000967 // We didn't find anything, so try to correct for a typo.
Douglas Gregord203a162010-01-01 00:15:04 +0000968 if (S && CorrectTypo(R, S, &SS)) {
969 if (isa<ValueDecl>(*R.begin()) || isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(*R.begin())) {
970 if (SS.isEmpty())
971 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diagnostic_suggest) << Name << R.getLookupName()
972 << CodeModificationHint::CreateReplacement(R.getNameLoc(),
Douglas Gregorbb092ba2009-12-31 05:20:13 +0000973 R.getLookupName().getAsString());
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +0000974 else
Douglas Gregord203a162010-01-01 00:15:04 +0000975 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::err_no_member_suggest)
976 << Name << computeDeclContext(SS, false) << R.getLookupName()
977 << SS.getRange()
978 << CodeModificationHint::CreateReplacement(R.getNameLoc(),
Douglas Gregorbb092ba2009-12-31 05:20:13 +0000979 R.getLookupName().getAsString());
Douglas Gregor67dd1d42010-01-07 00:17:44 +0000980 if (NamedDecl *ND = R.getAsSingle<NamedDecl>())
981 Diag(ND->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl)
982 << ND->getDeclName();
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +0000983
Douglas Gregord203a162010-01-01 00:15:04 +0000984 // Tell the callee to try to recover.
985 return false;
986 }
987
988 if (isa<TypeDecl>(*R.begin()) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*R.begin())) {
989 // FIXME: If we ended up with a typo for a type name or
990 // Objective-C class name, we're in trouble because the parser
991 // is in the wrong place to recover. Suggest the typo
992 // correction, but don't make it a fix-it since we're not going
993 // to recover well anyway.
994 if (SS.isEmpty())
995 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diagnostic_suggest) << Name << R.getLookupName();
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +0000996 else
Douglas Gregord203a162010-01-01 00:15:04 +0000997 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::err_no_member_suggest)
998 << Name << computeDeclContext(SS, false) << R.getLookupName()
999 << SS.getRange();
1000
1001 // Don't try to recover; it won't work.
1002 return true;
1003 }
1004
1005 R.clear();
Douglas Gregorbb092ba2009-12-31 05:20:13 +00001006 }
1007
1008 // Emit a special diagnostic for failed member lookups.
1009 // FIXME: computing the declaration context might fail here (?)
1010 if (!SS.isEmpty()) {
1011 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::err_no_member)
1012 << Name << computeDeclContext(SS, false)
1013 << SS.getRange();
1014 return true;
1015 }
1016
John McCall578b69b2009-12-16 08:11:27 +00001017 // Give up, we can't recover.
1018 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diagnostic) << Name;
1019 return true;
1020}
1021
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001022Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnIdExpression(Scope *S,
1023 const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
1024 UnqualifiedId &Id,
1025 bool HasTrailingLParen,
1026 bool isAddressOfOperand) {
1027 assert(!(isAddressOfOperand && HasTrailingLParen) &&
1028 "cannot be direct & operand and have a trailing lparen");
1029
1030 if (SS.isInvalid())
Douglas Gregor4c921ae2009-01-30 01:04:22 +00001031 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor5953d8b2009-03-19 17:26:29 +00001032
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00001033 TemplateArgumentListInfo TemplateArgsBuffer;
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001034
1035 // Decompose the UnqualifiedId into the following data.
1036 DeclarationName Name;
1037 SourceLocation NameLoc;
1038 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs;
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00001039 DecomposeUnqualifiedId(*this, Id, TemplateArgsBuffer,
1040 Name, NameLoc, TemplateArgs);
Douglas Gregor5953d8b2009-03-19 17:26:29 +00001041
Douglas Gregor10c42622008-11-18 15:03:34 +00001042 IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo();
John McCallba135432009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001043
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001044 // C++ [temp.dep.expr]p3:
1045 // An id-expression is type-dependent if it contains:
Douglas Gregor48026d22010-01-11 18:40:55 +00001046 // -- an identifier that was declared with a dependent type,
1047 // (note: handled after lookup)
1048 // -- a template-id that is dependent,
1049 // (note: handled in BuildTemplateIdExpr)
1050 // -- a conversion-function-id that specifies a dependent type,
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001051 // -- a nested-name-specifier that contains a class-name that
1052 // names a dependent type.
1053 // Determine whether this is a member of an unknown specialization;
1054 // we need to handle these differently.
Douglas Gregor48026d22010-01-11 18:40:55 +00001055 if ((Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName &&
1056 Name.getCXXNameType()->isDependentType()) ||
1057 (SS.isSet() && IsDependentIdExpression(*this, SS))) {
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001058 return ActOnDependentIdExpression(SS, Name, NameLoc,
John McCall2f841ba2009-12-02 03:53:29 +00001059 isAddressOfOperand,
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001060 TemplateArgs);
1061 }
John McCallba135432009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001062
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001063 // Perform the required lookup.
1064 LookupResult R(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
1065 if (TemplateArgs) {
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001066 // Just re-use the lookup done by isTemplateName.
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00001067 DecomposeTemplateName(R, Id);
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001068 } else {
Fariborz Jahanian48c2d562010-01-12 23:58:59 +00001069 bool IvarLookupFollowUp = (!SS.isSet() && II && getCurMethodDecl());
1070 LookupParsedName(R, S, &SS, !IvarLookupFollowUp);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001071
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001072 // If this reference is in an Objective-C method, then we need to do
1073 // some special Objective-C lookup, too.
Fariborz Jahanian48c2d562010-01-12 23:58:59 +00001074 if (IvarLookupFollowUp) {
1075 OwningExprResult E(LookupInObjCMethod(R, S, II, true));
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001076 if (E.isInvalid())
1077 return ExprError();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001078
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001079 Expr *Ex = E.takeAs<Expr>();
1080 if (Ex) return Owned(Ex);
Steve Naroffe3e9add2008-06-02 23:03:37 +00001081 }
Chris Lattner8a934232008-03-31 00:36:02 +00001082 }
Douglas Gregorc71e28c2009-02-16 19:28:42 +00001083
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001084 if (R.isAmbiguous())
1085 return ExprError();
1086
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00001087 // Determine whether this name might be a candidate for
1088 // argument-dependent lookup.
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001089 bool ADL = UseArgumentDependentLookup(SS, R, HasTrailingLParen);
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00001090
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001091 if (R.empty() && !ADL) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001092 // Otherwise, this could be an implicitly declared function reference (legal
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001093 // in C90, extension in C99, forbidden in C++).
1094 if (HasTrailingLParen && II && !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
1095 NamedDecl *D = ImplicitlyDefineFunction(NameLoc, *II, S);
1096 if (D) R.addDecl(D);
1097 }
1098
1099 // If this name wasn't predeclared and if this is not a function
1100 // call, diagnose the problem.
1101 if (R.empty()) {
Douglas Gregorbb092ba2009-12-31 05:20:13 +00001102 if (DiagnoseEmptyLookup(S, SS, R))
John McCall578b69b2009-12-16 08:11:27 +00001103 return ExprError();
1104
1105 assert(!R.empty() &&
1106 "DiagnoseEmptyLookup returned false but added no results");
Douglas Gregorf06cdae2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00001107
1108 // If we found an Objective-C instance variable, let
1109 // LookupInObjCMethod build the appropriate expression to
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00001110 // reference the ivar.
Douglas Gregorf06cdae2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00001111 if (ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = R.getAsSingle<ObjCIvarDecl>()) {
1112 R.clear();
1113 OwningExprResult E(LookupInObjCMethod(R, S, Ivar->getIdentifier()));
1114 assert(E.isInvalid() || E.get());
1115 return move(E);
1116 }
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001117 }
1118 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001119
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001120 // This is guaranteed from this point on.
1121 assert(!R.empty() || ADL);
1122
1123 if (VarDecl *Var = R.getAsSingle<VarDecl>()) {
Douglas Gregor751f9a42009-06-30 15:47:41 +00001124 // Warn about constructs like:
1125 // if (void *X = foo()) { ... } else { X }.
1126 // In the else block, the pointer is always false.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001127
Douglas Gregor751f9a42009-06-30 15:47:41 +00001128 if (Var->isDeclaredInCondition() && Var->getType()->isScalarType()) {
1129 Scope *CheckS = S;
Douglas Gregor9c4b8382009-11-05 17:49:26 +00001130 while (CheckS && CheckS->getControlParent()) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001131 if (CheckS->isWithinElse() &&
Douglas Gregor751f9a42009-06-30 15:47:41 +00001132 CheckS->getControlParent()->isDeclScope(DeclPtrTy::make(Var))) {
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001133 ExprError(Diag(NameLoc, diag::warn_value_always_zero)
Douglas Gregor9c4b8382009-11-05 17:49:26 +00001134 << Var->getDeclName()
1135 << (Var->getType()->isPointerType()? 2 :
1136 Var->getType()->isBooleanType()? 1 : 0));
Douglas Gregor751f9a42009-06-30 15:47:41 +00001137 break;
1138 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001139
Douglas Gregor9c4b8382009-11-05 17:49:26 +00001140 // Move to the parent of this scope.
1141 CheckS = CheckS->getParent();
Douglas Gregor751f9a42009-06-30 15:47:41 +00001142 }
1143 }
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001144 } else if (FunctionDecl *Func = R.getAsSingle<FunctionDecl>()) {
Douglas Gregor751f9a42009-06-30 15:47:41 +00001145 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && !Func->hasPrototype()) {
1146 // C99 DR 316 says that, if a function type comes from a
1147 // function definition (without a prototype), that type is only
1148 // used for checking compatibility. Therefore, when referencing
1149 // the function, we pretend that we don't have the full function
1150 // type.
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001151 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Func, NameLoc))
Douglas Gregor751f9a42009-06-30 15:47:41 +00001152 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +00001153
Douglas Gregor751f9a42009-06-30 15:47:41 +00001154 QualType T = Func->getType();
1155 QualType NoProtoType = T;
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00001156 if (const FunctionProtoType *Proto = T->getAs<FunctionProtoType>())
Douglas Gregor751f9a42009-06-30 15:47:41 +00001157 NoProtoType = Context.getFunctionNoProtoType(Proto->getResultType());
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001158 return BuildDeclRefExpr(Func, NoProtoType, NameLoc, &SS);
Douglas Gregor751f9a42009-06-30 15:47:41 +00001159 }
1160 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001161
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00001162 // Check whether this might be a C++ implicit instance member access.
1163 // C++ [expr.prim.general]p6:
1164 // Within the definition of a non-static member function, an
1165 // identifier that names a non-static member is transformed to a
1166 // class member access expression.
1167 // But note that &SomeClass::foo is grammatically distinct, even
1168 // though we don't parse it that way.
John McCall3b4294e2009-12-16 12:17:52 +00001169 if (!R.empty() && (*R.begin())->isCXXClassMember()) {
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001170 bool isAbstractMemberPointer = (isAddressOfOperand && !SS.isEmpty());
John McCall3b4294e2009-12-16 12:17:52 +00001171 if (!isAbstractMemberPointer)
1172 return BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr(SS, R, TemplateArgs);
John McCall5b3f9132009-11-22 01:44:31 +00001173 }
1174
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001175 if (TemplateArgs)
1176 return BuildTemplateIdExpr(SS, R, ADL, *TemplateArgs);
John McCall5b3f9132009-11-22 01:44:31 +00001177
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001178 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, R, ADL);
1179}
1180
John McCall3b4294e2009-12-16 12:17:52 +00001181/// Builds an expression which might be an implicit member expression.
1182Sema::OwningExprResult
1183Sema::BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
1184 LookupResult &R,
1185 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs) {
1186 switch (ClassifyImplicitMemberAccess(*this, R)) {
1187 case IMA_Instance:
1188 return BuildImplicitMemberExpr(SS, R, TemplateArgs, true);
1189
1190 case IMA_AnonymousMember:
1191 assert(R.isSingleResult());
1192 return BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(R.getNameLoc(),
1193 R.getAsSingle<FieldDecl>());
1194
1195 case IMA_Mixed:
1196 case IMA_Mixed_Unrelated:
1197 case IMA_Unresolved:
1198 return BuildImplicitMemberExpr(SS, R, TemplateArgs, false);
1199
1200 case IMA_Static:
1201 case IMA_Mixed_StaticContext:
1202 case IMA_Unresolved_StaticContext:
1203 if (TemplateArgs)
1204 return BuildTemplateIdExpr(SS, R, false, *TemplateArgs);
1205 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, R, false);
1206
1207 case IMA_Error_StaticContext:
1208 case IMA_Error_Unrelated:
1209 DiagnoseInstanceReference(*this, SS, R);
1210 return ExprError();
1211 }
1212
1213 llvm_unreachable("unexpected instance member access kind");
1214 return ExprError();
1215}
1216
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00001217/// BuildQualifiedDeclarationNameExpr - Build a C++ qualified
1218/// declaration name, generally during template instantiation.
1219/// There's a large number of things which don't need to be done along
1220/// this path.
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001221Sema::OwningExprResult
1222Sema::BuildQualifiedDeclarationNameExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
1223 DeclarationName Name,
1224 SourceLocation NameLoc) {
1225 DeclContext *DC;
1226 if (!(DC = computeDeclContext(SS, false)) ||
1227 DC->isDependentContext() ||
1228 RequireCompleteDeclContext(SS))
1229 return BuildDependentDeclRefExpr(SS, Name, NameLoc, 0);
1230
1231 LookupResult R(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
1232 LookupQualifiedName(R, DC);
1233
1234 if (R.isAmbiguous())
1235 return ExprError();
1236
1237 if (R.empty()) {
1238 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_no_member) << Name << DC << SS.getRange();
1239 return ExprError();
1240 }
1241
1242 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, R, /*ADL*/ false);
1243}
1244
1245/// LookupInObjCMethod - The parser has read a name in, and Sema has
1246/// detected that we're currently inside an ObjC method. Perform some
1247/// additional lookup.
1248///
1249/// Ideally, most of this would be done by lookup, but there's
1250/// actually quite a lot of extra work involved.
1251///
1252/// Returns a null sentinel to indicate trivial success.
1253Sema::OwningExprResult
1254Sema::LookupInObjCMethod(LookupResult &Lookup, Scope *S,
Fariborz Jahanian48c2d562010-01-12 23:58:59 +00001255 IdentifierInfo *II,
1256 bool AllowBuiltinCreation) {
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001257 SourceLocation Loc = Lookup.getNameLoc();
1258
1259 // There are two cases to handle here. 1) scoped lookup could have failed,
1260 // in which case we should look for an ivar. 2) scoped lookup could have
1261 // found a decl, but that decl is outside the current instance method (i.e.
1262 // a global variable). In these two cases, we do a lookup for an ivar with
1263 // this name, if the lookup sucedes, we replace it our current decl.
1264
1265 // If we're in a class method, we don't normally want to look for
1266 // ivars. But if we don't find anything else, and there's an
1267 // ivar, that's an error.
1268 bool IsClassMethod = getCurMethodDecl()->isClassMethod();
1269
1270 bool LookForIvars;
1271 if (Lookup.empty())
1272 LookForIvars = true;
1273 else if (IsClassMethod)
1274 LookForIvars = false;
1275 else
1276 LookForIvars = (Lookup.isSingleResult() &&
1277 Lookup.getFoundDecl()->isDefinedOutsideFunctionOrMethod());
Fariborz Jahanian412e7982010-02-09 19:31:38 +00001278 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = 0;
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001279 if (LookForIvars) {
Fariborz Jahanian412e7982010-02-09 19:31:38 +00001280 IFace = getCurMethodDecl()->getClassInterface();
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001281 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDeclared;
1282 if (ObjCIvarDecl *IV = IFace->lookupInstanceVariable(II, ClassDeclared)) {
1283 // Diagnose using an ivar in a class method.
1284 if (IsClassMethod)
1285 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::error_ivar_use_in_class_method)
1286 << IV->getDeclName());
1287
1288 // If we're referencing an invalid decl, just return this as a silent
1289 // error node. The error diagnostic was already emitted on the decl.
1290 if (IV->isInvalidDecl())
1291 return ExprError();
1292
1293 // Check if referencing a field with __attribute__((deprecated)).
1294 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IV, Loc))
1295 return ExprError();
1296
1297 // Diagnose the use of an ivar outside of the declaring class.
1298 if (IV->getAccessControl() == ObjCIvarDecl::Private &&
1299 ClassDeclared != IFace)
1300 Diag(Loc, diag::error_private_ivar_access) << IV->getDeclName();
1301
1302 // FIXME: This should use a new expr for a direct reference, don't
1303 // turn this into Self->ivar, just return a BareIVarExpr or something.
1304 IdentifierInfo &II = Context.Idents.get("self");
1305 UnqualifiedId SelfName;
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00001306 SelfName.setIdentifier(&II, SourceLocation());
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001307 CXXScopeSpec SelfScopeSpec;
1308 OwningExprResult SelfExpr = ActOnIdExpression(S, SelfScopeSpec,
1309 SelfName, false, false);
1310 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, IV);
1311 return Owned(new (Context)
1312 ObjCIvarRefExpr(IV, IV->getType(), Loc,
1313 SelfExpr.takeAs<Expr>(), true, true));
1314 }
1315 } else if (getCurMethodDecl()->isInstanceMethod()) {
1316 // We should warn if a local variable hides an ivar.
1317 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = getCurMethodDecl()->getClassInterface();
1318 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDeclared;
1319 if (ObjCIvarDecl *IV = IFace->lookupInstanceVariable(II, ClassDeclared)) {
1320 if (IV->getAccessControl() != ObjCIvarDecl::Private ||
1321 IFace == ClassDeclared)
1322 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_ivar_use_hidden) << IV->getDeclName();
1323 }
1324 }
1325
1326 // Needed to implement property "super.method" notation.
1327 if (Lookup.empty() && II->isStr("super")) {
1328 QualType T;
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00001329
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001330 if (getCurMethodDecl()->isInstanceMethod())
1331 T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(Context.getObjCInterfaceType(
1332 getCurMethodDecl()->getClassInterface()));
1333 else
1334 T = Context.getObjCClassType();
1335 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCSuperExpr(Loc, T));
1336 }
Fariborz Jahanian48c2d562010-01-12 23:58:59 +00001337 if (Lookup.empty() && II && AllowBuiltinCreation) {
1338 // FIXME. Consolidate this with similar code in LookupName.
1339 if (unsigned BuiltinID = II->getBuiltinID()) {
1340 if (!(getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
1341 Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID))) {
1342 NamedDecl *D = LazilyCreateBuiltin((IdentifierInfo *)II, BuiltinID,
1343 S, Lookup.isForRedeclaration(),
1344 Lookup.getNameLoc());
1345 if (D) Lookup.addDecl(D);
1346 }
1347 }
1348 }
Fariborz Jahanian412e7982010-02-09 19:31:38 +00001349 if (LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI2 && LookForIvars && Lookup.empty()) {
Fariborz Jahanian77e2dde2010-02-09 21:49:50 +00001350 ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = SynthesizeNewPropertyIvar(IFace, II);
1351 if (Ivar)
Fariborz Jahanian412e7982010-02-09 19:31:38 +00001352 return LookupInObjCMethod(Lookup, S, II, AllowBuiltinCreation);
Fariborz Jahanian412e7982010-02-09 19:31:38 +00001353 }
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001354 // Sentinel value saying that we didn't do anything special.
1355 return Owned((Expr*) 0);
Douglas Gregor751f9a42009-06-30 15:47:41 +00001356}
John McCallba135432009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001357
John McCall6bb80172010-03-30 21:47:33 +00001358/// \brief Cast a base object to a member's actual type.
1359///
1360/// Logically this happens in three phases:
1361///
1362/// * First we cast from the base type to the naming class.
1363/// The naming class is the class into which we were looking
1364/// when we found the member; it's the qualifier type if a
1365/// qualifier was provided, and otherwise it's the base type.
1366///
1367/// * Next we cast from the naming class to the declaring class.
1368/// If the member we found was brought into a class's scope by
1369/// a using declaration, this is that class; otherwise it's
1370/// the class declaring the member.
1371///
1372/// * Finally we cast from the declaring class to the "true"
1373/// declaring class of the member. This conversion does not
1374/// obey access control.
Fariborz Jahanianf3e53d32009-07-29 19:40:11 +00001375bool
Douglas Gregor5fccd362010-03-03 23:55:11 +00001376Sema::PerformObjectMemberConversion(Expr *&From,
1377 NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier,
John McCall6bb80172010-03-30 21:47:33 +00001378 NamedDecl *FoundDecl,
Douglas Gregor5fccd362010-03-03 23:55:11 +00001379 NamedDecl *Member) {
1380 CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Member->getDeclContext());
1381 if (!RD)
1382 return false;
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00001383
Douglas Gregor5fccd362010-03-03 23:55:11 +00001384 QualType DestRecordType;
1385 QualType DestType;
1386 QualType FromRecordType;
1387 QualType FromType = From->getType();
1388 bool PointerConversions = false;
1389 if (isa<FieldDecl>(Member)) {
1390 DestRecordType = Context.getCanonicalType(Context.getTypeDeclType(RD));
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00001391
Douglas Gregor5fccd362010-03-03 23:55:11 +00001392 if (FromType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
1393 DestType = Context.getPointerType(DestRecordType);
1394 FromRecordType = FromType->getPointeeType();
1395 PointerConversions = true;
1396 } else {
1397 DestType = DestRecordType;
1398 FromRecordType = FromType;
Fariborz Jahanian98a541e2009-07-29 18:40:24 +00001399 }
Douglas Gregor5fccd362010-03-03 23:55:11 +00001400 } else if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Member)) {
1401 if (Method->isStatic())
1402 return false;
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00001403
Douglas Gregor5fccd362010-03-03 23:55:11 +00001404 DestType = Method->getThisType(Context);
1405 DestRecordType = DestType->getPointeeType();
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00001406
Douglas Gregor5fccd362010-03-03 23:55:11 +00001407 if (FromType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
1408 FromRecordType = FromType->getPointeeType();
1409 PointerConversions = true;
1410 } else {
1411 FromRecordType = FromType;
1412 DestType = DestRecordType;
1413 }
1414 } else {
1415 // No conversion necessary.
1416 return false;
1417 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00001418
Douglas Gregor5fccd362010-03-03 23:55:11 +00001419 if (DestType->isDependentType() || FromType->isDependentType())
1420 return false;
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00001421
Douglas Gregor5fccd362010-03-03 23:55:11 +00001422 // If the unqualified types are the same, no conversion is necessary.
1423 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FromRecordType, DestRecordType))
1424 return false;
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00001425
John McCall6bb80172010-03-30 21:47:33 +00001426 SourceRange FromRange = From->getSourceRange();
1427 SourceLocation FromLoc = FromRange.getBegin();
1428
Douglas Gregor5fccd362010-03-03 23:55:11 +00001429 // C++ [class.member.lookup]p8:
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00001430 // [...] Ambiguities can often be resolved by qualifying a name with its
Douglas Gregor5fccd362010-03-03 23:55:11 +00001431 // class name.
1432 //
1433 // If the member was a qualified name and the qualified referred to a
1434 // specific base subobject type, we'll cast to that intermediate type
1435 // first and then to the object in which the member is declared. That allows
1436 // one to resolve ambiguities in, e.g., a diamond-shaped hierarchy such as:
1437 //
1438 // class Base { public: int x; };
1439 // class Derived1 : public Base { };
1440 // class Derived2 : public Base { };
1441 // class VeryDerived : public Derived1, public Derived2 { void f(); };
1442 //
1443 // void VeryDerived::f() {
1444 // x = 17; // error: ambiguous base subobjects
1445 // Derived1::x = 17; // okay, pick the Base subobject of Derived1
1446 // }
Douglas Gregor5fccd362010-03-03 23:55:11 +00001447 if (Qualifier) {
John McCall6bb80172010-03-30 21:47:33 +00001448 QualType QType = QualType(Qualifier->getAsType(), 0);
1449 assert(!QType.isNull() && "lookup done with dependent qualifier?");
1450 assert(QType->isRecordType() && "lookup done with non-record type");
1451
1452 QualType QRecordType = QualType(QType->getAs<RecordType>(), 0);
1453
1454 // In C++98, the qualifier type doesn't actually have to be a base
1455 // type of the object type, in which case we just ignore it.
1456 // Otherwise build the appropriate casts.
1457 if (IsDerivedFrom(FromRecordType, QRecordType)) {
1458 if (CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(FromRecordType, QRecordType,
1459 FromLoc, FromRange))
1460 return true;
1461
Douglas Gregor5fccd362010-03-03 23:55:11 +00001462 if (PointerConversions)
John McCall6bb80172010-03-30 21:47:33 +00001463 QType = Context.getPointerType(QType);
1464 ImpCastExprToType(From, QType, CastExpr::CK_DerivedToBase,
1465 /*isLvalue*/ !PointerConversions);
1466
1467 FromType = QType;
1468 FromRecordType = QRecordType;
1469
1470 // If the qualifier type was the same as the destination type,
1471 // we're done.
1472 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FromRecordType, DestRecordType))
1473 return false;
Douglas Gregor5fccd362010-03-03 23:55:11 +00001474 }
1475 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00001476
John McCall6bb80172010-03-30 21:47:33 +00001477 bool IgnoreAccess = false;
Douglas Gregor5fccd362010-03-03 23:55:11 +00001478
John McCall6bb80172010-03-30 21:47:33 +00001479 // If we actually found the member through a using declaration, cast
1480 // down to the using declaration's type.
1481 //
1482 // Pointer equality is fine here because only one declaration of a
1483 // class ever has member declarations.
1484 if (FoundDecl->getDeclContext() != Member->getDeclContext()) {
1485 assert(isa<UsingShadowDecl>(FoundDecl));
1486 QualType URecordType = Context.getTypeDeclType(
1487 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(FoundDecl->getDeclContext()));
1488
1489 // We only need to do this if the naming-class to declaring-class
1490 // conversion is non-trivial.
1491 if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FromRecordType, URecordType)) {
1492 assert(IsDerivedFrom(FromRecordType, URecordType));
1493 if (CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(FromRecordType, URecordType,
1494 FromLoc, FromRange))
1495 return true;
1496
1497 QualType UType = URecordType;
1498 if (PointerConversions)
1499 UType = Context.getPointerType(UType);
1500 ImpCastExprToType(From, UType, CastExpr::CK_DerivedToBase,
1501 /*isLvalue*/ !PointerConversions);
1502 FromType = UType;
1503 FromRecordType = URecordType;
1504 }
1505
1506 // We don't do access control for the conversion from the
1507 // declaring class to the true declaring class.
1508 IgnoreAccess = true;
Douglas Gregor5fccd362010-03-03 23:55:11 +00001509 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00001510
Douglas Gregor5fccd362010-03-03 23:55:11 +00001511 if (CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(FromRecordType,
1512 DestRecordType,
John McCall6bb80172010-03-30 21:47:33 +00001513 FromLoc,
1514 FromRange,
1515 IgnoreAccess))
Douglas Gregor5fccd362010-03-03 23:55:11 +00001516 return true;
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00001517
John McCall6bb80172010-03-30 21:47:33 +00001518 // FIXME: isLvalue should be !PointerConversions here, but codegen
1519 // does very silly things.
Douglas Gregor5fccd362010-03-03 23:55:11 +00001520 ImpCastExprToType(From, DestType, CastExpr::CK_DerivedToBase,
John McCall6bb80172010-03-30 21:47:33 +00001521 /*isLvalue=*/ true);
Fariborz Jahanianf3e53d32009-07-29 19:40:11 +00001522 return false;
Fariborz Jahanian98a541e2009-07-29 18:40:24 +00001523}
Douglas Gregor751f9a42009-06-30 15:47:41 +00001524
Douglas Gregor83f6faf2009-08-31 23:41:50 +00001525/// \brief Build a MemberExpr AST node.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001526static MemberExpr *BuildMemberExpr(ASTContext &C, Expr *Base, bool isArrow,
Eli Friedmanf595cc42009-12-04 06:40:45 +00001527 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, ValueDecl *Member,
John McCall6bb80172010-03-30 21:47:33 +00001528 NamedDecl *FoundDecl, SourceLocation Loc,
1529 QualType Ty,
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001530 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs = 0) {
1531 NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier = 0;
1532 SourceRange QualifierRange;
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00001533 if (SS.isSet()) {
1534 Qualifier = (NestedNameSpecifier *) SS.getScopeRep();
1535 QualifierRange = SS.getRange();
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001536 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001537
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001538 return MemberExpr::Create(C, Base, isArrow, Qualifier, QualifierRange,
John McCall6bb80172010-03-30 21:47:33 +00001539 Member, FoundDecl, Loc, TemplateArgs, Ty);
Douglas Gregorbd4c4ae2009-08-26 22:36:53 +00001540}
1541
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00001542/// Builds an implicit member access expression. The current context
1543/// is known to be an instance method, and the given unqualified lookup
1544/// set is known to contain only instance members, at least one of which
1545/// is from an appropriate type.
John McCall5b3f9132009-11-22 01:44:31 +00001546Sema::OwningExprResult
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00001547Sema::BuildImplicitMemberExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
1548 LookupResult &R,
1549 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs,
1550 bool IsKnownInstance) {
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001551 assert(!R.empty() && !R.isAmbiguous());
1552
John McCallba135432009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001553 SourceLocation Loc = R.getNameLoc();
Sebastian Redlebc07d52009-02-03 20:19:35 +00001554
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +00001555 // We may have found a field within an anonymous union or struct
1556 // (C++ [class.union]).
Douglas Gregore961afb2009-10-22 07:08:30 +00001557 // FIXME: This needs to happen post-isImplicitMemberReference?
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001558 // FIXME: template-ids inside anonymous structs?
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00001559 if (FieldDecl *FD = R.getAsSingle<FieldDecl>())
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +00001560 if (cast<RecordDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion())
John McCall5b3f9132009-11-22 01:44:31 +00001561 return BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(Loc, FD);
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001562
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00001563 // If this is known to be an instance access, go ahead and build a
1564 // 'this' expression now.
1565 QualType ThisType = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext)->getThisType(Context);
1566 Expr *This = 0; // null signifies implicit access
1567 if (IsKnownInstance) {
Douglas Gregor828a1972010-01-07 23:12:05 +00001568 SourceLocation Loc = R.getNameLoc();
1569 if (SS.getRange().isValid())
1570 Loc = SS.getRange().getBegin();
1571 This = new (Context) CXXThisExpr(Loc, ThisType, /*isImplicit=*/true);
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00001572 }
1573
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00001574 return BuildMemberReferenceExpr(ExprArg(*this, This), ThisType,
1575 /*OpLoc*/ SourceLocation(),
1576 /*IsArrow*/ true,
John McCallc2233c52010-01-15 08:34:02 +00001577 SS,
1578 /*FirstQualifierInScope*/ 0,
1579 R, TemplateArgs);
John McCallba135432009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001580}
1581
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001582bool Sema::UseArgumentDependentLookup(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
John McCall5b3f9132009-11-22 01:44:31 +00001583 const LookupResult &R,
1584 bool HasTrailingLParen) {
John McCallba135432009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001585 // Only when used directly as the postfix-expression of a call.
1586 if (!HasTrailingLParen)
1587 return false;
1588
1589 // Never if a scope specifier was provided.
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001590 if (SS.isSet())
John McCallba135432009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001591 return false;
1592
1593 // Only in C++ or ObjC++.
John McCall5b3f9132009-11-22 01:44:31 +00001594 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
John McCallba135432009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001595 return false;
1596
1597 // Turn off ADL when we find certain kinds of declarations during
1598 // normal lookup:
1599 for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), E = R.end(); I != E; ++I) {
1600 NamedDecl *D = *I;
1601
1602 // C++0x [basic.lookup.argdep]p3:
1603 // -- a declaration of a class member
1604 // Since using decls preserve this property, we check this on the
1605 // original decl.
John McCall3b4294e2009-12-16 12:17:52 +00001606 if (D->isCXXClassMember())
John McCallba135432009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001607 return false;
1608
1609 // C++0x [basic.lookup.argdep]p3:
1610 // -- a block-scope function declaration that is not a
1611 // using-declaration
1612 // NOTE: we also trigger this for function templates (in fact, we
1613 // don't check the decl type at all, since all other decl types
1614 // turn off ADL anyway).
1615 if (isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D))
1616 D = cast<UsingShadowDecl>(D)->getTargetDecl();
1617 else if (D->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod())
1618 return false;
1619
1620 // C++0x [basic.lookup.argdep]p3:
1621 // -- a declaration that is neither a function or a function
1622 // template
1623 // And also for builtin functions.
1624 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
1625 FunctionDecl *FDecl = cast<FunctionDecl>(D);
1626
1627 // But also builtin functions.
1628 if (FDecl->getBuiltinID() && FDecl->isImplicit())
1629 return false;
1630 } else if (!isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D))
1631 return false;
1632 }
1633
1634 return true;
1635}
1636
1637
John McCallba135432009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001638/// Diagnoses obvious problems with the use of the given declaration
1639/// as an expression. This is only actually called for lookups that
1640/// were not overloaded, and it doesn't promise that the declaration
1641/// will in fact be used.
1642static bool CheckDeclInExpr(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, NamedDecl *D) {
1643 if (isa<TypedefDecl>(D)) {
1644 S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_unexpected_typedef) << D->getDeclName();
1645 return true;
1646 }
1647
1648 if (isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(D)) {
1649 S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_unexpected_interface) << D->getDeclName();
1650 return true;
1651 }
1652
1653 if (isa<NamespaceDecl>(D)) {
1654 S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_unexpected_namespace) << D->getDeclName();
1655 return true;
1656 }
1657
1658 return false;
1659}
1660
1661Sema::OwningExprResult
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001662Sema::BuildDeclarationNameExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
John McCall5b3f9132009-11-22 01:44:31 +00001663 LookupResult &R,
1664 bool NeedsADL) {
John McCallfead20c2009-12-08 22:45:53 +00001665 // If this is a single, fully-resolved result and we don't need ADL,
1666 // just build an ordinary singleton decl ref.
Douglas Gregor86b8e092010-01-29 17:15:43 +00001667 if (!NeedsADL && R.isSingleResult() && !R.getAsSingle<FunctionTemplateDecl>())
John McCall5b3f9132009-11-22 01:44:31 +00001668 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, R.getNameLoc(), R.getFoundDecl());
John McCallba135432009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001669
1670 // We only need to check the declaration if there's exactly one
1671 // result, because in the overloaded case the results can only be
1672 // functions and function templates.
John McCall5b3f9132009-11-22 01:44:31 +00001673 if (R.isSingleResult() &&
1674 CheckDeclInExpr(*this, R.getNameLoc(), R.getFoundDecl()))
John McCallba135432009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001675 return ExprError();
1676
John McCallc373d482010-01-27 01:50:18 +00001677 // Otherwise, just build an unresolved lookup expression. Suppress
1678 // any lookup-related diagnostics; we'll hash these out later, when
1679 // we've picked a target.
1680 R.suppressDiagnostics();
1681
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001682 bool Dependent
1683 = UnresolvedLookupExpr::ComputeDependence(R.begin(), R.end(), 0);
John McCallba135432009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001684 UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE
John McCallc373d482010-01-27 01:50:18 +00001685 = UnresolvedLookupExpr::Create(Context, Dependent, R.getNamingClass(),
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001686 (NestedNameSpecifier*) SS.getScopeRep(),
1687 SS.getRange(),
John McCall5b3f9132009-11-22 01:44:31 +00001688 R.getLookupName(), R.getNameLoc(),
1689 NeedsADL, R.isOverloadedResult());
John McCallc373d482010-01-27 01:50:18 +00001690 ULE->addDecls(R.begin(), R.end());
John McCallba135432009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001691
1692 return Owned(ULE);
1693}
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00001694
John McCallba135432009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001695
1696/// \brief Complete semantic analysis for a reference to the given declaration.
1697Sema::OwningExprResult
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001698Sema::BuildDeclarationNameExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
John McCallba135432009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001699 SourceLocation Loc, NamedDecl *D) {
1700 assert(D && "Cannot refer to a NULL declaration");
John McCall7453ed42009-11-22 00:44:51 +00001701 assert(!isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D) &&
1702 "Cannot refer unambiguously to a function template");
John McCallba135432009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001703
1704 if (CheckDeclInExpr(*this, Loc, D))
1705 return ExprError();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001706
Douglas Gregor9af2f522009-12-01 16:58:18 +00001707 if (TemplateDecl *Template = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(D)) {
1708 // Specifically diagnose references to class templates that are missing
1709 // a template argument list.
1710 Diag(Loc, diag::err_template_decl_ref)
1711 << Template << SS.getRange();
1712 Diag(Template->getLocation(), diag::note_template_decl_here);
1713 return ExprError();
1714 }
1715
1716 // Make sure that we're referring to a value.
1717 ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(D);
1718 if (!VD) {
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00001719 Diag(Loc, diag::err_ref_non_value)
Douglas Gregor9af2f522009-12-01 16:58:18 +00001720 << D << SS.getRange();
John McCall87cf6702009-12-18 18:35:10 +00001721 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_at);
Douglas Gregor9af2f522009-12-01 16:58:18 +00001722 return ExprError();
1723 }
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001724
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00001725 // Check whether this declaration can be used. Note that we suppress
1726 // this check when we're going to perform argument-dependent lookup
1727 // on this function name, because this might not be the function
1728 // that overload resolution actually selects.
John McCallba135432009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001729 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(VD, Loc))
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00001730 return ExprError();
1731
Steve Naroffdd972f22008-09-05 22:11:13 +00001732 // Only create DeclRefExpr's for valid Decl's.
1733 if (VD->isInvalidDecl())
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001734 return ExprError();
1735
Chris Lattner639e2d32008-10-20 05:16:36 +00001736 // If the identifier reference is inside a block, and it refers to a value
1737 // that is outside the block, create a BlockDeclRefExpr instead of a
1738 // DeclRefExpr. This ensures the value is treated as a copy-in snapshot when
1739 // the block is formed.
Steve Naroffdd972f22008-09-05 22:11:13 +00001740 //
Chris Lattner639e2d32008-10-20 05:16:36 +00001741 // We do not do this for things like enum constants, global variables, etc,
1742 // as they do not get snapshotted.
1743 //
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00001744 if (getCurBlock() &&
Douglas Gregor9ea9bdb2010-03-01 23:15:13 +00001745 ShouldSnapshotBlockValueReference(*this, getCurBlock(), VD)) {
Mike Stump0d6fd572010-01-05 02:56:35 +00001746 if (VD->getType().getTypePtr()->isVariablyModifiedType()) {
1747 Diag(Loc, diag::err_ref_vm_type);
1748 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_at);
1749 return ExprError();
1750 }
1751
Fariborz Jahanian8596bbe2010-03-16 23:39:51 +00001752 if (VD->getType()->isArrayType()) {
Mike Stump28497342010-01-05 03:10:36 +00001753 Diag(Loc, diag::err_ref_array_type);
1754 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_at);
1755 return ExprError();
1756 }
1757
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00001758 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, VD);
Eli Friedman5fdeae12009-03-22 23:00:19 +00001759 QualType ExprTy = VD->getType().getNonReferenceType();
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00001760 // The BlocksAttr indicates the variable is bound by-reference.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis40b598e2009-06-30 02:34:44 +00001761 if (VD->getAttr<BlocksAttr>())
Eli Friedman5fdeae12009-03-22 23:00:19 +00001762 return Owned(new (Context) BlockDeclRefExpr(VD, ExprTy, Loc, true));
Fariborz Jahanian7d5c74e2009-06-19 23:37:08 +00001763 // This is to record that a 'const' was actually synthesize and added.
1764 bool constAdded = !ExprTy.isConstQualified();
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00001765 // Variable will be bound by-copy, make it const within the closure.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001766
Eli Friedman5fdeae12009-03-22 23:00:19 +00001767 ExprTy.addConst();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001768 return Owned(new (Context) BlockDeclRefExpr(VD, ExprTy, Loc, false,
Fariborz Jahanian7d5c74e2009-06-19 23:37:08 +00001769 constAdded));
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00001770 }
1771 // If this reference is not in a block or if the referenced variable is
1772 // within the block, create a normal DeclRefExpr.
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001773
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001774 return BuildDeclRefExpr(VD, VD->getType().getNonReferenceType(), Loc, &SS);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001775}
1776
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001777Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnPredefinedExpr(SourceLocation Loc,
1778 tok::TokenKind Kind) {
Chris Lattnerd9f69102008-08-10 01:53:14 +00001779 PredefinedExpr::IdentType IT;
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001780
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001781 switch (Kind) {
Chris Lattner1423ea42008-01-12 18:39:25 +00001782 default: assert(0 && "Unknown simple primary expr!");
Chris Lattnerd9f69102008-08-10 01:53:14 +00001783 case tok::kw___func__: IT = PredefinedExpr::Func; break; // [C99 6.4.2.2]
1784 case tok::kw___FUNCTION__: IT = PredefinedExpr::Function; break;
1785 case tok::kw___PRETTY_FUNCTION__: IT = PredefinedExpr::PrettyFunction; break;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001786 }
Chris Lattner1423ea42008-01-12 18:39:25 +00001787
Chris Lattnerfa28b302008-01-12 08:14:25 +00001788 // Pre-defined identifiers are of type char[x], where x is the length of the
1789 // string.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001790
Anders Carlsson3a082d82009-09-08 18:24:21 +00001791 Decl *currentDecl = getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl();
1792 if (!currentDecl) {
Chris Lattnerb0da9232008-12-12 05:05:20 +00001793 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_predef_outside_function);
Anders Carlsson3a082d82009-09-08 18:24:21 +00001794 currentDecl = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl();
Chris Lattnerb0da9232008-12-12 05:05:20 +00001795 }
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001796
Anders Carlsson773f3972009-09-11 01:22:35 +00001797 QualType ResTy;
1798 if (cast<DeclContext>(currentDecl)->isDependentContext()) {
1799 ResTy = Context.DependentTy;
1800 } else {
Anders Carlsson848fa642010-02-11 18:20:28 +00001801 unsigned Length = PredefinedExpr::ComputeName(IT, currentDecl).length();
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001802
Anders Carlsson773f3972009-09-11 01:22:35 +00001803 llvm::APInt LengthI(32, Length + 1);
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001804 ResTy = Context.CharTy.withConst();
Anders Carlsson773f3972009-09-11 01:22:35 +00001805 ResTy = Context.getConstantArrayType(ResTy, LengthI, ArrayType::Normal, 0);
1806 }
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001807 return Owned(new (Context) PredefinedExpr(Loc, ResTy, IT));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001808}
1809
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001810Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnCharacterConstant(const Token &Tok) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001811 llvm::SmallString<16> CharBuffer;
Douglas Gregor453091c2010-03-16 22:30:13 +00001812 bool Invalid = false;
1813 llvm::StringRef ThisTok = PP.getSpelling(Tok, CharBuffer, &Invalid);
1814 if (Invalid)
1815 return ExprError();
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001816
Benjamin Kramerddeea562010-02-27 13:44:12 +00001817 CharLiteralParser Literal(ThisTok.begin(), ThisTok.end(), Tok.getLocation(),
1818 PP);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001819 if (Literal.hadError())
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001820 return ExprError();
Chris Lattnerfc62bfd2008-03-01 08:32:21 +00001821
Chris Lattnere8337df2009-12-30 21:19:39 +00001822 QualType Ty;
1823 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
1824 Ty = Context.IntTy; // 'x' and L'x' -> int in C.
1825 else if (Literal.isWide())
1826 Ty = Context.WCharTy; // L'x' -> wchar_t in C++.
Eli Friedman136b0cd2010-02-03 18:21:45 +00001827 else if (Literal.isMultiChar())
1828 Ty = Context.IntTy; // 'wxyz' -> int in C++.
Chris Lattnere8337df2009-12-30 21:19:39 +00001829 else
1830 Ty = Context.CharTy; // 'x' -> char in C++
Chris Lattnerfc62bfd2008-03-01 08:32:21 +00001831
Sebastian Redle91b3bc2009-01-20 22:23:13 +00001832 return Owned(new (Context) CharacterLiteral(Literal.getValue(),
1833 Literal.isWide(),
Chris Lattnere8337df2009-12-30 21:19:39 +00001834 Ty, Tok.getLocation()));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001835}
1836
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001837Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnNumericConstant(const Token &Tok) {
1838 // Fast path for a single digit (which is quite common). A single digit
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001839 // cannot have a trigraph, escaped newline, radix prefix, or type suffix.
1840 if (Tok.getLength() == 1) {
Chris Lattner7216dc92009-01-26 22:36:52 +00001841 const char Val = PP.getSpellingOfSingleCharacterNumericConstant(Tok);
Chris Lattner0c21e842009-01-16 07:10:29 +00001842 unsigned IntSize = Context.Target.getIntWidth();
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001843 return Owned(new (Context) IntegerLiteral(llvm::APInt(IntSize, Val-'0'),
Steve Naroff0a473932009-01-20 19:53:53 +00001844 Context.IntTy, Tok.getLocation()));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001845 }
Ted Kremenek28396602009-01-13 23:19:12 +00001846
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001847 llvm::SmallString<512> IntegerBuffer;
Chris Lattner2a299042008-09-30 20:53:45 +00001848 // Add padding so that NumericLiteralParser can overread by one character.
1849 IntegerBuffer.resize(Tok.getLength()+1);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001850 const char *ThisTokBegin = &IntegerBuffer[0];
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001851
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001852 // Get the spelling of the token, which eliminates trigraphs, etc.
Douglas Gregor453091c2010-03-16 22:30:13 +00001853 bool Invalid = false;
1854 unsigned ActualLength = PP.getSpelling(Tok, ThisTokBegin, &Invalid);
1855 if (Invalid)
1856 return ExprError();
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001857
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001858 NumericLiteralParser Literal(ThisTokBegin, ThisTokBegin+ActualLength,
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001859 Tok.getLocation(), PP);
1860 if (Literal.hadError)
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001861 return ExprError();
1862
Chris Lattner5d661452007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001863 Expr *Res;
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001864
Chris Lattner5d661452007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001865 if (Literal.isFloatingLiteral()) {
Chris Lattner525a0502007-09-22 18:29:59 +00001866 QualType Ty;
Chris Lattnerb7cfe882008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001867 if (Literal.isFloat)
Chris Lattner525a0502007-09-22 18:29:59 +00001868 Ty = Context.FloatTy;
Chris Lattnerb7cfe882008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001869 else if (!Literal.isLong)
Chris Lattner525a0502007-09-22 18:29:59 +00001870 Ty = Context.DoubleTy;
Chris Lattnerb7cfe882008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001871 else
Chris Lattner9e9b6dc2008-03-08 08:52:55 +00001872 Ty = Context.LongDoubleTy;
Chris Lattnerb7cfe882008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001873
1874 const llvm::fltSemantics &Format = Context.getFloatTypeSemantics(Ty);
1875
John McCall94c939d2009-12-24 09:08:04 +00001876 using llvm::APFloat;
1877 APFloat Val(Format);
1878
1879 APFloat::opStatus result = Literal.GetFloatValue(Val);
John McCall9f2df882009-12-24 11:09:08 +00001880
1881 // Overflow is always an error, but underflow is only an error if
1882 // we underflowed to zero (APFloat reports denormals as underflow).
1883 if ((result & APFloat::opOverflow) ||
1884 ((result & APFloat::opUnderflow) && Val.isZero())) {
John McCall94c939d2009-12-24 09:08:04 +00001885 unsigned diagnostic;
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00001886 llvm::SmallString<20> buffer;
John McCall94c939d2009-12-24 09:08:04 +00001887 if (result & APFloat::opOverflow) {
John McCall2a0d7572010-02-26 23:35:57 +00001888 diagnostic = diag::warn_float_overflow;
John McCall94c939d2009-12-24 09:08:04 +00001889 APFloat::getLargest(Format).toString(buffer);
1890 } else {
John McCall2a0d7572010-02-26 23:35:57 +00001891 diagnostic = diag::warn_float_underflow;
John McCall94c939d2009-12-24 09:08:04 +00001892 APFloat::getSmallest(Format).toString(buffer);
1893 }
1894
1895 Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diagnostic)
1896 << Ty
1897 << llvm::StringRef(buffer.data(), buffer.size());
1898 }
1899
1900 bool isExact = (result == APFloat::opOK);
Chris Lattner001d64d2009-06-29 17:34:55 +00001901 Res = new (Context) FloatingLiteral(Val, isExact, Ty, Tok.getLocation());
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001902
Chris Lattner5d661452007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001903 } else if (!Literal.isIntegerLiteral()) {
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001904 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner5d661452007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001905 } else {
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001906 QualType Ty;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001907
Neil Boothb9449512007-08-29 22:00:19 +00001908 // long long is a C99 feature.
1909 if (!getLangOptions().C99 && !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus0x &&
Neil Booth79859c32007-08-29 22:13:52 +00001910 Literal.isLongLong)
Neil Boothb9449512007-08-29 22:00:19 +00001911 Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::ext_longlong);
1912
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001913 // Get the value in the widest-possible width.
Chris Lattner98be4942008-03-05 18:54:05 +00001914 llvm::APInt ResultVal(Context.Target.getIntMaxTWidth(), 0);
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001915
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001916 if (Literal.GetIntegerValue(ResultVal)) {
1917 // If this value didn't fit into uintmax_t, warn and force to ull.
1918 Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::warn_integer_too_large);
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001919 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
1920 assert(Context.getTypeSize(Ty) == ResultVal.getBitWidth() &&
Chris Lattner98be4942008-03-05 18:54:05 +00001921 "long long is not intmax_t?");
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001922 } else {
1923 // If this value fits into a ULL, try to figure out what else it fits into
1924 // according to the rules of C99 6.4.4.1p5.
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001925
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001926 // Octal, Hexadecimal, and integers with a U suffix are allowed to
1927 // be an unsigned int.
1928 bool AllowUnsigned = Literal.isUnsigned || Literal.getRadix() != 10;
1929
1930 // Check from smallest to largest, picking the smallest type we can.
Chris Lattner8cbcb0e2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001931 unsigned Width = 0;
Chris Lattner97c51562007-08-23 21:58:08 +00001932 if (!Literal.isLong && !Literal.isLongLong) {
1933 // Are int/unsigned possibilities?
Chris Lattner8cbcb0e2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001934 unsigned IntSize = Context.Target.getIntWidth();
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001935
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001936 // Does it fit in a unsigned int?
1937 if (ResultVal.isIntN(IntSize)) {
1938 // Does it fit in a signed int?
1939 if (!Literal.isUnsigned && ResultVal[IntSize-1] == 0)
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001940 Ty = Context.IntTy;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001941 else if (AllowUnsigned)
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001942 Ty = Context.UnsignedIntTy;
Chris Lattner8cbcb0e2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001943 Width = IntSize;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001944 }
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001945 }
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001946
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001947 // Are long/unsigned long possibilities?
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001948 if (Ty.isNull() && !Literal.isLongLong) {
Chris Lattner8cbcb0e2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001949 unsigned LongSize = Context.Target.getLongWidth();
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001950
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001951 // Does it fit in a unsigned long?
1952 if (ResultVal.isIntN(LongSize)) {
1953 // Does it fit in a signed long?
1954 if (!Literal.isUnsigned && ResultVal[LongSize-1] == 0)
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001955 Ty = Context.LongTy;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001956 else if (AllowUnsigned)
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001957 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongTy;
Chris Lattner8cbcb0e2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001958 Width = LongSize;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001959 }
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001960 }
1961
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001962 // Finally, check long long if needed.
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001963 if (Ty.isNull()) {
Chris Lattner8cbcb0e2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001964 unsigned LongLongSize = Context.Target.getLongLongWidth();
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001965
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001966 // Does it fit in a unsigned long long?
1967 if (ResultVal.isIntN(LongLongSize)) {
1968 // Does it fit in a signed long long?
1969 if (!Literal.isUnsigned && ResultVal[LongLongSize-1] == 0)
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001970 Ty = Context.LongLongTy;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001971 else if (AllowUnsigned)
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001972 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
Chris Lattner8cbcb0e2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001973 Width = LongLongSize;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001974 }
1975 }
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001976
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001977 // If we still couldn't decide a type, we probably have something that
1978 // does not fit in a signed long long, but has no U suffix.
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001979 if (Ty.isNull()) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001980 Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::warn_integer_too_large_for_signed);
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001981 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
Chris Lattner8cbcb0e2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001982 Width = Context.Target.getLongLongWidth();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001983 }
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001984
Chris Lattner8cbcb0e2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001985 if (ResultVal.getBitWidth() != Width)
1986 ResultVal.trunc(Width);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001987 }
Sebastian Redle91b3bc2009-01-20 22:23:13 +00001988 Res = new (Context) IntegerLiteral(ResultVal, Ty, Tok.getLocation());
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001989 }
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001990
Chris Lattner5d661452007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001991 // If this is an imaginary literal, create the ImaginaryLiteral wrapper.
1992 if (Literal.isImaginary)
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001993 Res = new (Context) ImaginaryLiteral(Res,
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001994 Context.getComplexType(Res->getType()));
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001995
1996 return Owned(Res);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001997}
1998
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001999Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnParenExpr(SourceLocation L,
2000 SourceLocation R, ExprArg Val) {
Anders Carlssone9146f22009-05-01 19:49:17 +00002001 Expr *E = Val.takeAs<Expr>();
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00002002 assert((E != 0) && "ActOnParenExpr() missing expr");
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002003 return Owned(new (Context) ParenExpr(L, R, E));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002004}
2005
2006/// The UsualUnaryConversions() function is *not* called by this routine.
2007/// See C99 6.3.2.1p[2-4] for more details.
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00002008bool Sema::CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(QualType exprType,
Sebastian Redl05189992008-11-11 17:56:53 +00002009 SourceLocation OpLoc,
2010 const SourceRange &ExprRange,
2011 bool isSizeof) {
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00002012 if (exprType->isDependentType())
2013 return false;
2014
Sebastian Redl5d484e82009-11-23 17:18:46 +00002015 // C++ [expr.sizeof]p2: "When applied to a reference or a reference type,
2016 // the result is the size of the referenced type."
2017 // C++ [expr.alignof]p3: "When alignof is applied to a reference type, the
2018 // result shall be the alignment of the referenced type."
2019 if (const ReferenceType *Ref = exprType->getAs<ReferenceType>())
2020 exprType = Ref->getPointeeType();
2021
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002022 // C99 6.5.3.4p1:
John McCall5ab75172009-11-04 07:28:41 +00002023 if (exprType->isFunctionType()) {
Chris Lattner1efaa952009-04-24 00:30:45 +00002024 // alignof(function) is allowed as an extension.
Chris Lattner01072922009-01-24 19:46:37 +00002025 if (isSizeof)
2026 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_sizeof_function_type) << ExprRange;
2027 return false;
2028 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002029
Chris Lattner1efaa952009-04-24 00:30:45 +00002030 // Allow sizeof(void)/alignof(void) as an extension.
Chris Lattner01072922009-01-24 19:46:37 +00002031 if (exprType->isVoidType()) {
Chris Lattnerfa25bbb2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00002032 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_sizeof_void_type)
2033 << (isSizeof ? "sizeof" : "__alignof") << ExprRange;
Chris Lattner01072922009-01-24 19:46:37 +00002034 return false;
2035 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002036
Chris Lattner1efaa952009-04-24 00:30:45 +00002037 if (RequireCompleteType(OpLoc, exprType,
Douglas Gregor5cc07df2009-12-15 16:44:32 +00002038 PDiag(diag::err_sizeof_alignof_incomplete_type)
2039 << int(!isSizeof) << ExprRange))
Chris Lattner1efaa952009-04-24 00:30:45 +00002040 return true;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002041
Chris Lattner1efaa952009-04-24 00:30:45 +00002042 // Reject sizeof(interface) and sizeof(interface<proto>) in 64-bit mode.
Fariborz Jahanianced1e282009-04-24 17:34:33 +00002043 if (LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI && exprType->isObjCInterfaceType()) {
Chris Lattner1efaa952009-04-24 00:30:45 +00002044 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_sizeof_nonfragile_interface)
Chris Lattner5cb10d32009-04-24 22:30:50 +00002045 << exprType << isSizeof << ExprRange;
2046 return true;
Chris Lattnerca790922009-04-21 19:55:16 +00002047 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002048
Chris Lattner1efaa952009-04-24 00:30:45 +00002049 return false;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002050}
2051
Chris Lattner31e21e02009-01-24 20:17:12 +00002052bool Sema::CheckAlignOfExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation OpLoc,
2053 const SourceRange &ExprRange) {
2054 E = E->IgnoreParens();
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00002055
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002056 // alignof decl is always ok.
Chris Lattner31e21e02009-01-24 20:17:12 +00002057 if (isa<DeclRefExpr>(E))
2058 return false;
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00002059
2060 // Cannot know anything else if the expression is dependent.
2061 if (E->isTypeDependent())
2062 return false;
2063
Douglas Gregor33bbbc52009-05-02 02:18:30 +00002064 if (E->getBitField()) {
2065 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_sizeof_alignof_bitfield) << 1 << ExprRange;
2066 return true;
Chris Lattner31e21e02009-01-24 20:17:12 +00002067 }
Douglas Gregor33bbbc52009-05-02 02:18:30 +00002068
2069 // Alignment of a field access is always okay, so long as it isn't a
2070 // bit-field.
2071 if (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(E))
Mike Stump8e1fab22009-07-22 18:58:19 +00002072 if (isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl()))
Douglas Gregor33bbbc52009-05-02 02:18:30 +00002073 return false;
2074
Chris Lattner31e21e02009-01-24 20:17:12 +00002075 return CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(E->getType(), OpLoc, ExprRange, false);
2076}
2077
Douglas Gregorba498172009-03-13 21:01:28 +00002078/// \brief Build a sizeof or alignof expression given a type operand.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002079Action::OwningExprResult
John McCalla93c9342009-12-07 02:54:59 +00002080Sema::CreateSizeOfAlignOfExpr(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
John McCall5ab75172009-11-04 07:28:41 +00002081 SourceLocation OpLoc,
Douglas Gregorba498172009-03-13 21:01:28 +00002082 bool isSizeOf, SourceRange R) {
John McCalla93c9342009-12-07 02:54:59 +00002083 if (!TInfo)
Douglas Gregorba498172009-03-13 21:01:28 +00002084 return ExprError();
2085
John McCalla93c9342009-12-07 02:54:59 +00002086 QualType T = TInfo->getType();
John McCall5ab75172009-11-04 07:28:41 +00002087
Douglas Gregorba498172009-03-13 21:01:28 +00002088 if (!T->isDependentType() &&
2089 CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(T, OpLoc, R, isSizeOf))
2090 return ExprError();
2091
2092 // C99 6.5.3.4p4: the type (an unsigned integer type) is size_t.
John McCalla93c9342009-12-07 02:54:59 +00002093 return Owned(new (Context) SizeOfAlignOfExpr(isSizeOf, TInfo,
Douglas Gregorba498172009-03-13 21:01:28 +00002094 Context.getSizeType(), OpLoc,
2095 R.getEnd()));
2096}
2097
2098/// \brief Build a sizeof or alignof expression given an expression
2099/// operand.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002100Action::OwningExprResult
2101Sema::CreateSizeOfAlignOfExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation OpLoc,
Douglas Gregorba498172009-03-13 21:01:28 +00002102 bool isSizeOf, SourceRange R) {
2103 // Verify that the operand is valid.
2104 bool isInvalid = false;
2105 if (E->isTypeDependent()) {
2106 // Delay type-checking for type-dependent expressions.
2107 } else if (!isSizeOf) {
2108 isInvalid = CheckAlignOfExpr(E, OpLoc, R);
Douglas Gregor33bbbc52009-05-02 02:18:30 +00002109 } else if (E->getBitField()) { // C99 6.5.3.4p1.
Douglas Gregorba498172009-03-13 21:01:28 +00002110 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_sizeof_alignof_bitfield) << 0;
2111 isInvalid = true;
2112 } else {
2113 isInvalid = CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(E->getType(), OpLoc, R, true);
2114 }
2115
2116 if (isInvalid)
2117 return ExprError();
2118
2119 // C99 6.5.3.4p4: the type (an unsigned integer type) is size_t.
2120 return Owned(new (Context) SizeOfAlignOfExpr(isSizeOf, E,
2121 Context.getSizeType(), OpLoc,
2122 R.getEnd()));
2123}
2124
Sebastian Redl05189992008-11-11 17:56:53 +00002125/// ActOnSizeOfAlignOfExpr - Handle @c sizeof(type) and @c sizeof @c expr and
2126/// the same for @c alignof and @c __alignof
2127/// Note that the ArgRange is invalid if isType is false.
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002128Action::OwningExprResult
Sebastian Redl05189992008-11-11 17:56:53 +00002129Sema::ActOnSizeOfAlignOfExpr(SourceLocation OpLoc, bool isSizeof, bool isType,
2130 void *TyOrEx, const SourceRange &ArgRange) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002131 // If error parsing type, ignore.
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002132 if (TyOrEx == 0) return ExprError();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002133
Sebastian Redl05189992008-11-11 17:56:53 +00002134 if (isType) {
John McCalla93c9342009-12-07 02:54:59 +00002135 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo;
2136 (void) GetTypeFromParser(TyOrEx, &TInfo);
2137 return CreateSizeOfAlignOfExpr(TInfo, OpLoc, isSizeof, ArgRange);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002138 }
Sebastian Redl05189992008-11-11 17:56:53 +00002139
Douglas Gregorba498172009-03-13 21:01:28 +00002140 Expr *ArgEx = (Expr *)TyOrEx;
2141 Action::OwningExprResult Result
2142 = CreateSizeOfAlignOfExpr(ArgEx, OpLoc, isSizeof, ArgEx->getSourceRange());
2143
2144 if (Result.isInvalid())
2145 DeleteExpr(ArgEx);
2146
2147 return move(Result);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002148}
2149
Chris Lattnerba27e2a2009-02-17 08:12:06 +00002150QualType Sema::CheckRealImagOperand(Expr *&V, SourceLocation Loc, bool isReal) {
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00002151 if (V->isTypeDependent())
2152 return Context.DependentTy;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002153
Chris Lattnercc26ed72007-08-26 05:39:26 +00002154 // These operators return the element type of a complex type.
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00002155 if (const ComplexType *CT = V->getType()->getAs<ComplexType>())
Chris Lattnerdbb36972007-08-24 21:16:53 +00002156 return CT->getElementType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002157
Chris Lattnercc26ed72007-08-26 05:39:26 +00002158 // Otherwise they pass through real integer and floating point types here.
2159 if (V->getType()->isArithmeticType())
2160 return V->getType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002161
Chris Lattnercc26ed72007-08-26 05:39:26 +00002162 // Reject anything else.
Chris Lattnerba27e2a2009-02-17 08:12:06 +00002163 Diag(Loc, diag::err_realimag_invalid_type) << V->getType()
2164 << (isReal ? "__real" : "__imag");
Chris Lattnercc26ed72007-08-26 05:39:26 +00002165 return QualType();
Chris Lattnerdbb36972007-08-24 21:16:53 +00002166}
2167
2168
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002169
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002170Action::OwningExprResult
2171Sema::ActOnPostfixUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
2172 tok::TokenKind Kind, ExprArg Input) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002173 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc;
2174 switch (Kind) {
2175 default: assert(0 && "Unknown unary op!");
2176 case tok::plusplus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PostInc; break;
2177 case tok::minusminus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PostDec; break;
2178 }
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002179
Eli Friedmane4216e92009-11-18 03:38:04 +00002180 return BuildUnaryOp(S, OpLoc, Opc, move(Input));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002181}
2182
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002183Action::OwningExprResult
2184Sema::ActOnArraySubscriptExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg Base, SourceLocation LLoc,
2185 ExprArg Idx, SourceLocation RLoc) {
Nate Begeman2ef13e52009-08-10 23:49:36 +00002186 // Since this might be a postfix expression, get rid of ParenListExprs.
2187 Base = MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(S, move(Base));
2188
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002189 Expr *LHSExp = static_cast<Expr*>(Base.get()),
2190 *RHSExp = static_cast<Expr*>(Idx.get());
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002191
Douglas Gregor337c6b92008-11-19 17:17:41 +00002192 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
Douglas Gregor3384c9c2009-05-19 00:01:19 +00002193 (LHSExp->isTypeDependent() || RHSExp->isTypeDependent())) {
2194 Base.release();
2195 Idx.release();
2196 return Owned(new (Context) ArraySubscriptExpr(LHSExp, RHSExp,
2197 Context.DependentTy, RLoc));
2198 }
2199
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002200 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002201 (LHSExp->getType()->isRecordType() ||
Eli Friedman03f332a2008-12-15 22:34:21 +00002202 LHSExp->getType()->isEnumeralType() ||
2203 RHSExp->getType()->isRecordType() ||
2204 RHSExp->getType()->isEnumeralType())) {
Sebastian Redlf322ed62009-10-29 20:17:01 +00002205 return CreateOverloadedArraySubscriptExpr(LLoc, RLoc, move(Base),move(Idx));
Douglas Gregor337c6b92008-11-19 17:17:41 +00002206 }
2207
Sebastian Redlf322ed62009-10-29 20:17:01 +00002208 return CreateBuiltinArraySubscriptExpr(move(Base), LLoc, move(Idx), RLoc);
2209}
2210
2211
2212Action::OwningExprResult
2213Sema::CreateBuiltinArraySubscriptExpr(ExprArg Base, SourceLocation LLoc,
2214 ExprArg Idx, SourceLocation RLoc) {
2215 Expr *LHSExp = static_cast<Expr*>(Base.get());
2216 Expr *RHSExp = static_cast<Expr*>(Idx.get());
2217
Chris Lattner12d9ff62007-07-16 00:14:47 +00002218 // Perform default conversions.
Douglas Gregora873dfc2010-02-03 00:27:59 +00002219 if (!LHSExp->getType()->getAs<VectorType>())
2220 DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(LHSExp);
2221 DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(RHSExp);
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002222
Chris Lattner12d9ff62007-07-16 00:14:47 +00002223 QualType LHSTy = LHSExp->getType(), RHSTy = RHSExp->getType();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002224
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002225 // C99 6.5.2.1p2: the expression e1[e2] is by definition precisely equivalent
Chris Lattner73d0d4f2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00002226 // to the expression *((e1)+(e2)). This means the array "Base" may actually be
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002227 // in the subscript position. As a result, we need to derive the array base
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002228 // and index from the expression types.
Chris Lattner12d9ff62007-07-16 00:14:47 +00002229 Expr *BaseExpr, *IndexExpr;
2230 QualType ResultType;
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00002231 if (LHSTy->isDependentType() || RHSTy->isDependentType()) {
2232 BaseExpr = LHSExp;
2233 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
2234 ResultType = Context.DependentTy;
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00002235 } else if (const PointerType *PTy = LHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Chris Lattner12d9ff62007-07-16 00:14:47 +00002236 BaseExpr = LHSExp;
2237 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
Chris Lattner12d9ff62007-07-16 00:14:47 +00002238 ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType();
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00002239 } else if (const PointerType *PTy = RHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Chris Lattner7a2e0472007-07-16 00:23:25 +00002240 // Handle the uncommon case of "123[Ptr]".
Chris Lattner12d9ff62007-07-16 00:14:47 +00002241 BaseExpr = RHSExp;
2242 IndexExpr = LHSExp;
Chris Lattner12d9ff62007-07-16 00:14:47 +00002243 ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002244 } else if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *PTy =
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00002245 LHSTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()) {
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002246 BaseExpr = LHSExp;
2247 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
2248 ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002249 } else if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *PTy =
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00002250 RHSTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()) {
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002251 // Handle the uncommon case of "123[Ptr]".
2252 BaseExpr = RHSExp;
2253 IndexExpr = LHSExp;
2254 ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType();
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00002255 } else if (const VectorType *VTy = LHSTy->getAs<VectorType>()) {
Chris Lattnerc8629632007-07-31 19:29:30 +00002256 BaseExpr = LHSExp; // vectors: V[123]
Chris Lattner12d9ff62007-07-16 00:14:47 +00002257 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
Nate Begeman334a8022009-01-18 00:45:31 +00002258
Chris Lattner12d9ff62007-07-16 00:14:47 +00002259 // FIXME: need to deal with const...
2260 ResultType = VTy->getElementType();
Eli Friedman7c32f8e2009-04-25 23:46:54 +00002261 } else if (LHSTy->isArrayType()) {
2262 // If we see an array that wasn't promoted by
Douglas Gregora873dfc2010-02-03 00:27:59 +00002263 // DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion, it must be an array that
Eli Friedman7c32f8e2009-04-25 23:46:54 +00002264 // wasn't promoted because of the C90 rule that doesn't
2265 // allow promoting non-lvalue arrays. Warn, then
2266 // force the promotion here.
2267 Diag(LHSExp->getLocStart(), diag::ext_subscript_non_lvalue) <<
2268 LHSExp->getSourceRange();
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00002269 ImpCastExprToType(LHSExp, Context.getArrayDecayedType(LHSTy),
2270 CastExpr::CK_ArrayToPointerDecay);
Eli Friedman7c32f8e2009-04-25 23:46:54 +00002271 LHSTy = LHSExp->getType();
2272
2273 BaseExpr = LHSExp;
2274 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00002275 ResultType = LHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Eli Friedman7c32f8e2009-04-25 23:46:54 +00002276 } else if (RHSTy->isArrayType()) {
2277 // Same as previous, except for 123[f().a] case
2278 Diag(RHSExp->getLocStart(), diag::ext_subscript_non_lvalue) <<
2279 RHSExp->getSourceRange();
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00002280 ImpCastExprToType(RHSExp, Context.getArrayDecayedType(RHSTy),
2281 CastExpr::CK_ArrayToPointerDecay);
Eli Friedman7c32f8e2009-04-25 23:46:54 +00002282 RHSTy = RHSExp->getType();
2283
2284 BaseExpr = RHSExp;
2285 IndexExpr = LHSExp;
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00002286 ResultType = RHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002287 } else {
Chris Lattner338395d2009-04-25 22:50:55 +00002288 return ExprError(Diag(LLoc, diag::err_typecheck_subscript_value)
2289 << LHSExp->getSourceRange() << RHSExp->getSourceRange());
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002290 }
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002291 // C99 6.5.2.1p1
Nate Begeman2ef13e52009-08-10 23:49:36 +00002292 if (!(IndexExpr->getType()->isIntegerType() &&
2293 IndexExpr->getType()->isScalarType()) && !IndexExpr->isTypeDependent())
Chris Lattner338395d2009-04-25 22:50:55 +00002294 return ExprError(Diag(LLoc, diag::err_typecheck_subscript_not_integer)
2295 << IndexExpr->getSourceRange());
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002296
Daniel Dunbar7e88a602009-09-17 06:31:17 +00002297 if ((IndexExpr->getType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Char_S) ||
Sam Weinig0f9a5b52009-09-14 20:14:57 +00002298 IndexExpr->getType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Char_U))
2299 && !IndexExpr->isTypeDependent())
Sam Weinig76e2b712009-09-14 01:58:58 +00002300 Diag(LLoc, diag::warn_subscript_is_char) << IndexExpr->getSourceRange();
2301
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00002302 // C99 6.5.2.1p1: "shall have type "pointer to *object* type". Similarly,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002303 // C++ [expr.sub]p1: The type "T" shall be a completely-defined object
2304 // type. Note that Functions are not objects, and that (in C99 parlance)
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00002305 // incomplete types are not object types.
2306 if (ResultType->isFunctionType()) {
2307 Diag(BaseExpr->getLocStart(), diag::err_subscript_function_type)
2308 << ResultType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange();
2309 return ExprError();
2310 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002311
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00002312 if (!ResultType->isDependentType() &&
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002313 RequireCompleteType(LLoc, ResultType,
Anders Carlssonb7906612009-08-26 23:45:07 +00002314 PDiag(diag::err_subscript_incomplete_type)
2315 << BaseExpr->getSourceRange()))
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00002316 return ExprError();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002317
Chris Lattner1efaa952009-04-24 00:30:45 +00002318 // Diagnose bad cases where we step over interface counts.
2319 if (ResultType->isObjCInterfaceType() && LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI) {
2320 Diag(LLoc, diag::err_subscript_nonfragile_interface)
2321 << ResultType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange();
2322 return ExprError();
2323 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002324
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002325 Base.release();
2326 Idx.release();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002327 return Owned(new (Context) ArraySubscriptExpr(LHSExp, RHSExp,
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002328 ResultType, RLoc));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002329}
2330
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00002331QualType Sema::
Nate Begeman213541a2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00002332CheckExtVectorComponent(QualType baseType, SourceLocation OpLoc,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002333 const IdentifierInfo *CompName,
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002334 SourceLocation CompLoc) {
Daniel Dunbar2ad32892009-10-18 02:09:38 +00002335 // FIXME: Share logic with ExtVectorElementExpr::containsDuplicateElements,
2336 // see FIXME there.
2337 //
2338 // FIXME: This logic can be greatly simplified by splitting it along
2339 // halving/not halving and reworking the component checking.
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00002340 const ExtVectorType *vecType = baseType->getAs<ExtVectorType>();
Nate Begeman8a997642008-05-09 06:41:27 +00002341
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00002342 // The vector accessor can't exceed the number of elements.
Daniel Dunbare013d682009-10-18 20:26:12 +00002343 const char *compStr = CompName->getNameStart();
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00002344
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002345 // This flag determines whether or not the component is one of the four
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00002346 // special names that indicate a subset of exactly half the elements are
2347 // to be selected.
2348 bool HalvingSwizzle = false;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002349
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00002350 // This flag determines whether or not CompName has an 's' char prefix,
2351 // indicating that it is a string of hex values to be used as vector indices.
Nate Begeman131f4652009-06-25 21:06:09 +00002352 bool HexSwizzle = *compStr == 's' || *compStr == 'S';
Nate Begeman8a997642008-05-09 06:41:27 +00002353
2354 // Check that we've found one of the special components, or that the component
2355 // names must come from the same set.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002356 if (!strcmp(compStr, "hi") || !strcmp(compStr, "lo") ||
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00002357 !strcmp(compStr, "even") || !strcmp(compStr, "odd")) {
2358 HalvingSwizzle = true;
Nate Begeman8a997642008-05-09 06:41:27 +00002359 } else if (vecType->getPointAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1) {
Chris Lattner88dca042007-08-02 22:33:49 +00002360 do
2361 compStr++;
2362 while (*compStr && vecType->getPointAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1);
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00002363 } else if (HexSwizzle || vecType->getNumericAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1) {
Chris Lattner88dca042007-08-02 22:33:49 +00002364 do
2365 compStr++;
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00002366 while (*compStr && vecType->getNumericAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1);
Chris Lattner88dca042007-08-02 22:33:49 +00002367 }
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00002368
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002369 if (!HalvingSwizzle && *compStr) {
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00002370 // We didn't get to the end of the string. This means the component names
2371 // didn't come from the same set *or* we encountered an illegal name.
Chris Lattnerfa25bbb2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00002372 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ext_vector_component_name_illegal)
2373 << std::string(compStr,compStr+1) << SourceRange(CompLoc);
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00002374 return QualType();
2375 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002376
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00002377 // Ensure no component accessor exceeds the width of the vector type it
2378 // operates on.
2379 if (!HalvingSwizzle) {
Daniel Dunbare013d682009-10-18 20:26:12 +00002380 compStr = CompName->getNameStart();
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00002381
2382 if (HexSwizzle)
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00002383 compStr++;
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00002384
2385 while (*compStr) {
2386 if (!vecType->isAccessorWithinNumElements(*compStr++)) {
2387 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ext_vector_component_exceeds_length)
2388 << baseType << SourceRange(CompLoc);
2389 return QualType();
2390 }
2391 }
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00002392 }
Nate Begeman8a997642008-05-09 06:41:27 +00002393
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00002394 // The component accessor looks fine - now we need to compute the actual type.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002395 // The vector type is implied by the component accessor. For example,
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00002396 // vec4.b is a float, vec4.xy is a vec2, vec4.rgb is a vec3, etc.
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00002397 // vec4.s0 is a float, vec4.s23 is a vec3, etc.
Nate Begeman8a997642008-05-09 06:41:27 +00002398 // vec4.hi, vec4.lo, vec4.e, and vec4.o all return vec2.
Nate Begeman0479a0b2009-12-15 18:13:04 +00002399 unsigned CompSize = HalvingSwizzle ? (vecType->getNumElements() + 1) / 2
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002400 : CompName->getLength();
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00002401 if (HexSwizzle)
2402 CompSize--;
2403
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00002404 if (CompSize == 1)
2405 return vecType->getElementType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002406
Nate Begeman213541a2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00002407 QualType VT = Context.getExtVectorType(vecType->getElementType(), CompSize);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002408 // Now look up the TypeDefDecl from the vector type. Without this,
Nate Begeman213541a2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00002409 // diagostics look bad. We want extended vector types to appear built-in.
2410 for (unsigned i = 0, E = ExtVectorDecls.size(); i != E; ++i) {
2411 if (ExtVectorDecls[i]->getUnderlyingType() == VT)
2412 return Context.getTypedefType(ExtVectorDecls[i]);
Steve Naroffbea0b342007-07-29 16:33:31 +00002413 }
2414 return VT; // should never get here (a typedef type should always be found).
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00002415}
2416
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002417static Decl *FindGetterNameDeclFromProtocolList(const ObjCProtocolDecl*PDecl,
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002418 IdentifierInfo *Member,
Douglas Gregor6ab35242009-04-09 21:40:53 +00002419 const Selector &Sel,
2420 ASTContext &Context) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002421
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002422 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = PDecl->FindPropertyDeclaration(Member))
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002423 return PD;
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +00002424 if (ObjCMethodDecl *OMD = PDecl->getInstanceMethod(Sel))
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002425 return OMD;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002426
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002427 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator I = PDecl->protocol_begin(),
2428 E = PDecl->protocol_end(); I != E; ++I) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002429 if (Decl *D = FindGetterNameDeclFromProtocolList(*I, Member, Sel,
Douglas Gregor6ab35242009-04-09 21:40:53 +00002430 Context))
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002431 return D;
2432 }
2433 return 0;
2434}
2435
Steve Naroffd1b3c2d2009-06-17 22:40:22 +00002436static Decl *FindGetterNameDecl(const ObjCObjectPointerType *QIdTy,
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002437 IdentifierInfo *Member,
Douglas Gregor6ab35242009-04-09 21:40:53 +00002438 const Selector &Sel,
2439 ASTContext &Context) {
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002440 // Check protocols on qualified interfaces.
2441 Decl *GDecl = 0;
Steve Naroffd1b3c2d2009-06-17 22:40:22 +00002442 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = QIdTy->qual_begin(),
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002443 E = QIdTy->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002444 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = (*I)->FindPropertyDeclaration(Member)) {
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002445 GDecl = PD;
2446 break;
2447 }
2448 // Also must look for a getter name which uses property syntax.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +00002449 if (ObjCMethodDecl *OMD = (*I)->getInstanceMethod(Sel)) {
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002450 GDecl = OMD;
2451 break;
2452 }
2453 }
2454 if (!GDecl) {
Steve Naroffd1b3c2d2009-06-17 22:40:22 +00002455 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = QIdTy->qual_begin(),
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002456 E = QIdTy->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
2457 // Search in the protocol-qualifier list of current protocol.
Douglas Gregor6ab35242009-04-09 21:40:53 +00002458 GDecl = FindGetterNameDeclFromProtocolList(*I, Member, Sel, Context);
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002459 if (GDecl)
2460 return GDecl;
2461 }
2462 }
2463 return GDecl;
2464}
Chris Lattner76a642f2009-02-15 22:43:40 +00002465
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002466Sema::OwningExprResult
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002467Sema::ActOnDependentMemberExpr(ExprArg Base, QualType BaseType,
2468 bool IsArrow, SourceLocation OpLoc,
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002469 const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
2470 NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope,
2471 DeclarationName Name, SourceLocation NameLoc,
2472 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs) {
2473 Expr *BaseExpr = Base.takeAs<Expr>();
2474
2475 // Even in dependent contexts, try to diagnose base expressions with
2476 // obviously wrong types, e.g.:
2477 //
2478 // T* t;
2479 // t.f;
2480 //
2481 // In Obj-C++, however, the above expression is valid, since it could be
2482 // accessing the 'f' property if T is an Obj-C interface. The extra check
2483 // allows this, while still reporting an error if T is a struct pointer.
2484 if (!IsArrow) {
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002485 const PointerType *PT = BaseType->getAs<PointerType>();
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002486 if (PT && (!getLangOptions().ObjC1 ||
2487 PT->getPointeeType()->isRecordType())) {
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002488 assert(BaseExpr && "cannot happen with implicit member accesses");
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002489 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_struct_union)
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002490 << BaseType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange();
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002491 return ExprError();
2492 }
2493 }
2494
Douglas Gregor48026d22010-01-11 18:40:55 +00002495 assert(BaseType->isDependentType() || Name.isDependentName());
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002496
2497 // Get the type being accessed in BaseType. If this is an arrow, the BaseExpr
2498 // must have pointer type, and the accessed type is the pointee.
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002499 return Owned(CXXDependentScopeMemberExpr::Create(Context, BaseExpr, BaseType,
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002500 IsArrow, OpLoc,
2501 static_cast<NestedNameSpecifier*>(SS.getScopeRep()),
2502 SS.getRange(),
2503 FirstQualifierInScope,
2504 Name, NameLoc,
2505 TemplateArgs));
2506}
2507
2508/// We know that the given qualified member reference points only to
2509/// declarations which do not belong to the static type of the base
2510/// expression. Diagnose the problem.
2511static void DiagnoseQualifiedMemberReference(Sema &SemaRef,
2512 Expr *BaseExpr,
2513 QualType BaseType,
John McCall2f841ba2009-12-02 03:53:29 +00002514 const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002515 const LookupResult &R) {
John McCall2f841ba2009-12-02 03:53:29 +00002516 // If this is an implicit member access, use a different set of
2517 // diagnostics.
2518 if (!BaseExpr)
2519 return DiagnoseInstanceReference(SemaRef, SS, R);
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002520
2521 // FIXME: this is an exceedingly lame diagnostic for some of the more
2522 // complicated cases here.
John McCall2f841ba2009-12-02 03:53:29 +00002523 DeclContext *DC = R.getRepresentativeDecl()->getDeclContext();
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002524 SemaRef.Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::err_not_direct_base_or_virtual)
John McCall2f841ba2009-12-02 03:53:29 +00002525 << SS.getRange() << DC << BaseType;
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002526}
2527
2528// Check whether the declarations we found through a nested-name
2529// specifier in a member expression are actually members of the base
2530// type. The restriction here is:
2531//
2532// C++ [expr.ref]p2:
2533// ... In these cases, the id-expression shall name a
2534// member of the class or of one of its base classes.
2535//
2536// So it's perfectly legitimate for the nested-name specifier to name
2537// an unrelated class, and for us to find an overload set including
2538// decls from classes which are not superclasses, as long as the decl
2539// we actually pick through overload resolution is from a superclass.
2540bool Sema::CheckQualifiedMemberReference(Expr *BaseExpr,
2541 QualType BaseType,
John McCall2f841ba2009-12-02 03:53:29 +00002542 const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002543 const LookupResult &R) {
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002544 const RecordType *BaseRT = BaseType->getAs<RecordType>();
2545 if (!BaseRT) {
2546 // We can't check this yet because the base type is still
2547 // dependent.
2548 assert(BaseType->isDependentType());
2549 return false;
2550 }
2551 CXXRecordDecl *BaseRecord = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(BaseRT->getDecl());
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002552
2553 for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), E = R.end(); I != E; ++I) {
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002554 // If this is an implicit member reference and we find a
2555 // non-instance member, it's not an error.
2556 if (!BaseExpr && !IsInstanceMember((*I)->getUnderlyingDecl()))
2557 return false;
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002558
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002559 // Note that we use the DC of the decl, not the underlying decl.
2560 CXXRecordDecl *RecordD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>((*I)->getDeclContext());
2561 while (RecordD->isAnonymousStructOrUnion())
2562 RecordD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RecordD->getParent());
2563
2564 llvm::SmallPtrSet<CXXRecordDecl*,4> MemberRecord;
2565 MemberRecord.insert(RecordD->getCanonicalDecl());
2566
2567 if (!IsProvablyNotDerivedFrom(*this, BaseRecord, MemberRecord))
2568 return false;
2569 }
2570
John McCall2f841ba2009-12-02 03:53:29 +00002571 DiagnoseQualifiedMemberReference(*this, BaseExpr, BaseType, SS, R);
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002572 return true;
2573}
2574
2575static bool
2576LookupMemberExprInRecord(Sema &SemaRef, LookupResult &R,
2577 SourceRange BaseRange, const RecordType *RTy,
2578 SourceLocation OpLoc, const CXXScopeSpec &SS) {
2579 RecordDecl *RDecl = RTy->getDecl();
2580 if (SemaRef.RequireCompleteType(OpLoc, QualType(RTy, 0),
Douglas Gregorfe6b2d42010-03-29 23:34:08 +00002581 SemaRef.PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_tag)
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002582 << BaseRange))
2583 return true;
2584
2585 DeclContext *DC = RDecl;
2586 if (SS.isSet()) {
2587 // If the member name was a qualified-id, look into the
2588 // nested-name-specifier.
2589 DC = SemaRef.computeDeclContext(SS, false);
2590
John McCall2f841ba2009-12-02 03:53:29 +00002591 if (SemaRef.RequireCompleteDeclContext(SS)) {
2592 SemaRef.Diag(SS.getRange().getEnd(), diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_tag)
2593 << SS.getRange() << DC;
2594 return true;
2595 }
2596
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002597 assert(DC && "Cannot handle non-computable dependent contexts in lookup");
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00002598
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002599 if (!isa<TypeDecl>(DC)) {
2600 SemaRef.Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::err_qualified_member_nonclass)
2601 << DC << SS.getRange();
2602 return true;
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002603 }
2604 }
2605
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002606 // The record definition is complete, now look up the member.
2607 SemaRef.LookupQualifiedName(R, DC);
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002608
Douglas Gregor2dcc0112009-12-31 07:42:17 +00002609 if (!R.empty())
2610 return false;
2611
2612 // We didn't find anything with the given name, so try to correct
2613 // for typos.
2614 DeclarationName Name = R.getLookupName();
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00002615 if (SemaRef.CorrectTypo(R, 0, &SS, DC) &&
Douglas Gregor2dcc0112009-12-31 07:42:17 +00002616 (isa<ValueDecl>(*R.begin()) || isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(*R.begin()))) {
2617 SemaRef.Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::err_no_member_suggest)
2618 << Name << DC << R.getLookupName() << SS.getRange()
2619 << CodeModificationHint::CreateReplacement(R.getNameLoc(),
2620 R.getLookupName().getAsString());
Douglas Gregor67dd1d42010-01-07 00:17:44 +00002621 if (NamedDecl *ND = R.getAsSingle<NamedDecl>())
2622 SemaRef.Diag(ND->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl)
2623 << ND->getDeclName();
Douglas Gregor2dcc0112009-12-31 07:42:17 +00002624 return false;
2625 } else {
2626 R.clear();
2627 }
2628
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002629 return false;
2630}
2631
2632Sema::OwningExprResult
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002633Sema::BuildMemberReferenceExpr(ExprArg BaseArg, QualType BaseType,
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002634 SourceLocation OpLoc, bool IsArrow,
2635 const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
2636 NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope,
2637 DeclarationName Name, SourceLocation NameLoc,
2638 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs) {
2639 Expr *Base = BaseArg.takeAs<Expr>();
2640
John McCall2f841ba2009-12-02 03:53:29 +00002641 if (BaseType->isDependentType() ||
2642 (SS.isSet() && isDependentScopeSpecifier(SS)))
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002643 return ActOnDependentMemberExpr(ExprArg(*this, Base), BaseType,
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002644 IsArrow, OpLoc,
2645 SS, FirstQualifierInScope,
2646 Name, NameLoc,
2647 TemplateArgs);
2648
2649 LookupResult R(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupMemberName);
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002650
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002651 // Implicit member accesses.
2652 if (!Base) {
2653 QualType RecordTy = BaseType;
2654 if (IsArrow) RecordTy = RecordTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
2655 if (LookupMemberExprInRecord(*this, R, SourceRange(),
2656 RecordTy->getAs<RecordType>(),
2657 OpLoc, SS))
2658 return ExprError();
2659
2660 // Explicit member accesses.
2661 } else {
2662 OwningExprResult Result =
2663 LookupMemberExpr(R, Base, IsArrow, OpLoc,
John McCallc2233c52010-01-15 08:34:02 +00002664 SS, /*ObjCImpDecl*/ DeclPtrTy());
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002665
2666 if (Result.isInvalid()) {
2667 Owned(Base);
2668 return ExprError();
2669 }
2670
2671 if (Result.get())
2672 return move(Result);
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002673 }
2674
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002675 return BuildMemberReferenceExpr(ExprArg(*this, Base), BaseType,
John McCallc2233c52010-01-15 08:34:02 +00002676 OpLoc, IsArrow, SS, FirstQualifierInScope,
2677 R, TemplateArgs);
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002678}
2679
2680Sema::OwningExprResult
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002681Sema::BuildMemberReferenceExpr(ExprArg Base, QualType BaseExprType,
2682 SourceLocation OpLoc, bool IsArrow,
2683 const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
John McCallc2233c52010-01-15 08:34:02 +00002684 NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope,
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002685 LookupResult &R,
2686 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs) {
2687 Expr *BaseExpr = Base.takeAs<Expr>();
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002688 QualType BaseType = BaseExprType;
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002689 if (IsArrow) {
2690 assert(BaseType->isPointerType());
2691 BaseType = BaseType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
2692 }
2693
2694 NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier =
2695 static_cast<NestedNameSpecifier*>(SS.getScopeRep());
2696 DeclarationName MemberName = R.getLookupName();
2697 SourceLocation MemberLoc = R.getNameLoc();
2698
2699 if (R.isAmbiguous())
Douglas Gregorfe85ced2009-08-06 03:17:00 +00002700 return ExprError();
2701
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002702 if (R.empty()) {
2703 // Rederive where we looked up.
2704 DeclContext *DC = (SS.isSet()
2705 ? computeDeclContext(SS, false)
2706 : BaseType->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl());
Nate Begeman2ef13e52009-08-10 23:49:36 +00002707
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002708 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::err_no_member)
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002709 << MemberName << DC
2710 << (BaseExpr ? BaseExpr->getSourceRange() : SourceRange());
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002711 return ExprError();
2712 }
2713
John McCallc2233c52010-01-15 08:34:02 +00002714 // Diagnose lookups that find only declarations from a non-base
2715 // type. This is possible for either qualified lookups (which may
2716 // have been qualified with an unrelated type) or implicit member
2717 // expressions (which were found with unqualified lookup and thus
2718 // may have come from an enclosing scope). Note that it's okay for
2719 // lookup to find declarations from a non-base type as long as those
2720 // aren't the ones picked by overload resolution.
2721 if ((SS.isSet() || !BaseExpr ||
2722 (isa<CXXThisExpr>(BaseExpr) &&
2723 cast<CXXThisExpr>(BaseExpr)->isImplicit())) &&
2724 CheckQualifiedMemberReference(BaseExpr, BaseType, SS, R))
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002725 return ExprError();
2726
2727 // Construct an unresolved result if we in fact got an unresolved
2728 // result.
2729 if (R.isOverloadedResult() || R.isUnresolvableResult()) {
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002730 bool Dependent =
John McCall410a3f32009-12-19 02:05:44 +00002731 BaseExprType->isDependentType() ||
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002732 R.isUnresolvableResult() ||
John McCall7bb12da2010-02-02 06:20:04 +00002733 OverloadExpr::ComputeDependence(R.begin(), R.end(), TemplateArgs);
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002734
John McCallc373d482010-01-27 01:50:18 +00002735 // Suppress any lookup-related diagnostics; we'll do these when we
2736 // pick a member.
2737 R.suppressDiagnostics();
2738
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002739 UnresolvedMemberExpr *MemExpr
2740 = UnresolvedMemberExpr::Create(Context, Dependent,
2741 R.isUnresolvableResult(),
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002742 BaseExpr, BaseExprType,
2743 IsArrow, OpLoc,
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002744 Qualifier, SS.getRange(),
2745 MemberName, MemberLoc,
2746 TemplateArgs);
John McCallc373d482010-01-27 01:50:18 +00002747 MemExpr->addDecls(R.begin(), R.end());
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002748
2749 return Owned(MemExpr);
2750 }
2751
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00002752 assert(R.isSingleResult());
John McCall6bb80172010-03-30 21:47:33 +00002753 NamedDecl *FoundDecl = *R.begin();
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002754 NamedDecl *MemberDecl = R.getFoundDecl();
2755
2756 // FIXME: diagnose the presence of template arguments now.
2757
2758 // If the decl being referenced had an error, return an error for this
2759 // sub-expr without emitting another error, in order to avoid cascading
2760 // error cases.
2761 if (MemberDecl->isInvalidDecl())
2762 return ExprError();
2763
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002764 // Handle the implicit-member-access case.
2765 if (!BaseExpr) {
2766 // If this is not an instance member, convert to a non-member access.
2767 if (!IsInstanceMember(MemberDecl))
2768 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, R.getNameLoc(), MemberDecl);
2769
Douglas Gregor828a1972010-01-07 23:12:05 +00002770 SourceLocation Loc = R.getNameLoc();
2771 if (SS.getRange().isValid())
2772 Loc = SS.getRange().getBegin();
2773 BaseExpr = new (Context) CXXThisExpr(Loc, BaseExprType,/*isImplicit=*/true);
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002774 }
2775
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002776 bool ShouldCheckUse = true;
2777 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
2778 // Don't diagnose the use of a virtual member function unless it's
2779 // explicitly qualified.
2780 if (MD->isVirtual() && !SS.isSet())
2781 ShouldCheckUse = false;
2782 }
2783
2784 // Check the use of this member.
2785 if (ShouldCheckUse && DiagnoseUseOfDecl(MemberDecl, MemberLoc)) {
2786 Owned(BaseExpr);
2787 return ExprError();
2788 }
2789
2790 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
2791 // We may have found a field within an anonymous union or struct
2792 // (C++ [class.union]).
Eli Friedman16c53782009-12-04 07:18:51 +00002793 if (cast<RecordDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion() &&
2794 !BaseType->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl()->isAnonymousStructOrUnion())
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002795 return BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(MemberLoc, FD,
2796 BaseExpr, OpLoc);
2797
2798 // Figure out the type of the member; see C99 6.5.2.3p3, C++ [expr.ref]
2799 QualType MemberType = FD->getType();
2800 if (const ReferenceType *Ref = MemberType->getAs<ReferenceType>())
2801 MemberType = Ref->getPointeeType();
2802 else {
2803 Qualifiers BaseQuals = BaseType.getQualifiers();
2804 BaseQuals.removeObjCGCAttr();
2805 if (FD->isMutable()) BaseQuals.removeConst();
2806
2807 Qualifiers MemberQuals
2808 = Context.getCanonicalType(MemberType).getQualifiers();
2809
2810 Qualifiers Combined = BaseQuals + MemberQuals;
2811 if (Combined != MemberQuals)
2812 MemberType = Context.getQualifiedType(MemberType, Combined);
2813 }
2814
2815 MarkDeclarationReferenced(MemberLoc, FD);
John McCall6bb80172010-03-30 21:47:33 +00002816 if (PerformObjectMemberConversion(BaseExpr, Qualifier, FoundDecl, FD))
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002817 return ExprError();
2818 return Owned(BuildMemberExpr(Context, BaseExpr, IsArrow, SS,
John McCall6bb80172010-03-30 21:47:33 +00002819 FD, FoundDecl, MemberLoc, MemberType));
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002820 }
2821
2822 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
2823 MarkDeclarationReferenced(MemberLoc, Var);
2824 return Owned(BuildMemberExpr(Context, BaseExpr, IsArrow, SS,
John McCall6bb80172010-03-30 21:47:33 +00002825 Var, FoundDecl, MemberLoc,
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002826 Var->getType().getNonReferenceType()));
2827 }
2828
2829 if (FunctionDecl *MemberFn = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
2830 MarkDeclarationReferenced(MemberLoc, MemberDecl);
2831 return Owned(BuildMemberExpr(Context, BaseExpr, IsArrow, SS,
John McCall6bb80172010-03-30 21:47:33 +00002832 MemberFn, FoundDecl, MemberLoc,
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002833 MemberFn->getType()));
2834 }
2835
2836 if (EnumConstantDecl *Enum = dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
2837 MarkDeclarationReferenced(MemberLoc, MemberDecl);
2838 return Owned(BuildMemberExpr(Context, BaseExpr, IsArrow, SS,
John McCall6bb80172010-03-30 21:47:33 +00002839 Enum, FoundDecl, MemberLoc, Enum->getType()));
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002840 }
2841
2842 Owned(BaseExpr);
2843
2844 if (isa<TypeDecl>(MemberDecl))
2845 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc,diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_type)
2846 << MemberName << int(IsArrow));
2847
2848 // We found a declaration kind that we didn't expect. This is a
2849 // generic error message that tells the user that she can't refer
2850 // to this member with '.' or '->'.
2851 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc,
2852 diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_unknown)
2853 << MemberName << int(IsArrow));
2854}
2855
2856/// Look up the given member of the given non-type-dependent
2857/// expression. This can return in one of two ways:
2858/// * If it returns a sentinel null-but-valid result, the caller will
2859/// assume that lookup was performed and the results written into
2860/// the provided structure. It will take over from there.
2861/// * Otherwise, the returned expression will be produced in place of
2862/// an ordinary member expression.
2863///
2864/// The ObjCImpDecl bit is a gross hack that will need to be properly
2865/// fixed for ObjC++.
2866Sema::OwningExprResult
2867Sema::LookupMemberExpr(LookupResult &R, Expr *&BaseExpr,
John McCall812c1542009-12-07 22:46:59 +00002868 bool &IsArrow, SourceLocation OpLoc,
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002869 const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002870 DeclPtrTy ObjCImpDecl) {
Douglas Gregora71d8192009-09-04 17:36:40 +00002871 assert(BaseExpr && "no base expression");
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002872
Steve Naroff3cc4af82007-12-16 21:42:28 +00002873 // Perform default conversions.
2874 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(BaseExpr);
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002875
Steve Naroffdfa6aae2007-07-26 03:11:44 +00002876 QualType BaseType = BaseExpr->getType();
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002877 assert(!BaseType->isDependentType());
2878
2879 DeclarationName MemberName = R.getLookupName();
2880 SourceLocation MemberLoc = R.getNameLoc();
Douglas Gregor3f0b5fd2009-11-06 06:30:47 +00002881
2882 // If the user is trying to apply -> or . to a function pointer
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002883 // type, it's probably because they forgot parentheses to call that
Douglas Gregor3f0b5fd2009-11-06 06:30:47 +00002884 // function. Suggest the addition of those parentheses, build the
2885 // call, and continue on.
2886 if (const PointerType *Ptr = BaseType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
2887 if (const FunctionProtoType *Fun
2888 = Ptr->getPointeeType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) {
2889 QualType ResultTy = Fun->getResultType();
2890 if (Fun->getNumArgs() == 0 &&
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002891 ((!IsArrow && ResultTy->isRecordType()) ||
2892 (IsArrow && ResultTy->isPointerType() &&
Douglas Gregor3f0b5fd2009-11-06 06:30:47 +00002893 ResultTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()
2894 ->isRecordType()))) {
2895 SourceLocation Loc = PP.getLocForEndOfToken(BaseExpr->getLocEnd());
2896 Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_reference_needs_call)
2897 << QualType(Fun, 0)
2898 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(Loc, "()");
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00002899
Douglas Gregor3f0b5fd2009-11-06 06:30:47 +00002900 OwningExprResult NewBase
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00002901 = ActOnCallExpr(0, ExprArg(*this, BaseExpr), Loc,
Douglas Gregor3f0b5fd2009-11-06 06:30:47 +00002902 MultiExprArg(*this, 0, 0), 0, Loc);
2903 if (NewBase.isInvalid())
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002904 return ExprError();
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00002905
Douglas Gregor3f0b5fd2009-11-06 06:30:47 +00002906 BaseExpr = NewBase.takeAs<Expr>();
2907 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(BaseExpr);
2908 BaseType = BaseExpr->getType();
2909 }
2910 }
2911 }
2912
David Chisnall0f436562009-08-17 16:35:33 +00002913 // If this is an Objective-C pseudo-builtin and a definition is provided then
2914 // use that.
2915 if (BaseType->isObjCIdType()) {
Fariborz Jahanian6d910f02009-12-07 20:09:25 +00002916 if (IsArrow) {
2917 // Handle the following exceptional case PObj->isa.
2918 if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT =
2919 BaseType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()) {
2920 if (OPT->getPointeeType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::ObjCId) &&
2921 MemberName.getAsIdentifierInfo()->isStr("isa"))
Fariborz Jahanian83dc3252009-12-09 19:05:56 +00002922 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCIsaExpr(BaseExpr, true, MemberLoc,
2923 Context.getObjCClassType()));
Fariborz Jahanian6d910f02009-12-07 20:09:25 +00002924 }
2925 }
David Chisnall0f436562009-08-17 16:35:33 +00002926 // We have an 'id' type. Rather than fall through, we check if this
2927 // is a reference to 'isa'.
2928 if (BaseType != Context.ObjCIdRedefinitionType) {
2929 BaseType = Context.ObjCIdRedefinitionType;
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00002930 ImpCastExprToType(BaseExpr, BaseType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
David Chisnall0f436562009-08-17 16:35:33 +00002931 }
David Chisnall0f436562009-08-17 16:35:33 +00002932 }
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002933
Fariborz Jahanian369a3bd2009-11-25 23:07:42 +00002934 // If this is an Objective-C pseudo-builtin and a definition is provided then
2935 // use that.
2936 if (Context.isObjCSelType(BaseType)) {
2937 // We have an 'SEL' type. Rather than fall through, we check if this
2938 // is a reference to 'sel_id'.
2939 if (BaseType != Context.ObjCSelRedefinitionType) {
2940 BaseType = Context.ObjCSelRedefinitionType;
2941 ImpCastExprToType(BaseExpr, BaseType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
2942 }
2943 }
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002944
Steve Naroffdfa6aae2007-07-26 03:11:44 +00002945 assert(!BaseType.isNull() && "no type for member expression");
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002946
Fariborz Jahanianb2ef1be2009-09-22 16:48:37 +00002947 // Handle properties on ObjC 'Class' types.
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002948 if (!IsArrow && BaseType->isObjCClassType()) {
Fariborz Jahanianb2ef1be2009-09-22 16:48:37 +00002949 // Also must look for a getter name which uses property syntax.
2950 IdentifierInfo *Member = MemberName.getAsIdentifierInfo();
2951 Selector Sel = PP.getSelectorTable().getNullarySelector(Member);
2952 if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = getCurMethodDecl()) {
2953 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = MD->getClassInterface();
2954 ObjCMethodDecl *Getter;
2955 // FIXME: need to also look locally in the implementation.
2956 if ((Getter = IFace->lookupClassMethod(Sel))) {
2957 // Check the use of this method.
2958 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Getter, MemberLoc))
2959 return ExprError();
2960 }
2961 // If we found a getter then this may be a valid dot-reference, we
2962 // will look for the matching setter, in case it is needed.
2963 Selector SetterSel =
2964 SelectorTable::constructSetterName(PP.getIdentifierTable(),
2965 PP.getSelectorTable(), Member);
2966 ObjCMethodDecl *Setter = IFace->lookupClassMethod(SetterSel);
2967 if (!Setter) {
2968 // If this reference is in an @implementation, also check for 'private'
2969 // methods.
Steve Naroffd789d3d2009-10-01 23:46:04 +00002970 Setter = IFace->lookupPrivateInstanceMethod(SetterSel);
Fariborz Jahanianb2ef1be2009-09-22 16:48:37 +00002971 }
2972 // Look through local category implementations associated with the class.
2973 if (!Setter)
2974 Setter = IFace->getCategoryClassMethod(SetterSel);
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00002975
Fariborz Jahanianb2ef1be2009-09-22 16:48:37 +00002976 if (Setter && DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Setter, MemberLoc))
2977 return ExprError();
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00002978
Fariborz Jahanianb2ef1be2009-09-22 16:48:37 +00002979 if (Getter || Setter) {
2980 QualType PType;
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00002981
Fariborz Jahanianb2ef1be2009-09-22 16:48:37 +00002982 if (Getter)
2983 PType = Getter->getResultType();
2984 else
2985 // Get the expression type from Setter's incoming parameter.
2986 PType = (*(Setter->param_end() -1))->getType();
2987 // FIXME: we must check that the setter has property type.
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00002988 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCImplicitSetterGetterRefExpr(Getter,
Fariborz Jahanianb2ef1be2009-09-22 16:48:37 +00002989 PType,
2990 Setter, MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2991 }
2992 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_property_not_found)
2993 << MemberName << BaseType);
2994 }
2995 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00002996
Fariborz Jahanianb2ef1be2009-09-22 16:48:37 +00002997 if (BaseType->isObjCClassType() &&
2998 BaseType != Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType) {
2999 BaseType = Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType;
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003000 ImpCastExprToType(BaseExpr, BaseType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Fariborz Jahanianb2ef1be2009-09-22 16:48:37 +00003001 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003002
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00003003 if (IsArrow) {
3004 if (const PointerType *PT = BaseType->getAs<PointerType>())
Steve Naroffdfa6aae2007-07-26 03:11:44 +00003005 BaseType = PT->getPointeeType();
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003006 else if (BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType())
3007 ;
John McCall812c1542009-12-07 22:46:59 +00003008 else if (BaseType->isRecordType()) {
3009 // Recover from arrow accesses to records, e.g.:
3010 // struct MyRecord foo;
3011 // foo->bar
3012 // This is actually well-formed in C++ if MyRecord has an
3013 // overloaded operator->, but that should have been dealt with
3014 // by now.
3015 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_suggestion)
3016 << BaseType << int(IsArrow) << BaseExpr->getSourceRange()
3017 << CodeModificationHint::CreateReplacement(OpLoc, ".");
3018 IsArrow = false;
3019 } else {
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00003020 Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_arrow)
3021 << BaseType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange();
3022 return ExprError();
Anders Carlsson4ef27702009-05-16 20:31:20 +00003023 }
John McCall812c1542009-12-07 22:46:59 +00003024 } else {
3025 // Recover from dot accesses to pointers, e.g.:
3026 // type *foo;
3027 // foo.bar
3028 // This is actually well-formed in two cases:
3029 // - 'type' is an Objective C type
3030 // - 'bar' is a pseudo-destructor name which happens to refer to
3031 // the appropriate pointer type
3032 if (MemberName.getNameKind() != DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) {
3033 const PointerType *PT = BaseType->getAs<PointerType>();
3034 if (PT && PT->getPointeeType()->isRecordType()) {
3035 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_suggestion)
3036 << BaseType << int(IsArrow) << BaseExpr->getSourceRange()
3037 << CodeModificationHint::CreateReplacement(OpLoc, "->");
3038 BaseType = PT->getPointeeType();
3039 IsArrow = true;
3040 }
3041 }
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00003042 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003043
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00003044 // Handle field access to simple records. This also handles access
3045 // to fields of the ObjC 'id' struct.
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003046 if (const RecordType *RTy = BaseType->getAs<RecordType>()) {
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00003047 if (LookupMemberExprInRecord(*this, R, BaseExpr->getSourceRange(),
3048 RTy, OpLoc, SS))
Douglas Gregor4ec339f2009-01-19 19:26:10 +00003049 return ExprError();
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00003050 return Owned((Expr*) 0);
Chris Lattnerfb173ec2008-07-21 04:28:12 +00003051 }
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003052
Chris Lattnera38e6b12008-07-21 04:59:05 +00003053 // Handle access to Objective-C instance variables, such as "Obj->ivar" and
3054 // (*Obj).ivar.
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00003055 if ((IsArrow && BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) ||
3056 (!IsArrow && BaseType->isObjCInterfaceType())) {
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00003057 const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT = BaseType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003058 const ObjCInterfaceType *IFaceT =
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00003059 OPT ? OPT->getInterfaceType() : BaseType->getAs<ObjCInterfaceType>();
Steve Naroffc70e8d92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00003060 if (IFaceT) {
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00003061 IdentifierInfo *Member = MemberName.getAsIdentifierInfo();
3062
Steve Naroffc70e8d92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00003063 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = IFaceT->getDecl();
3064 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDeclared;
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00003065 ObjCIvarDecl *IV = IDecl->lookupInstanceVariable(Member, ClassDeclared);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003066
Douglas Gregorf06cdae2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00003067 if (!IV) {
3068 // Attempt to correct for typos in ivar names.
3069 LookupResult Res(*this, R.getLookupName(), R.getNameLoc(),
3070 LookupMemberName);
3071 if (CorrectTypo(Res, 0, 0, IDecl) &&
3072 (IV = Res.getAsSingle<ObjCIvarDecl>())) {
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003073 Diag(R.getNameLoc(),
Douglas Gregorf06cdae2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00003074 diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_ivar_suggest)
3075 << IDecl->getDeclName() << MemberName << IV->getDeclName()
3076 << CodeModificationHint::CreateReplacement(R.getNameLoc(),
3077 IV->getNameAsString());
Douglas Gregor67dd1d42010-01-07 00:17:44 +00003078 Diag(IV->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl)
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003079 << IV->getDeclName();
Douglas Gregorf06cdae2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00003080 }
3081 }
3082
Steve Naroffc70e8d92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00003083 if (IV) {
3084 // If the decl being referenced had an error, return an error for this
3085 // sub-expr without emitting another error, in order to avoid cascading
3086 // error cases.
3087 if (IV->isInvalidDecl())
3088 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00003089
Steve Naroffc70e8d92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00003090 // Check whether we can reference this field.
3091 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IV, MemberLoc))
3092 return ExprError();
3093 if (IV->getAccessControl() != ObjCIvarDecl::Public &&
3094 IV->getAccessControl() != ObjCIvarDecl::Package) {
3095 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassOfMethodDecl = 0;
3096 if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = getCurMethodDecl())
3097 ClassOfMethodDecl = MD->getClassInterface();
3098 else if (ObjCImpDecl && getCurFunctionDecl()) {
3099 // Case of a c-function declared inside an objc implementation.
3100 // FIXME: For a c-style function nested inside an objc implementation
3101 // class, there is no implementation context available, so we pass
3102 // down the context as argument to this routine. Ideally, this context
3103 // need be passed down in the AST node and somehow calculated from the
3104 // AST for a function decl.
3105 Decl *ImplDecl = ObjCImpDecl.getAs<Decl>();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003106 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPD =
Steve Naroffc70e8d92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00003107 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(ImplDecl))
3108 ClassOfMethodDecl = IMPD->getClassInterface();
3109 else if (ObjCCategoryImplDecl* CatImplClass =
3110 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryImplDecl>(ImplDecl))
3111 ClassOfMethodDecl = CatImplClass->getClassInterface();
3112 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003113
3114 if (IV->getAccessControl() == ObjCIvarDecl::Private) {
3115 if (ClassDeclared != IDecl ||
Steve Naroffc70e8d92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00003116 ClassOfMethodDecl != ClassDeclared)
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003117 Diag(MemberLoc, diag::error_private_ivar_access)
Steve Naroffc70e8d92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00003118 << IV->getDeclName();
Mike Stumpac5fc7c2009-08-04 21:02:39 +00003119 } else if (!IDecl->isSuperClassOf(ClassOfMethodDecl))
3120 // @protected
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003121 Diag(MemberLoc, diag::error_protected_ivar_access)
Steve Naroffc70e8d92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00003122 << IV->getDeclName();
Steve Naroffb06d8752009-03-04 18:34:24 +00003123 }
Steve Naroffc70e8d92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00003124
3125 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCIvarRefExpr(IV, IV->getType(),
3126 MemberLoc, BaseExpr,
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00003127 IsArrow));
Fariborz Jahanian935fd762009-03-03 01:21:12 +00003128 }
Steve Naroffc70e8d92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00003129 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_ivar)
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00003130 << IDecl->getDeclName() << MemberName
Steve Naroffc70e8d92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00003131 << BaseExpr->getSourceRange());
Fariborz Jahanianaaa63a72008-12-13 22:20:28 +00003132 }
Chris Lattnerfb173ec2008-07-21 04:28:12 +00003133 }
Steve Naroffde2e22d2009-07-15 18:40:39 +00003134 // Handle properties on 'id' and qualified "id".
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00003135 if (!IsArrow && (BaseType->isObjCIdType() ||
3136 BaseType->isObjCQualifiedIdType())) {
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00003137 const ObjCObjectPointerType *QIdTy = BaseType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00003138 IdentifierInfo *Member = MemberName.getAsIdentifierInfo();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003139
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003140 // Check protocols on qualified interfaces.
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00003141 Selector Sel = PP.getSelectorTable().getNullarySelector(Member);
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003142 if (Decl *PMDecl = FindGetterNameDecl(QIdTy, Member, Sel, Context)) {
3143 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = dyn_cast<ObjCPropertyDecl>(PMDecl)) {
3144 // Check the use of this declaration
3145 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(PD, MemberLoc))
3146 return ExprError();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003147
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003148 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCPropertyRefExpr(PD, PD->getType(),
3149 MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
3150 }
3151 if (ObjCMethodDecl *OMD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(PMDecl)) {
3152 // Check the use of this method.
3153 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(OMD, MemberLoc))
3154 return ExprError();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003155
Ted Kremenekeb3b3242010-02-11 22:41:21 +00003156 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCMessageExpr(Context, BaseExpr, Sel,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003157 OMD->getResultType(),
3158 OMD, OpLoc, MemberLoc,
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003159 NULL, 0));
3160 }
3161 }
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003162
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003163 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_property_not_found)
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00003164 << MemberName << BaseType);
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003165 }
Chris Lattnera38e6b12008-07-21 04:59:05 +00003166 // Handle Objective-C property access, which is "Obj.property" where Obj is a
3167 // pointer to a (potentially qualified) interface type.
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003168 const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT;
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00003169 if (!IsArrow && (OPT = BaseType->getAsObjCInterfacePointerType())) {
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003170 const ObjCInterfaceType *IFaceT = OPT->getInterfaceType();
3171 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = IFaceT->getDecl();
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00003172 IdentifierInfo *Member = MemberName.getAsIdentifierInfo();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003173
Daniel Dunbar2307d312008-09-03 01:05:41 +00003174 // Search for a declared property first.
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00003175 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = IFace->FindPropertyDeclaration(Member)) {
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00003176 // Check whether we can reference this property.
3177 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(PD, MemberLoc))
3178 return ExprError();
Fariborz Jahanian4c2743f2009-05-08 19:36:34 +00003179 QualType ResTy = PD->getType();
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00003180 Selector Sel = PP.getSelectorTable().getNullarySelector(Member);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +00003181 ObjCMethodDecl *Getter = IFace->lookupInstanceMethod(Sel);
Fariborz Jahanianc001e892009-05-08 20:20:55 +00003182 if (DiagnosePropertyAccessorMismatch(PD, Getter, MemberLoc))
3183 ResTy = Getter->getResultType();
Fariborz Jahanian4c2743f2009-05-08 19:36:34 +00003184 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCPropertyRefExpr(PD, ResTy,
Chris Lattner7eba82e2009-02-16 18:35:08 +00003185 MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
3186 }
Daniel Dunbar2307d312008-09-03 01:05:41 +00003187 // Check protocols on qualified interfaces.
Steve Naroff67ef8ea2009-07-20 17:56:53 +00003188 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = OPT->qual_begin(),
3189 E = OPT->qual_end(); I != E; ++I)
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00003190 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = (*I)->FindPropertyDeclaration(Member)) {
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00003191 // Check whether we can reference this property.
3192 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(PD, MemberLoc))
3193 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner7eba82e2009-02-16 18:35:08 +00003194
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00003195 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCPropertyRefExpr(PD, PD->getType(),
Chris Lattner7eba82e2009-02-16 18:35:08 +00003196 MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
3197 }
Daniel Dunbar2307d312008-09-03 01:05:41 +00003198 // If that failed, look for an "implicit" property by seeing if the nullary
3199 // selector is implemented.
3200
3201 // FIXME: The logic for looking up nullary and unary selectors should be
3202 // shared with the code in ActOnInstanceMessage.
3203
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00003204 Selector Sel = PP.getSelectorTable().getNullarySelector(Member);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +00003205 ObjCMethodDecl *Getter = IFace->lookupInstanceMethod(Sel);
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003206
Daniel Dunbar2307d312008-09-03 01:05:41 +00003207 // If this reference is in an @implementation, check for 'private' methods.
3208 if (!Getter)
Steve Naroffd789d3d2009-10-01 23:46:04 +00003209 Getter = IFace->lookupPrivateInstanceMethod(Sel);
Daniel Dunbar2307d312008-09-03 01:05:41 +00003210
Steve Naroff7692ed62008-10-22 19:16:27 +00003211 // Look through local category implementations associated with the class.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis1cb35dd2009-07-21 00:06:20 +00003212 if (!Getter)
3213 Getter = IFace->getCategoryInstanceMethod(Sel);
Daniel Dunbar2307d312008-09-03 01:05:41 +00003214 if (Getter) {
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00003215 // Check if we can reference this property.
3216 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Getter, MemberLoc))
3217 return ExprError();
Steve Naroff1ca66942009-03-11 13:48:17 +00003218 }
3219 // If we found a getter then this may be a valid dot-reference, we
3220 // will look for the matching setter, in case it is needed.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003221 Selector SetterSel =
3222 SelectorTable::constructSetterName(PP.getIdentifierTable(),
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00003223 PP.getSelectorTable(), Member);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +00003224 ObjCMethodDecl *Setter = IFace->lookupInstanceMethod(SetterSel);
Steve Naroff1ca66942009-03-11 13:48:17 +00003225 if (!Setter) {
3226 // If this reference is in an @implementation, also check for 'private'
3227 // methods.
Steve Naroffd789d3d2009-10-01 23:46:04 +00003228 Setter = IFace->lookupPrivateInstanceMethod(SetterSel);
Steve Naroff1ca66942009-03-11 13:48:17 +00003229 }
3230 // Look through local category implementations associated with the class.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis1cb35dd2009-07-21 00:06:20 +00003231 if (!Setter)
3232 Setter = IFace->getCategoryInstanceMethod(SetterSel);
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003233
Steve Naroff1ca66942009-03-11 13:48:17 +00003234 if (Setter && DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Setter, MemberLoc))
3235 return ExprError();
3236
Fariborz Jahaniandd0cb902010-01-19 17:48:02 +00003237 if (Getter) {
Steve Naroff1ca66942009-03-11 13:48:17 +00003238 QualType PType;
Fariborz Jahaniandd0cb902010-01-19 17:48:02 +00003239 PType = Getter->getResultType();
Fariborz Jahanian09105f52009-08-20 17:02:02 +00003240 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCImplicitSetterGetterRefExpr(Getter, PType,
Steve Naroff1ca66942009-03-11 13:48:17 +00003241 Setter, MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
3242 }
Douglas Gregorf06cdae2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00003243
3244 // Attempt to correct for typos in property names.
3245 LookupResult Res(*this, R.getLookupName(), R.getNameLoc(),
3246 LookupOrdinaryName);
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003247 if (CorrectTypo(Res, 0, 0, IFace, false, OPT) &&
Douglas Gregorf06cdae2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00003248 Res.getAsSingle<ObjCPropertyDecl>()) {
3249 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::err_property_not_found_suggest)
3250 << MemberName << BaseType << Res.getLookupName()
3251 << CodeModificationHint::CreateReplacement(R.getNameLoc(),
3252 Res.getLookupName().getAsString());
Douglas Gregor67dd1d42010-01-07 00:17:44 +00003253 ObjCPropertyDecl *Property = Res.getAsSingle<ObjCPropertyDecl>();
3254 Diag(Property->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl)
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003255 << Property->getDeclName();
Douglas Gregor67dd1d42010-01-07 00:17:44 +00003256
Douglas Gregorf06cdae2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00003257 return LookupMemberExpr(Res, BaseExpr, IsArrow, OpLoc, SS,
John McCallc2233c52010-01-15 08:34:02 +00003258 ObjCImpDecl);
Douglas Gregorf06cdae2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00003259 }
Fariborz Jahanian354095c2010-02-19 18:30:30 +00003260 Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_property_not_found)
3261 << MemberName << BaseType;
3262 if (Setter && !Getter)
3263 Diag(Setter->getLocation(), diag::note_getter_unavailable)
3264 << MemberName << BaseExpr->getSourceRange();
3265 return ExprError();
Fariborz Jahanian232220c2007-11-12 22:29:28 +00003266 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003267
Steve Narofff242b1b2009-07-24 17:54:45 +00003268 // Handle the following exceptional case (*Obj).isa.
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00003269 if (!IsArrow &&
Steve Narofff242b1b2009-07-24 17:54:45 +00003270 BaseType->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::ObjCId) &&
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00003271 MemberName.getAsIdentifierInfo()->isStr("isa"))
Steve Narofff242b1b2009-07-24 17:54:45 +00003272 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCIsaExpr(BaseExpr, false, MemberLoc,
Fariborz Jahanian83dc3252009-12-09 19:05:56 +00003273 Context.getObjCClassType()));
Steve Narofff242b1b2009-07-24 17:54:45 +00003274
Chris Lattnerfb173ec2008-07-21 04:28:12 +00003275 // Handle 'field access' to vectors, such as 'V.xx'.
Chris Lattner73525de2009-02-16 21:11:58 +00003276 if (BaseType->isExtVectorType()) {
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00003277 IdentifierInfo *Member = MemberName.getAsIdentifierInfo();
Chris Lattnerfb173ec2008-07-21 04:28:12 +00003278 QualType ret = CheckExtVectorComponent(BaseType, OpLoc, Member, MemberLoc);
3279 if (ret.isNull())
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003280 return ExprError();
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00003281 return Owned(new (Context) ExtVectorElementExpr(ret, BaseExpr, *Member,
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00003282 MemberLoc));
Chris Lattnerfb173ec2008-07-21 04:28:12 +00003283 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003284
Douglas Gregor214f31a2009-03-27 06:00:30 +00003285 Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_struct_union)
3286 << BaseType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange();
3287
Douglas Gregor214f31a2009-03-27 06:00:30 +00003288 return ExprError();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003289}
3290
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00003291/// The main callback when the parser finds something like
3292/// expression . [nested-name-specifier] identifier
3293/// expression -> [nested-name-specifier] identifier
3294/// where 'identifier' encompasses a fairly broad spectrum of
3295/// possibilities, including destructor and operator references.
3296///
3297/// \param OpKind either tok::arrow or tok::period
3298/// \param HasTrailingLParen whether the next token is '(', which
3299/// is used to diagnose mis-uses of special members that can
3300/// only be called
3301/// \param ObjCImpDecl the current ObjC @implementation decl;
3302/// this is an ugly hack around the fact that ObjC @implementations
3303/// aren't properly put in the context chain
3304Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnMemberAccessExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg BaseArg,
3305 SourceLocation OpLoc,
3306 tok::TokenKind OpKind,
3307 const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3308 UnqualifiedId &Id,
3309 DeclPtrTy ObjCImpDecl,
3310 bool HasTrailingLParen) {
3311 if (SS.isSet() && SS.isInvalid())
3312 return ExprError();
3313
3314 TemplateArgumentListInfo TemplateArgsBuffer;
3315
3316 // Decompose the name into its component parts.
3317 DeclarationName Name;
3318 SourceLocation NameLoc;
3319 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs;
3320 DecomposeUnqualifiedId(*this, Id, TemplateArgsBuffer,
3321 Name, NameLoc, TemplateArgs);
3322
3323 bool IsArrow = (OpKind == tok::arrow);
3324
3325 NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope
3326 = (!SS.isSet() ? 0 : FindFirstQualifierInScope(S,
3327 static_cast<NestedNameSpecifier*>(SS.getScopeRep())));
3328
3329 // This is a postfix expression, so get rid of ParenListExprs.
3330 BaseArg = MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(S, move(BaseArg));
3331
3332 Expr *Base = BaseArg.takeAs<Expr>();
3333 OwningExprResult Result(*this);
Douglas Gregor48026d22010-01-11 18:40:55 +00003334 if (Base->getType()->isDependentType() || Name.isDependentName()) {
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00003335 Result = ActOnDependentMemberExpr(ExprArg(*this, Base), Base->getType(),
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00003336 IsArrow, OpLoc,
3337 SS, FirstQualifierInScope,
3338 Name, NameLoc,
3339 TemplateArgs);
3340 } else {
3341 LookupResult R(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupMemberName);
3342 if (TemplateArgs) {
3343 // Re-use the lookup done for the template name.
3344 DecomposeTemplateName(R, Id);
3345 } else {
3346 Result = LookupMemberExpr(R, Base, IsArrow, OpLoc,
John McCallc2233c52010-01-15 08:34:02 +00003347 SS, ObjCImpDecl);
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00003348
3349 if (Result.isInvalid()) {
3350 Owned(Base);
3351 return ExprError();
3352 }
3353
3354 if (Result.get()) {
3355 // The only way a reference to a destructor can be used is to
3356 // immediately call it, which falls into this case. If the
3357 // next token is not a '(', produce a diagnostic and build the
3358 // call now.
3359 if (!HasTrailingLParen &&
3360 Id.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_DestructorName)
Douglas Gregor77549082010-02-24 21:29:12 +00003361 return DiagnoseDtorReference(NameLoc, move(Result));
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00003362
3363 return move(Result);
3364 }
3365 }
3366
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00003367 Result = BuildMemberReferenceExpr(ExprArg(*this, Base), Base->getType(),
John McCallc2233c52010-01-15 08:34:02 +00003368 OpLoc, IsArrow, SS, FirstQualifierInScope,
3369 R, TemplateArgs);
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00003370 }
3371
3372 return move(Result);
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00003373}
3374
Anders Carlsson56c5e332009-08-25 03:49:14 +00003375Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::BuildCXXDefaultArgExpr(SourceLocation CallLoc,
3376 FunctionDecl *FD,
3377 ParmVarDecl *Param) {
3378 if (Param->hasUnparsedDefaultArg()) {
3379 Diag (CallLoc,
3380 diag::err_use_of_default_argument_to_function_declared_later) <<
3381 FD << cast<CXXRecordDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->getDeclName();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003382 Diag(UnparsedDefaultArgLocs[Param],
Anders Carlsson56c5e332009-08-25 03:49:14 +00003383 diag::note_default_argument_declared_here);
3384 } else {
3385 if (Param->hasUninstantiatedDefaultArg()) {
3386 Expr *UninstExpr = Param->getUninstantiatedDefaultArg();
3387
3388 // Instantiate the expression.
Douglas Gregor525f96c2010-02-05 07:33:43 +00003389 MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList ArgList
3390 = getTemplateInstantiationArgs(FD, 0, /*RelativeToPrimary=*/true);
Anders Carlsson25cae7f2009-09-05 05:14:19 +00003391
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003392 InstantiatingTemplate Inst(*this, CallLoc, Param,
3393 ArgList.getInnermost().getFlatArgumentList(),
Douglas Gregord6350ae2009-08-28 20:31:08 +00003394 ArgList.getInnermost().flat_size());
Anders Carlsson56c5e332009-08-25 03:49:14 +00003395
John McCallce3ff2b2009-08-25 22:02:44 +00003396 OwningExprResult Result = SubstExpr(UninstExpr, ArgList);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003397 if (Result.isInvalid())
Anders Carlsson56c5e332009-08-25 03:49:14 +00003398 return ExprError();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003399
Douglas Gregor65222e82009-12-23 18:19:08 +00003400 // Check the expression as an initializer for the parameter.
3401 InitializedEntity Entity
3402 = InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter(Param);
3403 InitializationKind Kind
3404 = InitializationKind::CreateCopy(Param->getLocation(),
3405 /*FIXME:EqualLoc*/UninstExpr->getSourceRange().getBegin());
3406 Expr *ResultE = Result.takeAs<Expr>();
3407
3408 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, &ResultE, 1);
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003409 Result = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind,
Douglas Gregor65222e82009-12-23 18:19:08 +00003410 MultiExprArg(*this, (void**)&ResultE, 1));
3411 if (Result.isInvalid())
Anders Carlsson56c5e332009-08-25 03:49:14 +00003412 return ExprError();
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003413
Douglas Gregor65222e82009-12-23 18:19:08 +00003414 // Build the default argument expression.
Douglas Gregor036aed12009-12-23 23:03:06 +00003415 return Owned(CXXDefaultArgExpr::Create(Context, CallLoc, Param,
Douglas Gregor65222e82009-12-23 18:19:08 +00003416 Result.takeAs<Expr>()));
Anders Carlsson56c5e332009-08-25 03:49:14 +00003417 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003418
Anders Carlsson56c5e332009-08-25 03:49:14 +00003419 // If the default expression creates temporaries, we need to
3420 // push them to the current stack of expression temporaries so they'll
3421 // be properly destroyed.
Douglas Gregor65222e82009-12-23 18:19:08 +00003422 // FIXME: We should really be rebuilding the default argument with new
3423 // bound temporaries; see the comment in PR5810.
Anders Carlsson337cba42009-12-15 19:16:31 +00003424 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Param->getNumDefaultArgTemporaries(); i != e; ++i)
3425 ExprTemporaries.push_back(Param->getDefaultArgTemporary(i));
Anders Carlsson56c5e332009-08-25 03:49:14 +00003426 }
3427
3428 // We already type-checked the argument, so we know it works.
Douglas Gregor036aed12009-12-23 23:03:06 +00003429 return Owned(CXXDefaultArgExpr::Create(Context, CallLoc, Param));
Anders Carlsson56c5e332009-08-25 03:49:14 +00003430}
3431
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003432/// ConvertArgumentsForCall - Converts the arguments specified in
3433/// Args/NumArgs to the parameter types of the function FDecl with
3434/// function prototype Proto. Call is the call expression itself, and
3435/// Fn is the function expression. For a C++ member function, this
3436/// routine does not attempt to convert the object argument. Returns
3437/// true if the call is ill-formed.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003438bool
3439Sema::ConvertArgumentsForCall(CallExpr *Call, Expr *Fn,
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003440 FunctionDecl *FDecl,
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00003441 const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003442 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
3443 SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003444 // C99 6.5.2.2p7 - the arguments are implicitly converted, as if by
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003445 // assignment, to the types of the corresponding parameter, ...
3446 unsigned NumArgsInProto = Proto->getNumArgs();
Douglas Gregor3fd56d72009-01-23 21:30:56 +00003447 bool Invalid = false;
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003448
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003449 // If too few arguments are available (and we don't have default
3450 // arguments for the remaining parameters), don't make the call.
3451 if (NumArgs < NumArgsInProto) {
3452 if (!FDecl || NumArgs < FDecl->getMinRequiredArguments())
3453 return Diag(RParenLoc, diag::err_typecheck_call_too_few_args)
3454 << Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType() << Fn->getSourceRange();
Ted Kremenek8189cde2009-02-07 01:47:29 +00003455 Call->setNumArgs(Context, NumArgsInProto);
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003456 }
3457
3458 // If too many are passed and not variadic, error on the extras and drop
3459 // them.
3460 if (NumArgs > NumArgsInProto) {
3461 if (!Proto->isVariadic()) {
3462 Diag(Args[NumArgsInProto]->getLocStart(),
3463 diag::err_typecheck_call_too_many_args)
3464 << Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType() << Fn->getSourceRange()
3465 << SourceRange(Args[NumArgsInProto]->getLocStart(),
3466 Args[NumArgs-1]->getLocEnd());
3467 // This deletes the extra arguments.
Ted Kremenek8189cde2009-02-07 01:47:29 +00003468 Call->setNumArgs(Context, NumArgsInProto);
Fariborz Jahanian048f52a2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00003469 return true;
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003470 }
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003471 }
Fariborz Jahanian048f52a2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00003472 llvm::SmallVector<Expr *, 8> AllArgs;
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003473 VariadicCallType CallType =
Fariborz Jahanian4cd1c702009-11-24 19:27:49 +00003474 Proto->isVariadic() ? VariadicFunction : VariadicDoesNotApply;
3475 if (Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType())
3476 CallType = VariadicBlock; // Block
3477 else if (isa<MemberExpr>(Fn))
3478 CallType = VariadicMethod;
Fariborz Jahanian048f52a2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00003479 Invalid = GatherArgumentsForCall(Call->getSourceRange().getBegin(), FDecl,
Fariborz Jahanian2fe168f2009-11-24 21:37:28 +00003480 Proto, 0, Args, NumArgs, AllArgs, CallType);
Fariborz Jahanian048f52a2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00003481 if (Invalid)
3482 return true;
3483 unsigned TotalNumArgs = AllArgs.size();
3484 for (unsigned i = 0; i < TotalNumArgs; ++i)
3485 Call->setArg(i, AllArgs[i]);
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003486
Fariborz Jahanian048f52a2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00003487 return false;
3488}
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003489
Fariborz Jahanian048f52a2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00003490bool Sema::GatherArgumentsForCall(SourceLocation CallLoc,
3491 FunctionDecl *FDecl,
3492 const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
3493 unsigned FirstProtoArg,
3494 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
3495 llvm::SmallVector<Expr *, 8> &AllArgs,
Fariborz Jahanian4cd1c702009-11-24 19:27:49 +00003496 VariadicCallType CallType) {
Fariborz Jahanian048f52a2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00003497 unsigned NumArgsInProto = Proto->getNumArgs();
3498 unsigned NumArgsToCheck = NumArgs;
3499 bool Invalid = false;
3500 if (NumArgs != NumArgsInProto)
3501 // Use default arguments for missing arguments
3502 NumArgsToCheck = NumArgsInProto;
3503 unsigned ArgIx = 0;
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003504 // Continue to check argument types (even if we have too few/many args).
Fariborz Jahanian048f52a2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00003505 for (unsigned i = FirstProtoArg; i != NumArgsToCheck; i++) {
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003506 QualType ProtoArgType = Proto->getArgType(i);
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003507
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003508 Expr *Arg;
Fariborz Jahanian048f52a2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00003509 if (ArgIx < NumArgs) {
3510 Arg = Args[ArgIx++];
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003511
Eli Friedmane7c6f7a2009-03-22 22:00:50 +00003512 if (RequireCompleteType(Arg->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
3513 ProtoArgType,
Anders Carlssonb7906612009-08-26 23:45:07 +00003514 PDiag(diag::err_call_incomplete_argument)
Fariborz Jahanian048f52a2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00003515 << Arg->getSourceRange()))
Eli Friedmane7c6f7a2009-03-22 22:00:50 +00003516 return true;
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003517
Douglas Gregora188ff22009-12-22 16:09:06 +00003518 // Pass the argument
3519 ParmVarDecl *Param = 0;
3520 if (FDecl && i < FDecl->getNumParams())
3521 Param = FDecl->getParamDecl(i);
Douglas Gregoraa037312009-12-22 07:24:36 +00003522
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003523
Douglas Gregora188ff22009-12-22 16:09:06 +00003524 InitializedEntity Entity =
3525 Param? InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter(Param)
3526 : InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter(ProtoArgType);
3527 OwningExprResult ArgE = PerformCopyInitialization(Entity,
3528 SourceLocation(),
3529 Owned(Arg));
3530 if (ArgE.isInvalid())
3531 return true;
3532
3533 Arg = ArgE.takeAs<Expr>();
Anders Carlsson5e300d12009-06-12 16:51:40 +00003534 } else {
Anders Carlssoned961f92009-08-25 02:29:20 +00003535 ParmVarDecl *Param = FDecl->getParamDecl(i);
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003536
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003537 OwningExprResult ArgExpr =
Fariborz Jahanian048f52a2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00003538 BuildCXXDefaultArgExpr(CallLoc, FDecl, Param);
Anders Carlsson56c5e332009-08-25 03:49:14 +00003539 if (ArgExpr.isInvalid())
3540 return true;
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003541
Anders Carlsson56c5e332009-08-25 03:49:14 +00003542 Arg = ArgExpr.takeAs<Expr>();
Anders Carlsson5e300d12009-06-12 16:51:40 +00003543 }
Fariborz Jahanian048f52a2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00003544 AllArgs.push_back(Arg);
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003545 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003546
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003547 // If this is a variadic call, handle args passed through "...".
Fariborz Jahanian4cd1c702009-11-24 19:27:49 +00003548 if (CallType != VariadicDoesNotApply) {
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003549 // Promote the arguments (C99 6.5.2.2p7).
Fariborz Jahanian048f52a2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00003550 for (unsigned i = ArgIx; i < NumArgs; i++) {
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003551 Expr *Arg = Args[i];
Chris Lattner312531a2009-04-12 08:11:20 +00003552 Invalid |= DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion(Arg, CallType);
Fariborz Jahanian048f52a2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00003553 AllArgs.push_back(Arg);
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003554 }
3555 }
Douglas Gregor3fd56d72009-01-23 21:30:56 +00003556 return Invalid;
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003557}
3558
Steve Narofff69936d2007-09-16 03:34:24 +00003559/// ActOnCallExpr - Handle a call to Fn with the specified array of arguments.
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003560/// This provides the location of the left/right parens and a list of comma
3561/// locations.
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003562Action::OwningExprResult
3563Sema::ActOnCallExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg fn, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
3564 MultiExprArg args,
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003565 SourceLocation *CommaLocs, SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003566 unsigned NumArgs = args.size();
Nate Begeman2ef13e52009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003567
3568 // Since this might be a postfix expression, get rid of ParenListExprs.
3569 fn = MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(S, move(fn));
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003570
Anders Carlssonf1b1d592009-05-01 19:30:39 +00003571 Expr *Fn = fn.takeAs<Expr>();
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003572 Expr **Args = reinterpret_cast<Expr**>(args.release());
Chris Lattner74c469f2007-07-21 03:03:59 +00003573 assert(Fn && "no function call expression");
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003574
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003575 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
Douglas Gregora71d8192009-09-04 17:36:40 +00003576 // If this is a pseudo-destructor expression, build the call immediately.
3577 if (isa<CXXPseudoDestructorExpr>(Fn)) {
3578 if (NumArgs > 0) {
3579 // Pseudo-destructor calls should not have any arguments.
3580 Diag(Fn->getLocStart(), diag::err_pseudo_dtor_call_with_args)
3581 << CodeModificationHint::CreateRemoval(
3582 SourceRange(Args[0]->getLocStart(),
3583 Args[NumArgs-1]->getLocEnd()));
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003584
Douglas Gregora71d8192009-09-04 17:36:40 +00003585 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumArgs; ++I)
3586 Args[I]->Destroy(Context);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003587
Douglas Gregora71d8192009-09-04 17:36:40 +00003588 NumArgs = 0;
3589 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003590
Douglas Gregora71d8192009-09-04 17:36:40 +00003591 return Owned(new (Context) CallExpr(Context, Fn, 0, 0, Context.VoidTy,
3592 RParenLoc));
3593 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003594
Douglas Gregor17330012009-02-04 15:01:18 +00003595 // Determine whether this is a dependent call inside a C++ template,
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003596 // in which case we won't do any semantic analysis now.
Mike Stump390b4cc2009-05-16 07:39:55 +00003597 // FIXME: Will need to cache the results of name lookup (including ADL) in
3598 // Fn.
Douglas Gregor17330012009-02-04 15:01:18 +00003599 bool Dependent = false;
3600 if (Fn->isTypeDependent())
3601 Dependent = true;
3602 else if (Expr::hasAnyTypeDependentArguments(Args, NumArgs))
3603 Dependent = true;
3604
3605 if (Dependent)
Ted Kremenek668bf912009-02-09 20:51:47 +00003606 return Owned(new (Context) CallExpr(Context, Fn, Args, NumArgs,
Douglas Gregor17330012009-02-04 15:01:18 +00003607 Context.DependentTy, RParenLoc));
3608
3609 // Determine whether this is a call to an object (C++ [over.call.object]).
3610 if (Fn->getType()->isRecordType())
3611 return Owned(BuildCallToObjectOfClassType(S, Fn, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs,
3612 CommaLocs, RParenLoc));
3613
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00003614 Expr *NakedFn = Fn->IgnoreParens();
3615
3616 // Determine whether this is a call to an unresolved member function.
3617 if (UnresolvedMemberExpr *MemE = dyn_cast<UnresolvedMemberExpr>(NakedFn)) {
3618 // If lookup was unresolved but not dependent (i.e. didn't find
3619 // an unresolved using declaration), it has to be an overloaded
3620 // function set, which means it must contain either multiple
3621 // declarations (all methods or method templates) or a single
3622 // method template.
3623 assert((MemE->getNumDecls() > 1) ||
3624 isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(*MemE->decls_begin()));
Douglas Gregor958aeb02009-12-01 03:34:29 +00003625 (void)MemE;
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00003626
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00003627 return BuildCallToMemberFunction(S, Fn, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs,
3628 CommaLocs, RParenLoc);
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00003629 }
3630
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00003631 // Determine whether this is a call to a member function.
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00003632 if (MemberExpr *MemExpr = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(NakedFn)) {
Douglas Gregore53060f2009-06-25 22:08:12 +00003633 NamedDecl *MemDecl = MemExpr->getMemberDecl();
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00003634 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(MemDecl))
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00003635 return BuildCallToMemberFunction(S, Fn, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs,
3636 CommaLocs, RParenLoc);
Douglas Gregore53060f2009-06-25 22:08:12 +00003637 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003638
Anders Carlsson83ccfc32009-10-03 17:40:22 +00003639 // Determine whether this is a call to a pointer-to-member function.
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00003640 if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(NakedFn)) {
Anders Carlsson83ccfc32009-10-03 17:40:22 +00003641 if (BO->getOpcode() == BinaryOperator::PtrMemD ||
3642 BO->getOpcode() == BinaryOperator::PtrMemI) {
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003643 if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT =
Fariborz Jahanian5de24502009-10-28 16:49:46 +00003644 dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(BO->getType())) {
3645 QualType ResultTy = FPT->getResultType().getNonReferenceType();
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003646
3647 ExprOwningPtr<CXXMemberCallExpr>
3648 TheCall(this, new (Context) CXXMemberCallExpr(Context, BO, Args,
Fariborz Jahanian5de24502009-10-28 16:49:46 +00003649 NumArgs, ResultTy,
3650 RParenLoc));
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003651
3652 if (CheckCallReturnType(FPT->getResultType(),
3653 BO->getRHS()->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
Fariborz Jahanian5de24502009-10-28 16:49:46 +00003654 TheCall.get(), 0))
3655 return ExprError();
Anders Carlsson8d6d90d2009-10-15 00:41:48 +00003656
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003657 if (ConvertArgumentsForCall(&*TheCall, BO, 0, FPT, Args, NumArgs,
Fariborz Jahanian5de24502009-10-28 16:49:46 +00003658 RParenLoc))
3659 return ExprError();
Anders Carlsson83ccfc32009-10-03 17:40:22 +00003660
Fariborz Jahanian5de24502009-10-28 16:49:46 +00003661 return Owned(MaybeBindToTemporary(TheCall.release()).release());
3662 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003663 return ExprError(Diag(Fn->getLocStart(),
Fariborz Jahanian5de24502009-10-28 16:49:46 +00003664 diag::err_typecheck_call_not_function)
3665 << Fn->getType() << Fn->getSourceRange());
Anders Carlsson83ccfc32009-10-03 17:40:22 +00003666 }
3667 }
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003668 }
3669
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00003670 // If we're directly calling a function, get the appropriate declaration.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003671 // Also, in C++, keep track of whether we should perform argument-dependent
Douglas Gregor6db8ed42009-06-30 23:57:56 +00003672 // lookup and whether there were any explicitly-specified template arguments.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003673
Eli Friedmanefa42f72009-12-26 03:35:45 +00003674 Expr *NakedFn = Fn->IgnoreParens();
John McCall3b4294e2009-12-16 12:17:52 +00003675 if (isa<UnresolvedLookupExpr>(NakedFn)) {
3676 UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE = cast<UnresolvedLookupExpr>(NakedFn);
3677 return BuildOverloadedCallExpr(Fn, ULE, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs,
3678 CommaLocs, RParenLoc);
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00003679 }
Chris Lattner04421082008-04-08 04:40:51 +00003680
John McCall3b4294e2009-12-16 12:17:52 +00003681 NamedDecl *NDecl = 0;
3682 if (isa<DeclRefExpr>(NakedFn))
3683 NDecl = cast<DeclRefExpr>(NakedFn)->getDecl();
3684
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00003685 return BuildResolvedCallExpr(Fn, NDecl, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs, RParenLoc);
3686}
3687
John McCall3b4294e2009-12-16 12:17:52 +00003688/// BuildResolvedCallExpr - Build a call to a resolved expression,
3689/// i.e. an expression not of \p OverloadTy. The expression should
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00003690/// unary-convert to an expression of function-pointer or
3691/// block-pointer type.
3692///
3693/// \param NDecl the declaration being called, if available
3694Sema::OwningExprResult
3695Sema::BuildResolvedCallExpr(Expr *Fn, NamedDecl *NDecl,
3696 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
3697 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
3698 SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
3699 FunctionDecl *FDecl = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(NDecl);
3700
Chris Lattner04421082008-04-08 04:40:51 +00003701 // Promote the function operand.
3702 UsualUnaryConversions(Fn);
3703
Chris Lattner925e60d2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00003704 // Make the call expr early, before semantic checks. This guarantees cleanup
3705 // of arguments and function on error.
Ted Kremenek668bf912009-02-09 20:51:47 +00003706 ExprOwningPtr<CallExpr> TheCall(this, new (Context) CallExpr(Context, Fn,
3707 Args, NumArgs,
3708 Context.BoolTy,
3709 RParenLoc));
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003710
Steve Naroffdd972f22008-09-05 22:11:13 +00003711 const FunctionType *FuncT;
3712 if (!Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType()) {
3713 // C99 6.5.2.2p1 - "The expression that denotes the called function shall
3714 // have type pointer to function".
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003715 const PointerType *PT = Fn->getType()->getAs<PointerType>();
Steve Naroffdd972f22008-09-05 22:11:13 +00003716 if (PT == 0)
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003717 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_typecheck_call_not_function)
3718 << Fn->getType() << Fn->getSourceRange());
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00003719 FuncT = PT->getPointeeType()->getAs<FunctionType>();
Steve Naroffdd972f22008-09-05 22:11:13 +00003720 } else { // This is a block call.
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003721 FuncT = Fn->getType()->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType()->
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00003722 getAs<FunctionType>();
Steve Naroffdd972f22008-09-05 22:11:13 +00003723 }
Chris Lattner925e60d2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00003724 if (FuncT == 0)
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003725 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_typecheck_call_not_function)
3726 << Fn->getType() << Fn->getSourceRange());
3727
Eli Friedmane7c6f7a2009-03-22 22:00:50 +00003728 // Check for a valid return type
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003729 if (CheckCallReturnType(FuncT->getResultType(),
Anders Carlsson8c8d9192009-10-09 23:51:55 +00003730 Fn->getSourceRange().getBegin(), TheCall.get(),
3731 FDecl))
Eli Friedmane7c6f7a2009-03-22 22:00:50 +00003732 return ExprError();
3733
Chris Lattner925e60d2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00003734 // We know the result type of the call, set it.
Douglas Gregor15da57e2008-10-29 02:00:59 +00003735 TheCall->setType(FuncT->getResultType().getNonReferenceType());
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003736
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00003737 if (const FunctionProtoType *Proto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(FuncT)) {
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003738 if (ConvertArgumentsForCall(&*TheCall, Fn, FDecl, Proto, Args, NumArgs,
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003739 RParenLoc))
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003740 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner925e60d2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00003741 } else {
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00003742 assert(isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FuncT) && "Unknown FunctionType!");
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003743
Douglas Gregor74734d52009-04-02 15:37:10 +00003744 if (FDecl) {
3745 // Check if we have too few/too many template arguments, based
3746 // on our knowledge of the function definition.
3747 const FunctionDecl *Def = 0;
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6fb0aee2009-06-30 02:35:26 +00003748 if (FDecl->getBody(Def) && NumArgs != Def->param_size()) {
Eli Friedmanbc4e29f2009-06-01 09:24:59 +00003749 const FunctionProtoType *Proto =
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00003750 Def->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
Eli Friedmanbc4e29f2009-06-01 09:24:59 +00003751 if (!Proto || !(Proto->isVariadic() && NumArgs >= Def->param_size())) {
3752 Diag(RParenLoc, diag::warn_call_wrong_number_of_arguments)
3753 << (NumArgs > Def->param_size()) << FDecl << Fn->getSourceRange();
3754 }
3755 }
Douglas Gregor74734d52009-04-02 15:37:10 +00003756 }
3757
Steve Naroffb291ab62007-08-28 23:30:39 +00003758 // Promote the arguments (C99 6.5.2.2p6).
Chris Lattner925e60d2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00003759 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgs; i++) {
3760 Expr *Arg = Args[i];
3761 DefaultArgumentPromotion(Arg);
Eli Friedmane7c6f7a2009-03-22 22:00:50 +00003762 if (RequireCompleteType(Arg->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
3763 Arg->getType(),
Anders Carlssonb7906612009-08-26 23:45:07 +00003764 PDiag(diag::err_call_incomplete_argument)
3765 << Arg->getSourceRange()))
Eli Friedmane7c6f7a2009-03-22 22:00:50 +00003766 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner925e60d2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00003767 TheCall->setArg(i, Arg);
Steve Naroffb291ab62007-08-28 23:30:39 +00003768 }
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003769 }
Chris Lattner925e60d2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00003770
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003771 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(FDecl))
3772 if (!Method->isStatic())
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003773 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_member_call_without_object)
3774 << Fn->getSourceRange());
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003775
Fariborz Jahaniandaf04152009-05-15 20:33:25 +00003776 // Check for sentinels
3777 if (NDecl)
3778 DiagnoseSentinelCalls(NDecl, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003779
Chris Lattner59907c42007-08-10 20:18:51 +00003780 // Do special checking on direct calls to functions.
Anders Carlssond406bf02009-08-16 01:56:34 +00003781 if (FDecl) {
3782 if (CheckFunctionCall(FDecl, TheCall.get()))
3783 return ExprError();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003784
Douglas Gregor7814e6d2009-09-12 00:22:50 +00003785 if (unsigned BuiltinID = FDecl->getBuiltinID())
Anders Carlssond406bf02009-08-16 01:56:34 +00003786 return CheckBuiltinFunctionCall(BuiltinID, TheCall.take());
3787 } else if (NDecl) {
3788 if (CheckBlockCall(NDecl, TheCall.get()))
3789 return ExprError();
3790 }
Chris Lattner59907c42007-08-10 20:18:51 +00003791
Anders Carlssonec74c592009-08-16 03:06:32 +00003792 return MaybeBindToTemporary(TheCall.take());
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003793}
3794
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003795Action::OwningExprResult
3796Sema::ActOnCompoundLiteral(SourceLocation LParenLoc, TypeTy *Ty,
3797 SourceLocation RParenLoc, ExprArg InitExpr) {
Steve Narofff69936d2007-09-16 03:34:24 +00003798 assert((Ty != 0) && "ActOnCompoundLiteral(): missing type");
Steve Naroffaff1edd2007-07-19 21:32:11 +00003799 // FIXME: put back this assert when initializers are worked out.
Steve Narofff69936d2007-09-16 03:34:24 +00003800 //assert((InitExpr != 0) && "ActOnCompoundLiteral(): missing expression");
John McCall42f56b52010-01-18 19:35:47 +00003801
3802 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo;
3803 QualType literalType = GetTypeFromParser(Ty, &TInfo);
3804 if (!TInfo)
3805 TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(literalType);
3806
3807 return BuildCompoundLiteralExpr(LParenLoc, TInfo, RParenLoc, move(InitExpr));
3808}
3809
3810Action::OwningExprResult
3811Sema::BuildCompoundLiteralExpr(SourceLocation LParenLoc, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
3812 SourceLocation RParenLoc, ExprArg InitExpr) {
3813 QualType literalType = TInfo->getType();
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003814 Expr *literalExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(InitExpr.get());
Anders Carlssond35c8322007-12-05 07:24:19 +00003815
Eli Friedman6223c222008-05-20 05:22:08 +00003816 if (literalType->isArrayType()) {
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00003817 if (literalType->isVariableArrayType())
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003818 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_variable_object_no_init)
3819 << SourceRange(LParenLoc, literalExpr->getSourceRange().getEnd()));
Douglas Gregor690dc7f2009-05-21 23:48:18 +00003820 } else if (!literalType->isDependentType() &&
3821 RequireCompleteType(LParenLoc, literalType,
Anders Carlssonb7906612009-08-26 23:45:07 +00003822 PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003823 << SourceRange(LParenLoc,
Anders Carlssonb7906612009-08-26 23:45:07 +00003824 literalExpr->getSourceRange().getEnd())))
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003825 return ExprError();
Eli Friedman6223c222008-05-20 05:22:08 +00003826
Douglas Gregor99a2e602009-12-16 01:38:02 +00003827 InitializedEntity Entity
Douglas Gregord6542d82009-12-22 15:35:07 +00003828 = InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(literalType);
Douglas Gregor99a2e602009-12-16 01:38:02 +00003829 InitializationKind Kind
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003830 = InitializationKind::CreateCast(SourceRange(LParenLoc, RParenLoc),
Douglas Gregor99a2e602009-12-16 01:38:02 +00003831 /*IsCStyleCast=*/true);
Eli Friedman08544622009-12-22 02:35:53 +00003832 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, &literalExpr, 1);
3833 OwningExprResult Result = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind,
3834 MultiExprArg(*this, (void**)&literalExpr, 1),
3835 &literalType);
3836 if (Result.isInvalid())
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003837 return ExprError();
Eli Friedman08544622009-12-22 02:35:53 +00003838 InitExpr.release();
3839 literalExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(Result.get());
Steve Naroffe9b12192008-01-14 18:19:28 +00003840
Chris Lattner371f2582008-12-04 23:50:19 +00003841 bool isFileScope = getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl() == 0;
Steve Naroffe9b12192008-01-14 18:19:28 +00003842 if (isFileScope) { // 6.5.2.5p3
Steve Naroffd0091aa2008-01-10 22:15:12 +00003843 if (CheckForConstantInitializer(literalExpr, literalType))
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003844 return ExprError();
Steve Naroffd0091aa2008-01-10 22:15:12 +00003845 }
Eli Friedman08544622009-12-22 02:35:53 +00003846
3847 Result.release();
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003848
John McCall1d7d8d62010-01-19 22:33:45 +00003849 return Owned(new (Context) CompoundLiteralExpr(LParenLoc, TInfo, literalType,
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00003850 literalExpr, isFileScope));
Steve Naroff4aa88f82007-07-19 01:06:55 +00003851}
3852
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003853Action::OwningExprResult
3854Sema::ActOnInitList(SourceLocation LBraceLoc, MultiExprArg initlist,
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003855 SourceLocation RBraceLoc) {
3856 unsigned NumInit = initlist.size();
3857 Expr **InitList = reinterpret_cast<Expr**>(initlist.release());
Anders Carlsson66b5a8a2007-08-31 04:56:16 +00003858
Steve Naroff08d92e42007-09-15 18:49:24 +00003859 // Semantic analysis for initializers is done by ActOnDeclarator() and
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003860 // CheckInitializer() - it requires knowledge of the object being intialized.
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003861
Ted Kremenekba7bc552010-02-19 01:50:18 +00003862 InitListExpr *E = new (Context) InitListExpr(LBraceLoc, InitList, NumInit,
3863 RBraceLoc);
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00003864 E->setType(Context.VoidTy); // FIXME: just a place holder for now.
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003865 return Owned(E);
Steve Naroff4aa88f82007-07-19 01:06:55 +00003866}
3867
Anders Carlsson82debc72009-10-18 18:12:03 +00003868static CastExpr::CastKind getScalarCastKind(ASTContext &Context,
3869 QualType SrcTy, QualType DestTy) {
Douglas Gregora4923eb2009-11-16 21:35:15 +00003870 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(SrcTy, DestTy))
Anders Carlsson82debc72009-10-18 18:12:03 +00003871 return CastExpr::CK_NoOp;
3872
3873 if (SrcTy->hasPointerRepresentation()) {
3874 if (DestTy->hasPointerRepresentation())
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003875 return DestTy->isObjCObjectPointerType() ?
3876 CastExpr::CK_AnyPointerToObjCPointerCast :
Fariborz Jahaniana7fa7cd2009-12-15 21:34:52 +00003877 CastExpr::CK_BitCast;
Anders Carlsson82debc72009-10-18 18:12:03 +00003878 if (DestTy->isIntegerType())
3879 return CastExpr::CK_PointerToIntegral;
3880 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003881
Anders Carlsson82debc72009-10-18 18:12:03 +00003882 if (SrcTy->isIntegerType()) {
3883 if (DestTy->isIntegerType())
3884 return CastExpr::CK_IntegralCast;
3885 if (DestTy->hasPointerRepresentation())
3886 return CastExpr::CK_IntegralToPointer;
3887 if (DestTy->isRealFloatingType())
3888 return CastExpr::CK_IntegralToFloating;
3889 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003890
Anders Carlsson82debc72009-10-18 18:12:03 +00003891 if (SrcTy->isRealFloatingType()) {
3892 if (DestTy->isRealFloatingType())
3893 return CastExpr::CK_FloatingCast;
3894 if (DestTy->isIntegerType())
3895 return CastExpr::CK_FloatingToIntegral;
3896 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003897
Anders Carlsson82debc72009-10-18 18:12:03 +00003898 // FIXME: Assert here.
3899 // assert(false && "Unhandled cast combination!");
3900 return CastExpr::CK_Unknown;
3901}
3902
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6c2dc4d2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00003903/// CheckCastTypes - Check type constraints for casting between types.
Sebastian Redlef0cb8e2009-07-29 13:50:23 +00003904bool Sema::CheckCastTypes(SourceRange TyR, QualType castType, Expr *&castExpr,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003905 CastExpr::CastKind& Kind,
Fariborz Jahaniane9f42082009-08-26 18:55:36 +00003906 CXXMethodDecl *& ConversionDecl,
3907 bool FunctionalStyle) {
Sebastian Redl9cc11e72009-07-25 15:41:38 +00003908 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
Fariborz Jahaniane9f42082009-08-26 18:55:36 +00003909 return CXXCheckCStyleCast(TyR, castType, castExpr, Kind, FunctionalStyle,
3910 ConversionDecl);
Sebastian Redl9cc11e72009-07-25 15:41:38 +00003911
Douglas Gregora873dfc2010-02-03 00:27:59 +00003912 DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(castExpr);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6c2dc4d2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00003913
3914 // C99 6.5.4p2: the cast type needs to be void or scalar and the expression
3915 // type needs to be scalar.
3916 if (castType->isVoidType()) {
3917 // Cast to void allows any expr type.
Anders Carlssonebeaf202009-10-16 02:35:04 +00003918 Kind = CastExpr::CK_ToVoid;
3919 return false;
3920 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003921
Anders Carlssonebeaf202009-10-16 02:35:04 +00003922 if (!castType->isScalarType() && !castType->isVectorType()) {
Douglas Gregora4923eb2009-11-16 21:35:15 +00003923 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(castType, castExpr->getType()) &&
Seo Sanghyeoneff2cd52009-01-15 04:51:39 +00003924 (castType->isStructureType() || castType->isUnionType())) {
3925 // GCC struct/union extension: allow cast to self.
Eli Friedmanb1d796d2009-03-23 00:24:07 +00003926 // FIXME: Check that the cast destination type is complete.
Seo Sanghyeoneff2cd52009-01-15 04:51:39 +00003927 Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::ext_typecheck_cast_nonscalar)
3928 << castType << castExpr->getSourceRange();
Anders Carlsson4d8673b2009-08-07 23:22:37 +00003929 Kind = CastExpr::CK_NoOp;
Anders Carlssonc3516322009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003930 return false;
3931 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003932
Anders Carlssonc3516322009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003933 if (castType->isUnionType()) {
Seo Sanghyeoneff2cd52009-01-15 04:51:39 +00003934 // GCC cast to union extension
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003935 RecordDecl *RD = castType->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl();
Seo Sanghyeoneff2cd52009-01-15 04:51:39 +00003936 RecordDecl::field_iterator Field, FieldEnd;
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +00003937 for (Field = RD->field_begin(), FieldEnd = RD->field_end();
Seo Sanghyeoneff2cd52009-01-15 04:51:39 +00003938 Field != FieldEnd; ++Field) {
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003939 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(Field->getType(),
Douglas Gregora4923eb2009-11-16 21:35:15 +00003940 castExpr->getType())) {
Seo Sanghyeoneff2cd52009-01-15 04:51:39 +00003941 Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::ext_typecheck_cast_to_union)
3942 << castExpr->getSourceRange();
3943 break;
3944 }
3945 }
3946 if (Field == FieldEnd)
3947 return Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::err_typecheck_cast_to_union_no_type)
3948 << castExpr->getType() << castExpr->getSourceRange();
Anders Carlsson4d8673b2009-08-07 23:22:37 +00003949 Kind = CastExpr::CK_ToUnion;
Anders Carlssonc3516322009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003950 return false;
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6c2dc4d2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00003951 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003952
Anders Carlssonc3516322009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003953 // Reject any other conversions to non-scalar types.
3954 return Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::err_typecheck_cond_expect_scalar)
3955 << castType << castExpr->getSourceRange();
3956 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003957
3958 if (!castExpr->getType()->isScalarType() &&
Anders Carlssonc3516322009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003959 !castExpr->getType()->isVectorType()) {
Chris Lattnerfa25bbb2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00003960 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(),
3961 diag::err_typecheck_expect_scalar_operand)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003962 << castExpr->getType() << castExpr->getSourceRange();
Anders Carlssonc3516322009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003963 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003964
3965 if (castType->isExtVectorType())
Anders Carlsson16a89042009-10-16 05:23:41 +00003966 return CheckExtVectorCast(TyR, castType, castExpr, Kind);
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003967
Anders Carlssonc3516322009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003968 if (castType->isVectorType())
3969 return CheckVectorCast(TyR, castType, castExpr->getType(), Kind);
3970 if (castExpr->getType()->isVectorType())
3971 return CheckVectorCast(TyR, castExpr->getType(), castType, Kind);
3972
3973 if (getLangOptions().ObjC1 && isa<ObjCSuperExpr>(castExpr))
Steve Naroffa0c3e9c2009-04-08 23:52:26 +00003974 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(), diag::err_illegal_super_cast) << TyR;
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003975
Anders Carlsson16a89042009-10-16 05:23:41 +00003976 if (isa<ObjCSelectorExpr>(castExpr))
3977 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(), diag::err_cast_selector_expr);
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003978
Anders Carlssonc3516322009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003979 if (!castType->isArithmeticType()) {
Eli Friedman41826bb2009-05-01 02:23:58 +00003980 QualType castExprType = castExpr->getType();
3981 if (!castExprType->isIntegralType() && castExprType->isArithmeticType())
3982 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(),
3983 diag::err_cast_pointer_from_non_pointer_int)
3984 << castExprType << castExpr->getSourceRange();
3985 } else if (!castExpr->getType()->isArithmeticType()) {
3986 if (!castType->isIntegralType() && castType->isArithmeticType())
3987 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(),
3988 diag::err_cast_pointer_to_non_pointer_int)
3989 << castType << castExpr->getSourceRange();
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6c2dc4d2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00003990 }
Anders Carlsson82debc72009-10-18 18:12:03 +00003991
3992 Kind = getScalarCastKind(Context, castExpr->getType(), castType);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6c2dc4d2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00003993 return false;
3994}
3995
Anders Carlssonc3516322009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003996bool Sema::CheckVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType VectorTy, QualType Ty,
3997 CastExpr::CastKind &Kind) {
Anders Carlssona64db8f2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00003998 assert(VectorTy->isVectorType() && "Not a vector type!");
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003999
Anders Carlssona64db8f2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00004000 if (Ty->isVectorType() || Ty->isIntegerType()) {
Chris Lattner98be4942008-03-05 18:54:05 +00004001 if (Context.getTypeSize(VectorTy) != Context.getTypeSize(Ty))
Anders Carlssona64db8f2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00004002 return Diag(R.getBegin(),
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004003 Ty->isVectorType() ?
Anders Carlssona64db8f2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00004004 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vectors :
Chris Lattnerfa25bbb2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00004005 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vector_and_integer)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004006 << VectorTy << Ty << R;
Anders Carlssona64db8f2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00004007 } else
4008 return Diag(R.getBegin(),
Chris Lattnerfa25bbb2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00004009 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vector_and_scalar)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004010 << VectorTy << Ty << R;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004011
Anders Carlssonc3516322009-10-16 02:48:28 +00004012 Kind = CastExpr::CK_BitCast;
Anders Carlssona64db8f2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00004013 return false;
4014}
4015
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00004016bool Sema::CheckExtVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType DestTy, Expr *&CastExpr,
Anders Carlsson16a89042009-10-16 05:23:41 +00004017 CastExpr::CastKind &Kind) {
Nate Begeman58d29a42009-06-26 00:50:28 +00004018 assert(DestTy->isExtVectorType() && "Not an extended vector type!");
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00004019
Anders Carlsson16a89042009-10-16 05:23:41 +00004020 QualType SrcTy = CastExpr->getType();
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00004021
Nate Begeman9b10da62009-06-27 22:05:55 +00004022 // If SrcTy is a VectorType, the total size must match to explicitly cast to
4023 // an ExtVectorType.
Nate Begeman58d29a42009-06-26 00:50:28 +00004024 if (SrcTy->isVectorType()) {
4025 if (Context.getTypeSize(DestTy) != Context.getTypeSize(SrcTy))
4026 return Diag(R.getBegin(),diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_ext_vectors)
4027 << DestTy << SrcTy << R;
Anders Carlsson16a89042009-10-16 05:23:41 +00004028 Kind = CastExpr::CK_BitCast;
Nate Begeman58d29a42009-06-26 00:50:28 +00004029 return false;
4030 }
4031
Nate Begeman1bd1f6e2009-06-28 02:36:38 +00004032 // All non-pointer scalars can be cast to ExtVector type. The appropriate
Nate Begeman58d29a42009-06-26 00:50:28 +00004033 // conversion will take place first from scalar to elt type, and then
4034 // splat from elt type to vector.
Nate Begeman1bd1f6e2009-06-28 02:36:38 +00004035 if (SrcTy->isPointerType())
4036 return Diag(R.getBegin(),
4037 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vector_and_scalar)
4038 << DestTy << SrcTy << R;
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004039
4040 QualType DestElemTy = DestTy->getAs<ExtVectorType>()->getElementType();
4041 ImpCastExprToType(CastExpr, DestElemTy,
4042 getScalarCastKind(Context, SrcTy, DestElemTy));
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00004043
Anders Carlsson16a89042009-10-16 05:23:41 +00004044 Kind = CastExpr::CK_VectorSplat;
Nate Begeman58d29a42009-06-26 00:50:28 +00004045 return false;
4046}
4047
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00004048Action::OwningExprResult
Nate Begeman2ef13e52009-08-10 23:49:36 +00004049Sema::ActOnCastExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation LParenLoc, TypeTy *Ty,
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00004050 SourceLocation RParenLoc, ExprArg Op) {
4051 assert((Ty != 0) && (Op.get() != 0) &&
4052 "ActOnCastExpr(): missing type or expr");
Steve Naroff16beff82007-07-16 23:25:18 +00004053
John McCall9d125032010-01-15 18:39:57 +00004054 TypeSourceInfo *castTInfo;
4055 QualType castType = GetTypeFromParser(Ty, &castTInfo);
4056 if (!castTInfo)
John McCall42f56b52010-01-18 19:35:47 +00004057 castTInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(castType);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004058
Nate Begeman2ef13e52009-08-10 23:49:36 +00004059 // If the Expr being casted is a ParenListExpr, handle it specially.
John McCallb042fdf2010-01-15 18:56:44 +00004060 Expr *castExpr = (Expr *)Op.get();
Nate Begeman2ef13e52009-08-10 23:49:36 +00004061 if (isa<ParenListExpr>(castExpr))
John McCall42f56b52010-01-18 19:35:47 +00004062 return ActOnCastOfParenListExpr(S, LParenLoc, RParenLoc, move(Op),
4063 castTInfo);
John McCallb042fdf2010-01-15 18:56:44 +00004064
4065 return BuildCStyleCastExpr(LParenLoc, castTInfo, RParenLoc, move(Op));
4066}
4067
4068Action::OwningExprResult
4069Sema::BuildCStyleCastExpr(SourceLocation LParenLoc, TypeSourceInfo *Ty,
4070 SourceLocation RParenLoc, ExprArg Op) {
4071 Expr *castExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(Op.get());
4072
Anders Carlsson0aebc812009-09-09 21:33:21 +00004073 CXXMethodDecl *Method = 0;
John McCallb042fdf2010-01-15 18:56:44 +00004074 CastExpr::CastKind Kind = CastExpr::CK_Unknown;
4075 if (CheckCastTypes(SourceRange(LParenLoc, RParenLoc), Ty->getType(), castExpr,
Anders Carlsson0aebc812009-09-09 21:33:21 +00004076 Kind, Method))
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00004077 return ExprError();
Anders Carlsson0aebc812009-09-09 21:33:21 +00004078
4079 if (Method) {
John McCallb042fdf2010-01-15 18:56:44 +00004080 // FIXME: preserve type source info here
4081 OwningExprResult CastArg = BuildCXXCastArgument(LParenLoc, Ty->getType(),
4082 Kind, Method, move(Op));
Daniel Dunbar7e88a602009-09-17 06:31:17 +00004083
Anders Carlsson0aebc812009-09-09 21:33:21 +00004084 if (CastArg.isInvalid())
4085 return ExprError();
Daniel Dunbar7e88a602009-09-17 06:31:17 +00004086
Anders Carlsson0aebc812009-09-09 21:33:21 +00004087 castExpr = CastArg.takeAs<Expr>();
4088 } else {
4089 Op.release();
Fariborz Jahanian31976592009-08-29 19:15:16 +00004090 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004091
John McCallb042fdf2010-01-15 18:56:44 +00004092 return Owned(new (Context) CStyleCastExpr(Ty->getType().getNonReferenceType(),
4093 Kind, castExpr, Ty,
Anders Carlssoncdb61972009-08-07 22:21:05 +00004094 LParenLoc, RParenLoc));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004095}
4096
Nate Begeman2ef13e52009-08-10 23:49:36 +00004097/// This is not an AltiVec-style cast, so turn the ParenListExpr into a sequence
4098/// of comma binary operators.
4099Action::OwningExprResult
4100Sema::MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg EA) {
4101 Expr *expr = EA.takeAs<Expr>();
4102 ParenListExpr *E = dyn_cast<ParenListExpr>(expr);
4103 if (!E)
4104 return Owned(expr);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004105
Nate Begeman2ef13e52009-08-10 23:49:36 +00004106 OwningExprResult Result(*this, E->getExpr(0));
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004107
Nate Begeman2ef13e52009-08-10 23:49:36 +00004108 for (unsigned i = 1, e = E->getNumExprs(); i != e && !Result.isInvalid(); ++i)
4109 Result = ActOnBinOp(S, E->getExprLoc(), tok::comma, move(Result),
4110 Owned(E->getExpr(i)));
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004111
Nate Begeman2ef13e52009-08-10 23:49:36 +00004112 return ActOnParenExpr(E->getLParenLoc(), E->getRParenLoc(), move(Result));
4113}
4114
4115Action::OwningExprResult
4116Sema::ActOnCastOfParenListExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
4117 SourceLocation RParenLoc, ExprArg Op,
John McCall42f56b52010-01-18 19:35:47 +00004118 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo) {
Nate Begeman2ef13e52009-08-10 23:49:36 +00004119 ParenListExpr *PE = (ParenListExpr *)Op.get();
John McCall42f56b52010-01-18 19:35:47 +00004120 QualType Ty = TInfo->getType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004121
4122 // If this is an altivec initializer, '(' type ')' '(' init, ..., init ')'
Nate Begeman2ef13e52009-08-10 23:49:36 +00004123 // then handle it as such.
4124 if (getLangOptions().AltiVec && Ty->isVectorType()) {
4125 if (PE->getNumExprs() == 0) {
4126 Diag(PE->getExprLoc(), diag::err_altivec_empty_initializer);
4127 return ExprError();
4128 }
4129
4130 llvm::SmallVector<Expr *, 8> initExprs;
4131 for (unsigned i = 0, e = PE->getNumExprs(); i != e; ++i)
4132 initExprs.push_back(PE->getExpr(i));
4133
4134 // FIXME: This means that pretty-printing the final AST will produce curly
4135 // braces instead of the original commas.
4136 Op.release();
Ted Kremenekba7bc552010-02-19 01:50:18 +00004137 InitListExpr *E = new (Context) InitListExpr(LParenLoc, &initExprs[0],
Nate Begeman2ef13e52009-08-10 23:49:36 +00004138 initExprs.size(), RParenLoc);
4139 E->setType(Ty);
John McCall42f56b52010-01-18 19:35:47 +00004140 return BuildCompoundLiteralExpr(LParenLoc, TInfo, RParenLoc, Owned(E));
Nate Begeman2ef13e52009-08-10 23:49:36 +00004141 } else {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004142 // This is not an AltiVec-style cast, so turn the ParenListExpr into a
Nate Begeman2ef13e52009-08-10 23:49:36 +00004143 // sequence of BinOp comma operators.
4144 Op = MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(S, move(Op));
John McCall42f56b52010-01-18 19:35:47 +00004145 return BuildCStyleCastExpr(LParenLoc, TInfo, RParenLoc, move(Op));
Nate Begeman2ef13e52009-08-10 23:49:36 +00004146 }
4147}
4148
Fariborz Jahanianf88f7ab2009-11-25 01:26:41 +00004149Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnParenOrParenListExpr(SourceLocation L,
Nate Begeman2ef13e52009-08-10 23:49:36 +00004150 SourceLocation R,
Fariborz Jahanianf88f7ab2009-11-25 01:26:41 +00004151 MultiExprArg Val,
4152 TypeTy *TypeOfCast) {
Nate Begeman2ef13e52009-08-10 23:49:36 +00004153 unsigned nexprs = Val.size();
4154 Expr **exprs = reinterpret_cast<Expr**>(Val.release());
Fariborz Jahanianf88f7ab2009-11-25 01:26:41 +00004155 assert((exprs != 0) && "ActOnParenOrParenListExpr() missing expr list");
4156 Expr *expr;
4157 if (nexprs == 1 && TypeOfCast && !TypeIsVectorType(TypeOfCast))
4158 expr = new (Context) ParenExpr(L, R, exprs[0]);
4159 else
4160 expr = new (Context) ParenListExpr(Context, L, exprs, nexprs, R);
Nate Begeman2ef13e52009-08-10 23:49:36 +00004161 return Owned(expr);
4162}
4163
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004164/// Note that lhs is not null here, even if this is the gnu "x ?: y" extension.
4165/// In that case, lhs = cond.
Chris Lattnera119a3b2009-02-18 04:38:20 +00004166/// C99 6.5.15
4167QualType Sema::CheckConditionalOperands(Expr *&Cond, Expr *&LHS, Expr *&RHS,
4168 SourceLocation QuestionLoc) {
Sebastian Redl3201f6b2009-04-16 17:51:27 +00004169 // C++ is sufficiently different to merit its own checker.
4170 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
4171 return CXXCheckConditionalOperands(Cond, LHS, RHS, QuestionLoc);
4172
John McCalld1b47bf2010-03-11 19:43:18 +00004173 CheckSignCompare(LHS, RHS, QuestionLoc);
John McCallb13c87f2009-11-05 09:23:39 +00004174
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00004175 UsualUnaryConversions(Cond);
4176 UsualUnaryConversions(LHS);
4177 UsualUnaryConversions(RHS);
4178 QualType CondTy = Cond->getType();
4179 QualType LHSTy = LHS->getType();
4180 QualType RHSTy = RHS->getType();
Steve Naroffc80b4ee2007-07-16 21:54:35 +00004181
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004182 // first, check the condition.
Sebastian Redl3201f6b2009-04-16 17:51:27 +00004183 if (!CondTy->isScalarType()) { // C99 6.5.15p2
4184 Diag(Cond->getLocStart(), diag::err_typecheck_cond_expect_scalar)
4185 << CondTy;
4186 return QualType();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004187 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004188
Chris Lattner70d67a92008-01-06 22:42:25 +00004189 // Now check the two expressions.
Nate Begeman2ef13e52009-08-10 23:49:36 +00004190 if (LHSTy->isVectorType() || RHSTy->isVectorType())
4191 return CheckVectorOperands(QuestionLoc, LHS, RHS);
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00004192
Chris Lattner70d67a92008-01-06 22:42:25 +00004193 // If both operands have arithmetic type, do the usual arithmetic conversions
4194 // to find a common type: C99 6.5.15p3,5.
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00004195 if (LHSTy->isArithmeticType() && RHSTy->isArithmeticType()) {
4196 UsualArithmeticConversions(LHS, RHS);
4197 return LHS->getType();
Steve Naroffa4332e22007-07-17 00:58:39 +00004198 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004199
Chris Lattner70d67a92008-01-06 22:42:25 +00004200 // If both operands are the same structure or union type, the result is that
4201 // type.
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004202 if (const RecordType *LHSRT = LHSTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { // C99 6.5.15p3
4203 if (const RecordType *RHSRT = RHSTy->getAs<RecordType>())
Chris Lattnera21ddb32007-11-26 01:40:58 +00004204 if (LHSRT->getDecl() == RHSRT->getDecl())
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004205 // "If both the operands have structure or union type, the result has
Chris Lattner70d67a92008-01-06 22:42:25 +00004206 // that type." This implies that CV qualifiers are dropped.
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00004207 return LHSTy.getUnqualifiedType();
Eli Friedmanb1d796d2009-03-23 00:24:07 +00004208 // FIXME: Type of conditional expression must be complete in C mode.
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004209 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004210
Chris Lattner70d67a92008-01-06 22:42:25 +00004211 // C99 6.5.15p5: "If both operands have void type, the result has void type."
Steve Naroffe701c0a2008-05-12 21:44:38 +00004212 // The following || allows only one side to be void (a GCC-ism).
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00004213 if (LHSTy->isVoidType() || RHSTy->isVoidType()) {
4214 if (!LHSTy->isVoidType())
4215 Diag(RHS->getLocStart(), diag::ext_typecheck_cond_one_void)
4216 << RHS->getSourceRange();
4217 if (!RHSTy->isVoidType())
4218 Diag(LHS->getLocStart(), diag::ext_typecheck_cond_one_void)
4219 << LHS->getSourceRange();
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004220 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, Context.VoidTy, CastExpr::CK_ToVoid);
4221 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, Context.VoidTy, CastExpr::CK_ToVoid);
Eli Friedman0e724012008-06-04 19:47:51 +00004222 return Context.VoidTy;
Steve Naroffe701c0a2008-05-12 21:44:38 +00004223 }
Steve Naroffb6d54e52008-01-08 01:11:38 +00004224 // C99 6.5.15p6 - "if one operand is a null pointer constant, the result has
4225 // the type of the other operand."
Steve Naroff58f9f2c2009-07-14 18:25:06 +00004226 if ((LHSTy->isAnyPointerType() || LHSTy->isBlockPointerType()) &&
Douglas Gregorce940492009-09-25 04:25:58 +00004227 RHS->isNullPointerConstant(Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004228 // promote the null to a pointer.
4229 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_Unknown);
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00004230 return LHSTy;
Steve Naroffb6d54e52008-01-08 01:11:38 +00004231 }
Steve Naroff58f9f2c2009-07-14 18:25:06 +00004232 if ((RHSTy->isAnyPointerType() || RHSTy->isBlockPointerType()) &&
Douglas Gregorce940492009-09-25 04:25:58 +00004233 LHS->isNullPointerConstant(Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004234 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, RHSTy, CastExpr::CK_Unknown);
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00004235 return RHSTy;
Steve Naroffb6d54e52008-01-08 01:11:38 +00004236 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00004237
Fariborz Jahanianeebc4752009-12-10 19:47:41 +00004238 // All objective-c pointer type analysis is done here.
4239 QualType compositeType = FindCompositeObjCPointerType(LHS, RHS,
4240 QuestionLoc);
4241 if (!compositeType.isNull())
4242 return compositeType;
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00004243
4244
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00004245 // Handle block pointer types.
4246 if (LHSTy->isBlockPointerType() || RHSTy->isBlockPointerType()) {
4247 if (!LHSTy->isBlockPointerType() || !RHSTy->isBlockPointerType()) {
4248 if (LHSTy->isVoidPointerType() || RHSTy->isVoidPointerType()) {
4249 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy);
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004250 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
4251 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00004252 return destType;
4253 }
4254 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands)
Fariborz Jahanianeebc4752009-12-10 19:47:41 +00004255 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00004256 return QualType();
Mike Stumpdd3e1662009-05-07 03:14:14 +00004257 }
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00004258 // We have 2 block pointer types.
4259 if (Context.getCanonicalType(LHSTy) == Context.getCanonicalType(RHSTy)) {
4260 // Two identical block pointer types are always compatible.
Mike Stumpdd3e1662009-05-07 03:14:14 +00004261 return LHSTy;
4262 }
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00004263 // The block pointer types aren't identical, continue checking.
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004264 QualType lhptee = LHSTy->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
4265 QualType rhptee = RHSTy->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00004266
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00004267 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(lhptee.getUnqualifiedType(),
4268 rhptee.getUnqualifiedType())) {
Mike Stumpdd3e1662009-05-07 03:14:14 +00004269 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::warn_typecheck_cond_incompatible_pointers)
Fariborz Jahanianeebc4752009-12-10 19:47:41 +00004270 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
Mike Stumpdd3e1662009-05-07 03:14:14 +00004271 // In this situation, we assume void* type. No especially good
4272 // reason, but this is what gcc does, and we do have to pick
4273 // to get a consistent AST.
4274 QualType incompatTy = Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy);
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004275 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, incompatTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
4276 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, incompatTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Mike Stumpdd3e1662009-05-07 03:14:14 +00004277 return incompatTy;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004278 }
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00004279 // The block pointer types are compatible.
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004280 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
4281 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Steve Naroff91588042009-04-08 17:05:15 +00004282 return LHSTy;
4283 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00004284
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00004285 // Check constraints for C object pointers types (C99 6.5.15p3,6).
4286 if (LHSTy->isPointerType() && RHSTy->isPointerType()) {
4287 // get the "pointed to" types
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004288 QualType lhptee = LHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
4289 QualType rhptee = RHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00004290
4291 // ignore qualifiers on void (C99 6.5.15p3, clause 6)
4292 if (lhptee->isVoidType() && rhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType()) {
4293 // Figure out necessary qualifiers (C99 6.5.15p6)
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00004294 QualType destPointee
4295 = Context.getQualifiedType(lhptee, rhptee.getQualifiers());
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00004296 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(destPointee);
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004297 // Add qualifiers if necessary.
4298 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_NoOp);
4299 // Promote to void*.
4300 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00004301 return destType;
4302 }
4303 if (rhptee->isVoidType() && lhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType()) {
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00004304 QualType destPointee
4305 = Context.getQualifiedType(rhptee, lhptee.getQualifiers());
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00004306 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(destPointee);
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004307 // Add qualifiers if necessary.
Eli Friedman16fea9b2009-11-17 01:22:05 +00004308 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_NoOp);
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004309 // Promote to void*.
Eli Friedman16fea9b2009-11-17 01:22:05 +00004310 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00004311 return destType;
4312 }
4313
4314 if (Context.getCanonicalType(LHSTy) == Context.getCanonicalType(RHSTy)) {
4315 // Two identical pointer types are always compatible.
4316 return LHSTy;
4317 }
4318 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(lhptee.getUnqualifiedType(),
4319 rhptee.getUnqualifiedType())) {
4320 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::warn_typecheck_cond_incompatible_pointers)
4321 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
4322 // In this situation, we assume void* type. No especially good
4323 // reason, but this is what gcc does, and we do have to pick
4324 // to get a consistent AST.
4325 QualType incompatTy = Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy);
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004326 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, incompatTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
4327 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, incompatTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00004328 return incompatTy;
4329 }
4330 // The pointer types are compatible.
4331 // C99 6.5.15p6: If both operands are pointers to compatible types *or* to
4332 // differently qualified versions of compatible types, the result type is
4333 // a pointer to an appropriately qualified version of the *composite*
4334 // type.
4335 // FIXME: Need to calculate the composite type.
4336 // FIXME: Need to add qualifiers
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004337 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
4338 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00004339 return LHSTy;
4340 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004341
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00004342 // GCC compatibility: soften pointer/integer mismatch.
4343 if (RHSTy->isPointerType() && LHSTy->isIntegerType()) {
4344 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::warn_typecheck_cond_pointer_integer_mismatch)
4345 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004346 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, RHSTy, CastExpr::CK_IntegralToPointer);
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00004347 return RHSTy;
4348 }
4349 if (LHSTy->isPointerType() && RHSTy->isIntegerType()) {
4350 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::warn_typecheck_cond_pointer_integer_mismatch)
4351 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004352 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_IntegralToPointer);
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00004353 return LHSTy;
4354 }
Daniel Dunbar5e155f02008-09-11 23:12:46 +00004355
Chris Lattner70d67a92008-01-06 22:42:25 +00004356 // Otherwise, the operands are not compatible.
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00004357 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands)
4358 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004359 return QualType();
4360}
4361
Fariborz Jahanianeebc4752009-12-10 19:47:41 +00004362/// FindCompositeObjCPointerType - Helper method to find composite type of
4363/// two objective-c pointer types of the two input expressions.
4364QualType Sema::FindCompositeObjCPointerType(Expr *&LHS, Expr *&RHS,
4365 SourceLocation QuestionLoc) {
4366 QualType LHSTy = LHS->getType();
4367 QualType RHSTy = RHS->getType();
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00004368
Fariborz Jahanianeebc4752009-12-10 19:47:41 +00004369 // Handle things like Class and struct objc_class*. Here we case the result
4370 // to the pseudo-builtin, because that will be implicitly cast back to the
4371 // redefinition type if an attempt is made to access its fields.
4372 if (LHSTy->isObjCClassType() &&
4373 (RHSTy.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType)) {
4374 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
4375 return LHSTy;
4376 }
4377 if (RHSTy->isObjCClassType() &&
4378 (LHSTy.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType)) {
4379 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, RHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
4380 return RHSTy;
4381 }
4382 // And the same for struct objc_object* / id
4383 if (LHSTy->isObjCIdType() &&
4384 (RHSTy.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCIdRedefinitionType)) {
4385 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
4386 return LHSTy;
4387 }
4388 if (RHSTy->isObjCIdType() &&
4389 (LHSTy.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCIdRedefinitionType)) {
4390 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, RHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
4391 return RHSTy;
4392 }
4393 // And the same for struct objc_selector* / SEL
4394 if (Context.isObjCSelType(LHSTy) &&
4395 (RHSTy.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCSelRedefinitionType)) {
4396 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
4397 return LHSTy;
4398 }
4399 if (Context.isObjCSelType(RHSTy) &&
4400 (LHSTy.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCSelRedefinitionType)) {
4401 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, RHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
4402 return RHSTy;
4403 }
4404 // Check constraints for Objective-C object pointers types.
4405 if (LHSTy->isObjCObjectPointerType() && RHSTy->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00004406
Fariborz Jahanianeebc4752009-12-10 19:47:41 +00004407 if (Context.getCanonicalType(LHSTy) == Context.getCanonicalType(RHSTy)) {
4408 // Two identical object pointer types are always compatible.
4409 return LHSTy;
4410 }
4411 const ObjCObjectPointerType *LHSOPT = LHSTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
4412 const ObjCObjectPointerType *RHSOPT = RHSTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
4413 QualType compositeType = LHSTy;
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00004414
Fariborz Jahanianeebc4752009-12-10 19:47:41 +00004415 // If both operands are interfaces and either operand can be
4416 // assigned to the other, use that type as the composite
4417 // type. This allows
4418 // xxx ? (A*) a : (B*) b
4419 // where B is a subclass of A.
4420 //
4421 // Additionally, as for assignment, if either type is 'id'
4422 // allow silent coercion. Finally, if the types are
4423 // incompatible then make sure to use 'id' as the composite
4424 // type so the result is acceptable for sending messages to.
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00004425
Fariborz Jahanianeebc4752009-12-10 19:47:41 +00004426 // FIXME: Consider unifying with 'areComparableObjCPointerTypes'.
4427 // It could return the composite type.
4428 if (Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHSOPT, RHSOPT)) {
4429 compositeType = RHSOPT->isObjCBuiltinType() ? RHSTy : LHSTy;
4430 } else if (Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(RHSOPT, LHSOPT)) {
4431 compositeType = LHSOPT->isObjCBuiltinType() ? LHSTy : RHSTy;
4432 } else if ((LHSTy->isObjCQualifiedIdType() ||
4433 RHSTy->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) &&
4434 Context.ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(LHSTy, RHSTy, true)) {
4435 // Need to handle "id<xx>" explicitly.
4436 // GCC allows qualified id and any Objective-C type to devolve to
4437 // id. Currently localizing to here until clear this should be
4438 // part of ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible.
4439 compositeType = Context.getObjCIdType();
4440 } else if (LHSTy->isObjCIdType() || RHSTy->isObjCIdType()) {
4441 compositeType = Context.getObjCIdType();
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00004442 } else if (!(compositeType =
Fariborz Jahanianeebc4752009-12-10 19:47:41 +00004443 Context.areCommonBaseCompatible(LHSOPT, RHSOPT)).isNull())
4444 ;
4445 else {
4446 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::ext_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands)
4447 << LHSTy << RHSTy
4448 << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
4449 QualType incompatTy = Context.getObjCIdType();
4450 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, incompatTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
4451 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, incompatTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
4452 return incompatTy;
4453 }
4454 // The object pointer types are compatible.
4455 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, compositeType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
4456 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, compositeType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
4457 return compositeType;
4458 }
4459 // Check Objective-C object pointer types and 'void *'
4460 if (LHSTy->isVoidPointerType() && RHSTy->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
4461 QualType lhptee = LHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
4462 QualType rhptee = RHSTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
4463 QualType destPointee
4464 = Context.getQualifiedType(lhptee, rhptee.getQualifiers());
4465 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(destPointee);
4466 // Add qualifiers if necessary.
4467 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_NoOp);
4468 // Promote to void*.
4469 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
4470 return destType;
4471 }
4472 if (LHSTy->isObjCObjectPointerType() && RHSTy->isVoidPointerType()) {
4473 QualType lhptee = LHSTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
4474 QualType rhptee = RHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
4475 QualType destPointee
4476 = Context.getQualifiedType(rhptee, lhptee.getQualifiers());
4477 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(destPointee);
4478 // Add qualifiers if necessary.
4479 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_NoOp);
4480 // Promote to void*.
4481 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
4482 return destType;
4483 }
4484 return QualType();
4485}
4486
Steve Narofff69936d2007-09-16 03:34:24 +00004487/// ActOnConditionalOp - Parse a ?: operation. Note that 'LHS' may be null
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004488/// in the case of a the GNU conditional expr extension.
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00004489Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnConditionalOp(SourceLocation QuestionLoc,
4490 SourceLocation ColonLoc,
4491 ExprArg Cond, ExprArg LHS,
4492 ExprArg RHS) {
4493 Expr *CondExpr = (Expr *) Cond.get();
4494 Expr *LHSExpr = (Expr *) LHS.get(), *RHSExpr = (Expr *) RHS.get();
Chris Lattnera21ddb32007-11-26 01:40:58 +00004495
4496 // If this is the gnu "x ?: y" extension, analyze the types as though the LHS
4497 // was the condition.
4498 bool isLHSNull = LHSExpr == 0;
4499 if (isLHSNull)
4500 LHSExpr = CondExpr;
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00004501
4502 QualType result = CheckConditionalOperands(CondExpr, LHSExpr,
Chris Lattner26824902007-07-16 21:39:03 +00004503 RHSExpr, QuestionLoc);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004504 if (result.isNull())
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00004505 return ExprError();
4506
4507 Cond.release();
4508 LHS.release();
4509 RHS.release();
Douglas Gregor47e1f7c2009-08-26 14:37:04 +00004510 return Owned(new (Context) ConditionalOperator(CondExpr, QuestionLoc,
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00004511 isLHSNull ? 0 : LHSExpr,
Douglas Gregor47e1f7c2009-08-26 14:37:04 +00004512 ColonLoc, RHSExpr, result));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004513}
4514
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004515// CheckPointerTypesForAssignment - This is a very tricky routine (despite
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004516// being closely modeled after the C99 spec:-). The odd characteristic of this
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004517// routine is it effectively iqnores the qualifiers on the top level pointee.
4518// This circumvents the usual type rules specified in 6.2.7p1 & 6.7.5.[1-3].
4519// FIXME: add a couple examples in this comment.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004520Sema::AssignConvertType
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004521Sema::CheckPointerTypesForAssignment(QualType lhsType, QualType rhsType) {
4522 QualType lhptee, rhptee;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004523
David Chisnall0f436562009-08-17 16:35:33 +00004524 if ((lhsType->isObjCClassType() &&
4525 (rhsType.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType)) ||
4526 (rhsType->isObjCClassType() &&
4527 (lhsType.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType))) {
4528 return Compatible;
4529 }
4530
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004531 // get the "pointed to" type (ignoring qualifiers at the top level)
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004532 lhptee = lhsType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
4533 rhptee = rhsType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004534
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004535 // make sure we operate on the canonical type
Chris Lattnerb77792e2008-07-26 22:17:49 +00004536 lhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(lhptee);
4537 rhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(rhptee);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004538
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004539 AssignConvertType ConvTy = Compatible;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004540
4541 // C99 6.5.16.1p1: This following citation is common to constraints
4542 // 3 & 4 (below). ...and the type *pointed to* by the left has all the
4543 // qualifiers of the type *pointed to* by the right;
Fariborz Jahanianf11284a2009-02-17 18:27:45 +00004544 // FIXME: Handle ExtQualType
Douglas Gregor98cd5992008-10-21 23:43:52 +00004545 if (!lhptee.isAtLeastAsQualifiedAs(rhptee))
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004546 ConvTy = CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004547
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004548 // C99 6.5.16.1p1 (constraint 4): If one operand is a pointer to an object or
4549 // incomplete type and the other is a pointer to a qualified or unqualified
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004550 // version of void...
Chris Lattnerbfe639e2008-01-03 22:56:36 +00004551 if (lhptee->isVoidType()) {
Chris Lattnerd805bec2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00004552 if (rhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType())
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004553 return ConvTy;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004554
Chris Lattnerbfe639e2008-01-03 22:56:36 +00004555 // As an extension, we allow cast to/from void* to function pointer.
Chris Lattnerd805bec2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00004556 assert(rhptee->isFunctionType());
4557 return FunctionVoidPointer;
Chris Lattnerbfe639e2008-01-03 22:56:36 +00004558 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004559
Chris Lattnerbfe639e2008-01-03 22:56:36 +00004560 if (rhptee->isVoidType()) {
Chris Lattnerd805bec2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00004561 if (lhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType())
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004562 return ConvTy;
Chris Lattnerbfe639e2008-01-03 22:56:36 +00004563
4564 // As an extension, we allow cast to/from void* to function pointer.
Chris Lattnerd805bec2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00004565 assert(lhptee->isFunctionType());
4566 return FunctionVoidPointer;
Chris Lattnerbfe639e2008-01-03 22:56:36 +00004567 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004568 // C99 6.5.16.1p1 (constraint 3): both operands are pointers to qualified or
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004569 // unqualified versions of compatible types, ...
Eli Friedmanf05c05d2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00004570 lhptee = lhptee.getUnqualifiedType();
4571 rhptee = rhptee.getUnqualifiedType();
4572 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(lhptee, rhptee)) {
4573 // Check if the pointee types are compatible ignoring the sign.
4574 // We explicitly check for char so that we catch "char" vs
4575 // "unsigned char" on systems where "char" is unsigned.
Chris Lattner6a2b9262009-10-17 20:33:28 +00004576 if (lhptee->isCharType())
Eli Friedmanf05c05d2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00004577 lhptee = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
Chris Lattner6a2b9262009-10-17 20:33:28 +00004578 else if (lhptee->isSignedIntegerType())
Eli Friedmanf05c05d2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00004579 lhptee = Context.getCorrespondingUnsignedType(lhptee);
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00004580
Chris Lattner6a2b9262009-10-17 20:33:28 +00004581 if (rhptee->isCharType())
Eli Friedmanf05c05d2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00004582 rhptee = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
Chris Lattner6a2b9262009-10-17 20:33:28 +00004583 else if (rhptee->isSignedIntegerType())
Eli Friedmanf05c05d2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00004584 rhptee = Context.getCorrespondingUnsignedType(rhptee);
Chris Lattner6a2b9262009-10-17 20:33:28 +00004585
Eli Friedmanf05c05d2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00004586 if (lhptee == rhptee) {
4587 // Types are compatible ignoring the sign. Qualifier incompatibility
4588 // takes priority over sign incompatibility because the sign
4589 // warning can be disabled.
4590 if (ConvTy != Compatible)
4591 return ConvTy;
4592 return IncompatiblePointerSign;
4593 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00004594
Fariborz Jahanian36a862f2009-11-07 20:20:40 +00004595 // If we are a multi-level pointer, it's possible that our issue is simply
4596 // one of qualification - e.g. char ** -> const char ** is not allowed. If
4597 // the eventual target type is the same and the pointers have the same
4598 // level of indirection, this must be the issue.
4599 if (lhptee->isPointerType() && rhptee->isPointerType()) {
4600 do {
4601 lhptee = lhptee->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
4602 rhptee = rhptee->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00004603
Fariborz Jahanian36a862f2009-11-07 20:20:40 +00004604 lhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(lhptee);
4605 rhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(rhptee);
4606 } while (lhptee->isPointerType() && rhptee->isPointerType());
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00004607
Douglas Gregora4923eb2009-11-16 21:35:15 +00004608 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(lhptee, rhptee))
Sean Huntc9132b62009-11-08 07:46:34 +00004609 return IncompatibleNestedPointerQualifiers;
Fariborz Jahanian36a862f2009-11-07 20:20:40 +00004610 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00004611
Eli Friedmanf05c05d2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00004612 // General pointer incompatibility takes priority over qualifiers.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004613 return IncompatiblePointer;
Eli Friedmanf05c05d2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00004614 }
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004615 return ConvTy;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004616}
4617
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004618/// CheckBlockPointerTypesForAssignment - This routine determines whether two
4619/// block pointer types are compatible or whether a block and normal pointer
4620/// are compatible. It is more restrict than comparing two function pointer
4621// types.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004622Sema::AssignConvertType
4623Sema::CheckBlockPointerTypesForAssignment(QualType lhsType,
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004624 QualType rhsType) {
4625 QualType lhptee, rhptee;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004626
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004627 // get the "pointed to" type (ignoring qualifiers at the top level)
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004628 lhptee = lhsType->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
4629 rhptee = rhsType->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004630
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004631 // make sure we operate on the canonical type
4632 lhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(lhptee);
4633 rhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(rhptee);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004634
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004635 AssignConvertType ConvTy = Compatible;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004636
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004637 // For blocks we enforce that qualifiers are identical.
Douglas Gregora4923eb2009-11-16 21:35:15 +00004638 if (lhptee.getLocalCVRQualifiers() != rhptee.getLocalCVRQualifiers())
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004639 ConvTy = CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004640
Fariborz Jahanian132f2a22010-03-17 00:20:01 +00004641 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4642 if (!Context.typesAreBlockPointerCompatible(lhsType, rhsType))
4643 return IncompatibleBlockPointer;
4644 }
4645 else if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(lhptee, rhptee))
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004646 return IncompatibleBlockPointer;
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004647 return ConvTy;
4648}
4649
Fariborz Jahanian52efc3f2009-12-08 18:24:49 +00004650/// CheckObjCPointerTypesForAssignment - Compares two objective-c pointer types
4651/// for assignment compatibility.
4652Sema::AssignConvertType
4653Sema::CheckObjCPointerTypesForAssignment(QualType lhsType, QualType rhsType) {
Fariborz Jahaniand4c60902010-03-19 18:06:10 +00004654 if (lhsType->isObjCBuiltinType()) {
4655 // Class is not compatible with ObjC object pointers.
Fariborz Jahanian528adb12010-03-24 21:00:27 +00004656 if (lhsType->isObjCClassType() && !rhsType->isObjCBuiltinType() &&
4657 !rhsType->isObjCQualifiedClassType())
Fariborz Jahaniand4c60902010-03-19 18:06:10 +00004658 return IncompatiblePointer;
Fariborz Jahanian52efc3f2009-12-08 18:24:49 +00004659 return Compatible;
Fariborz Jahaniand4c60902010-03-19 18:06:10 +00004660 }
4661 if (rhsType->isObjCBuiltinType()) {
4662 // Class is not compatible with ObjC object pointers.
Fariborz Jahanian528adb12010-03-24 21:00:27 +00004663 if (rhsType->isObjCClassType() && !lhsType->isObjCBuiltinType() &&
4664 !lhsType->isObjCQualifiedClassType())
Fariborz Jahaniand4c60902010-03-19 18:06:10 +00004665 return IncompatiblePointer;
4666 return Compatible;
4667 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00004668 QualType lhptee =
Fariborz Jahanian52efc3f2009-12-08 18:24:49 +00004669 lhsType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00004670 QualType rhptee =
Fariborz Jahanian52efc3f2009-12-08 18:24:49 +00004671 rhsType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
4672 // make sure we operate on the canonical type
4673 lhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(lhptee);
4674 rhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(rhptee);
4675 if (!lhptee.isAtLeastAsQualifiedAs(rhptee))
4676 return CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers;
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00004677
Fariborz Jahanian52efc3f2009-12-08 18:24:49 +00004678 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(lhsType, rhsType))
4679 return Compatible;
4680 if (lhsType->isObjCQualifiedIdType() || rhsType->isObjCQualifiedIdType())
4681 return IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId;
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00004682 return IncompatiblePointer;
Fariborz Jahanian52efc3f2009-12-08 18:24:49 +00004683}
4684
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004685/// CheckAssignmentConstraints (C99 6.5.16) - This routine currently
4686/// has code to accommodate several GCC extensions when type checking
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004687/// pointers. Here are some objectionable examples that GCC considers warnings:
4688///
4689/// int a, *pint;
4690/// short *pshort;
4691/// struct foo *pfoo;
4692///
4693/// pint = pshort; // warning: assignment from incompatible pointer type
4694/// a = pint; // warning: assignment makes integer from pointer without a cast
4695/// pint = a; // warning: assignment makes pointer from integer without a cast
4696/// pint = pfoo; // warning: assignment from incompatible pointer type
4697///
4698/// As a result, the code for dealing with pointers is more complex than the
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004699/// C99 spec dictates.
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004700///
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004701Sema::AssignConvertType
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004702Sema::CheckAssignmentConstraints(QualType lhsType, QualType rhsType) {
Chris Lattnerfc144e22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00004703 // Get canonical types. We're not formatting these types, just comparing
4704 // them.
Chris Lattnerb77792e2008-07-26 22:17:49 +00004705 lhsType = Context.getCanonicalType(lhsType).getUnqualifiedType();
4706 rhsType = Context.getCanonicalType(rhsType).getUnqualifiedType();
Eli Friedmanf8f873d2008-05-30 18:07:22 +00004707
4708 if (lhsType == rhsType)
Chris Lattnerd2656dd2008-01-07 17:51:46 +00004709 return Compatible; // Common case: fast path an exact match.
Steve Naroff700204c2007-07-24 21:46:40 +00004710
David Chisnall0f436562009-08-17 16:35:33 +00004711 if ((lhsType->isObjCClassType() &&
4712 (rhsType.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType)) ||
4713 (rhsType->isObjCClassType() &&
4714 (lhsType.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType))) {
4715 return Compatible;
4716 }
4717
Douglas Gregor9d293df2008-10-28 00:22:11 +00004718 // If the left-hand side is a reference type, then we are in a
4719 // (rare!) case where we've allowed the use of references in C,
4720 // e.g., as a parameter type in a built-in function. In this case,
4721 // just make sure that the type referenced is compatible with the
4722 // right-hand side type. The caller is responsible for adjusting
4723 // lhsType so that the resulting expression does not have reference
4724 // type.
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004725 if (const ReferenceType *lhsTypeRef = lhsType->getAs<ReferenceType>()) {
Douglas Gregor9d293df2008-10-28 00:22:11 +00004726 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(lhsTypeRef->getPointeeType(), rhsType))
Anders Carlsson793680e2007-10-12 23:56:29 +00004727 return Compatible;
Chris Lattnerfc144e22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00004728 return Incompatible;
Fariborz Jahanian411f3732007-12-19 17:45:58 +00004729 }
Nate Begeman1bd1f6e2009-06-28 02:36:38 +00004730 // Allow scalar to ExtVector assignments, and assignments of an ExtVector type
4731 // to the same ExtVector type.
4732 if (lhsType->isExtVectorType()) {
4733 if (rhsType->isExtVectorType())
4734 return lhsType == rhsType ? Compatible : Incompatible;
4735 if (!rhsType->isVectorType() && rhsType->isArithmeticType())
4736 return Compatible;
4737 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004738
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004739 if (lhsType->isVectorType() || rhsType->isVectorType()) {
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004740 // If we are allowing lax vector conversions, and LHS and RHS are both
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004741 // vectors, the total size only needs to be the same. This is a bitcast;
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004742 // no bits are changed but the result type is different.
Chris Lattnere8b3e962008-01-04 23:32:24 +00004743 if (getLangOptions().LaxVectorConversions &&
4744 lhsType->isVectorType() && rhsType->isVectorType()) {
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004745 if (Context.getTypeSize(lhsType) == Context.getTypeSize(rhsType))
Anders Carlssonb0f90cc2009-01-30 23:17:46 +00004746 return IncompatibleVectors;
Chris Lattnere8b3e962008-01-04 23:32:24 +00004747 }
4748 return Incompatible;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004749 }
Eli Friedmanf8f873d2008-05-30 18:07:22 +00004750
Chris Lattnere8b3e962008-01-04 23:32:24 +00004751 if (lhsType->isArithmeticType() && rhsType->isArithmeticType())
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004752 return Compatible;
Eli Friedmanf8f873d2008-05-30 18:07:22 +00004753
Chris Lattner78eca282008-04-07 06:49:41 +00004754 if (isa<PointerType>(lhsType)) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004755 if (rhsType->isIntegerType())
Chris Lattnerb7b61152008-01-04 18:22:42 +00004756 return IntToPointer;
Eli Friedmanf8f873d2008-05-30 18:07:22 +00004757
Chris Lattner78eca282008-04-07 06:49:41 +00004758 if (isa<PointerType>(rhsType))
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004759 return CheckPointerTypesForAssignment(lhsType, rhsType);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004760
Steve Naroff67ef8ea2009-07-20 17:56:53 +00004761 // In general, C pointers are not compatible with ObjC object pointers.
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004762 if (isa<ObjCObjectPointerType>(rhsType)) {
Steve Naroff67ef8ea2009-07-20 17:56:53 +00004763 if (lhsType->isVoidPointerType()) // an exception to the rule.
4764 return Compatible;
4765 return IncompatiblePointer;
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004766 }
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004767 if (rhsType->getAs<BlockPointerType>()) {
4768 if (lhsType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Douglas Gregor63a94902008-11-27 00:44:28 +00004769 return Compatible;
Steve Naroffb4406862008-09-29 18:10:17 +00004770
4771 // Treat block pointers as objects.
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004772 if (getLangOptions().ObjC1 && lhsType->isObjCIdType())
Steve Naroffb4406862008-09-29 18:10:17 +00004773 return Compatible;
4774 }
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004775 return Incompatible;
4776 }
4777
4778 if (isa<BlockPointerType>(lhsType)) {
4779 if (rhsType->isIntegerType())
Eli Friedmand8f4f432009-02-25 04:20:42 +00004780 return IntToBlockPointer;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004781
Steve Naroffb4406862008-09-29 18:10:17 +00004782 // Treat block pointers as objects.
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004783 if (getLangOptions().ObjC1 && rhsType->isObjCIdType())
Steve Naroffb4406862008-09-29 18:10:17 +00004784 return Compatible;
4785
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004786 if (rhsType->isBlockPointerType())
4787 return CheckBlockPointerTypesForAssignment(lhsType, rhsType);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004788
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004789 if (const PointerType *RHSPT = rhsType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004790 if (RHSPT->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Douglas Gregor63a94902008-11-27 00:44:28 +00004791 return Compatible;
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004792 }
Chris Lattnerfc144e22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00004793 return Incompatible;
4794 }
4795
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004796 if (isa<ObjCObjectPointerType>(lhsType)) {
4797 if (rhsType->isIntegerType())
4798 return IntToPointer;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004799
Steve Naroff67ef8ea2009-07-20 17:56:53 +00004800 // In general, C pointers are not compatible with ObjC object pointers.
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004801 if (isa<PointerType>(rhsType)) {
Steve Naroff67ef8ea2009-07-20 17:56:53 +00004802 if (rhsType->isVoidPointerType()) // an exception to the rule.
4803 return Compatible;
4804 return IncompatiblePointer;
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004805 }
4806 if (rhsType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
Fariborz Jahanian52efc3f2009-12-08 18:24:49 +00004807 return CheckObjCPointerTypesForAssignment(lhsType, rhsType);
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004808 }
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004809 if (const PointerType *RHSPT = rhsType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004810 if (RHSPT->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
4811 return Compatible;
4812 }
4813 // Treat block pointers as objects.
4814 if (rhsType->isBlockPointerType())
4815 return Compatible;
4816 return Incompatible;
4817 }
Chris Lattner78eca282008-04-07 06:49:41 +00004818 if (isa<PointerType>(rhsType)) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004819 // C99 6.5.16.1p1: the left operand is _Bool and the right is a pointer.
Eli Friedmanf8f873d2008-05-30 18:07:22 +00004820 if (lhsType == Context.BoolTy)
4821 return Compatible;
4822
4823 if (lhsType->isIntegerType())
Chris Lattnerb7b61152008-01-04 18:22:42 +00004824 return PointerToInt;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004825
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004826 if (isa<PointerType>(lhsType))
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004827 return CheckPointerTypesForAssignment(lhsType, rhsType);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004828
4829 if (isa<BlockPointerType>(lhsType) &&
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004830 rhsType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Douglas Gregor63a94902008-11-27 00:44:28 +00004831 return Compatible;
Chris Lattnerfc144e22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00004832 return Incompatible;
Chris Lattnerfc144e22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00004833 }
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004834 if (isa<ObjCObjectPointerType>(rhsType)) {
4835 // C99 6.5.16.1p1: the left operand is _Bool and the right is a pointer.
4836 if (lhsType == Context.BoolTy)
4837 return Compatible;
4838
4839 if (lhsType->isIntegerType())
4840 return PointerToInt;
4841
Steve Naroff67ef8ea2009-07-20 17:56:53 +00004842 // In general, C pointers are not compatible with ObjC object pointers.
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004843 if (isa<PointerType>(lhsType)) {
Steve Naroff67ef8ea2009-07-20 17:56:53 +00004844 if (lhsType->isVoidPointerType()) // an exception to the rule.
4845 return Compatible;
4846 return IncompatiblePointer;
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004847 }
4848 if (isa<BlockPointerType>(lhsType) &&
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004849 rhsType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004850 return Compatible;
4851 return Incompatible;
4852 }
Eli Friedmanf8f873d2008-05-30 18:07:22 +00004853
Chris Lattnerfc144e22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00004854 if (isa<TagType>(lhsType) && isa<TagType>(rhsType)) {
Chris Lattner78eca282008-04-07 06:49:41 +00004855 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(lhsType, rhsType))
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004856 return Compatible;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004857 }
4858 return Incompatible;
4859}
4860
Douglas Gregor0c74e8a2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00004861/// \brief Constructs a transparent union from an expression that is
4862/// used to initialize the transparent union.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004863static void ConstructTransparentUnion(ASTContext &C, Expr *&E,
Douglas Gregor0c74e8a2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00004864 QualType UnionType, FieldDecl *Field) {
4865 // Build an initializer list that designates the appropriate member
4866 // of the transparent union.
Ted Kremenekba7bc552010-02-19 01:50:18 +00004867 InitListExpr *Initializer = new (C) InitListExpr(SourceLocation(),
4868 &E, 1,
Douglas Gregor0c74e8a2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00004869 SourceLocation());
4870 Initializer->setType(UnionType);
4871 Initializer->setInitializedFieldInUnion(Field);
4872
4873 // Build a compound literal constructing a value of the transparent
4874 // union type from this initializer list.
John McCall42f56b52010-01-18 19:35:47 +00004875 TypeSourceInfo *unionTInfo = C.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(UnionType);
John McCall1d7d8d62010-01-19 22:33:45 +00004876 E = new (C) CompoundLiteralExpr(SourceLocation(), unionTInfo, UnionType,
John McCall42f56b52010-01-18 19:35:47 +00004877 Initializer, false);
Douglas Gregor0c74e8a2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00004878}
4879
4880Sema::AssignConvertType
4881Sema::CheckTransparentUnionArgumentConstraints(QualType ArgType, Expr *&rExpr) {
4882 QualType FromType = rExpr->getType();
4883
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004884 // If the ArgType is a Union type, we want to handle a potential
Douglas Gregor0c74e8a2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00004885 // transparent_union GCC extension.
4886 const RecordType *UT = ArgType->getAsUnionType();
Argyrios Kyrtzidis40b598e2009-06-30 02:34:44 +00004887 if (!UT || !UT->getDecl()->hasAttr<TransparentUnionAttr>())
Douglas Gregor0c74e8a2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00004888 return Incompatible;
4889
4890 // The field to initialize within the transparent union.
4891 RecordDecl *UD = UT->getDecl();
4892 FieldDecl *InitField = 0;
4893 // It's compatible if the expression matches any of the fields.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +00004894 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator it = UD->field_begin(),
4895 itend = UD->field_end();
Douglas Gregor0c74e8a2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00004896 it != itend; ++it) {
4897 if (it->getType()->isPointerType()) {
4898 // If the transparent union contains a pointer type, we allow:
4899 // 1) void pointer
4900 // 2) null pointer constant
4901 if (FromType->isPointerType())
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004902 if (FromType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType()) {
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004903 ImpCastExprToType(rExpr, it->getType(), CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Douglas Gregor0c74e8a2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00004904 InitField = *it;
4905 break;
4906 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004907
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00004908 if (rExpr->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
Douglas Gregorce940492009-09-25 04:25:58 +00004909 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004910 ImpCastExprToType(rExpr, it->getType(), CastExpr::CK_IntegralToPointer);
Douglas Gregor0c74e8a2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00004911 InitField = *it;
4912 break;
4913 }
4914 }
4915
4916 if (CheckAssignmentConstraints(it->getType(), rExpr->getType())
4917 == Compatible) {
4918 InitField = *it;
4919 break;
4920 }
4921 }
4922
4923 if (!InitField)
4924 return Incompatible;
4925
4926 ConstructTransparentUnion(Context, rExpr, ArgType, InitField);
4927 return Compatible;
4928}
4929
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004930Sema::AssignConvertType
Steve Naroff90045e82007-07-13 23:32:42 +00004931Sema::CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints(QualType lhsType, Expr *&rExpr) {
Douglas Gregor98cd5992008-10-21 23:43:52 +00004932 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4933 if (!lhsType->isRecordType()) {
4934 // C++ 5.17p3: If the left operand is not of class type, the
4935 // expression is implicitly converted (C++ 4) to the
4936 // cv-unqualified type of the left operand.
Douglas Gregor45920e82008-12-19 17:40:08 +00004937 if (PerformImplicitConversion(rExpr, lhsType.getUnqualifiedType(),
Douglas Gregor68647482009-12-16 03:45:30 +00004938 AA_Assigning))
Douglas Gregor98cd5992008-10-21 23:43:52 +00004939 return Incompatible;
Chris Lattner2c4463f2009-04-12 09:02:39 +00004940 return Compatible;
Douglas Gregor98cd5992008-10-21 23:43:52 +00004941 }
4942
4943 // FIXME: Currently, we fall through and treat C++ classes like C
4944 // structures.
4945 }
4946
Steve Naroff529a4ad2007-11-27 17:58:44 +00004947 // C99 6.5.16.1p1: the left operand is a pointer and the right is
4948 // a null pointer constant.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004949 if ((lhsType->isPointerType() ||
4950 lhsType->isObjCObjectPointerType() ||
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004951 lhsType->isBlockPointerType())
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00004952 && rExpr->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
Douglas Gregorce940492009-09-25 04:25:58 +00004953 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004954 ImpCastExprToType(rExpr, lhsType, CastExpr::CK_Unknown);
Steve Naroff529a4ad2007-11-27 17:58:44 +00004955 return Compatible;
4956 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004957
Chris Lattner943140e2007-10-16 02:55:40 +00004958 // This check seems unnatural, however it is necessary to ensure the proper
Steve Naroff90045e82007-07-13 23:32:42 +00004959 // conversion of functions/arrays. If the conversion were done for all
Douglas Gregor02a24ee2009-11-03 16:56:39 +00004960 // DeclExpr's (created by ActOnIdExpression), it would mess up the unary
Steve Naroff90045e82007-07-13 23:32:42 +00004961 // expressions that surpress this implicit conversion (&, sizeof).
Chris Lattner943140e2007-10-16 02:55:40 +00004962 //
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004963 // Suppress this for references: C++ 8.5.3p5.
Chris Lattner943140e2007-10-16 02:55:40 +00004964 if (!lhsType->isReferenceType())
Douglas Gregora873dfc2010-02-03 00:27:59 +00004965 DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(rExpr);
Steve Narofff1120de2007-08-24 22:33:52 +00004966
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004967 Sema::AssignConvertType result =
4968 CheckAssignmentConstraints(lhsType, rExpr->getType());
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004969
Steve Narofff1120de2007-08-24 22:33:52 +00004970 // C99 6.5.16.1p2: The value of the right operand is converted to the
4971 // type of the assignment expression.
Douglas Gregor9d293df2008-10-28 00:22:11 +00004972 // CheckAssignmentConstraints allows the left-hand side to be a reference,
4973 // so that we can use references in built-in functions even in C.
4974 // The getNonReferenceType() call makes sure that the resulting expression
4975 // does not have reference type.
Douglas Gregor0c74e8a2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00004976 if (result != Incompatible && rExpr->getType() != lhsType)
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004977 ImpCastExprToType(rExpr, lhsType.getNonReferenceType(),
4978 CastExpr::CK_Unknown);
Steve Narofff1120de2007-08-24 22:33:52 +00004979 return result;
Steve Naroff90045e82007-07-13 23:32:42 +00004980}
4981
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004982QualType Sema::InvalidOperands(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex) {
Chris Lattnerc9c7c4e2008-11-18 22:52:51 +00004983 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_invalid_operands)
Chris Lattner22caddc2008-11-23 09:13:29 +00004984 << lex->getType() << rex->getType()
Chris Lattnerc9c7c4e2008-11-18 22:52:51 +00004985 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattnerca5eede2007-12-12 05:47:28 +00004986 return QualType();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004987}
4988
Chris Lattner7ef655a2010-01-12 21:23:57 +00004989QualType Sema::CheckVectorOperands(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex) {
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004990 // For conversion purposes, we ignore any qualifiers.
Nate Begeman1330b0e2008-04-04 01:30:25 +00004991 // For example, "const float" and "float" are equivalent.
Chris Lattnerb77792e2008-07-26 22:17:49 +00004992 QualType lhsType =
4993 Context.getCanonicalType(lex->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
4994 QualType rhsType =
4995 Context.getCanonicalType(rex->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004996
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004997 // If the vector types are identical, return.
Nate Begeman1330b0e2008-04-04 01:30:25 +00004998 if (lhsType == rhsType)
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004999 return lhsType;
Nate Begeman4119d1a2007-12-30 02:59:45 +00005000
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00005001 // Handle the case of a vector & extvector type of the same size and element
5002 // type. It would be nice if we only had one vector type someday.
Anders Carlssonb0f90cc2009-01-30 23:17:46 +00005003 if (getLangOptions().LaxVectorConversions) {
5004 // FIXME: Should we warn here?
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00005005 if (const VectorType *LV = lhsType->getAs<VectorType>()) {
5006 if (const VectorType *RV = rhsType->getAs<VectorType>())
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00005007 if (LV->getElementType() == RV->getElementType() &&
Anders Carlssonb0f90cc2009-01-30 23:17:46 +00005008 LV->getNumElements() == RV->getNumElements()) {
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00005009 return lhsType->isExtVectorType() ? lhsType : rhsType;
Anders Carlssonb0f90cc2009-01-30 23:17:46 +00005010 }
5011 }
5012 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005013
Nate Begeman1bd1f6e2009-06-28 02:36:38 +00005014 // Canonicalize the ExtVector to the LHS, remember if we swapped so we can
5015 // swap back (so that we don't reverse the inputs to a subtract, for instance.
5016 bool swapped = false;
5017 if (rhsType->isExtVectorType()) {
5018 swapped = true;
5019 std::swap(rex, lex);
5020 std::swap(rhsType, lhsType);
5021 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005022
Nate Begemandde25982009-06-28 19:12:57 +00005023 // Handle the case of an ext vector and scalar.
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00005024 if (const ExtVectorType *LV = lhsType->getAs<ExtVectorType>()) {
Nate Begeman1bd1f6e2009-06-28 02:36:38 +00005025 QualType EltTy = LV->getElementType();
5026 if (EltTy->isIntegralType() && rhsType->isIntegralType()) {
5027 if (Context.getIntegerTypeOrder(EltTy, rhsType) >= 0) {
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00005028 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lhsType, CastExpr::CK_IntegralCast);
Nate Begeman1bd1f6e2009-06-28 02:36:38 +00005029 if (swapped) std::swap(rex, lex);
5030 return lhsType;
5031 }
5032 }
5033 if (EltTy->isRealFloatingType() && rhsType->isScalarType() &&
5034 rhsType->isRealFloatingType()) {
5035 if (Context.getFloatingTypeOrder(EltTy, rhsType) >= 0) {
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00005036 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lhsType, CastExpr::CK_FloatingCast);
Nate Begeman1bd1f6e2009-06-28 02:36:38 +00005037 if (swapped) std::swap(rex, lex);
5038 return lhsType;
5039 }
Nate Begeman4119d1a2007-12-30 02:59:45 +00005040 }
5041 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005042
Nate Begemandde25982009-06-28 19:12:57 +00005043 // Vectors of different size or scalar and non-ext-vector are errors.
Chris Lattnerc9c7c4e2008-11-18 22:52:51 +00005044 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_vector_not_convertable)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00005045 << lex->getType() << rex->getType()
Chris Lattnerc9c7c4e2008-11-18 22:52:51 +00005046 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005047 return QualType();
Sebastian Redl22460502009-02-07 00:15:38 +00005048}
5049
Chris Lattner7ef655a2010-01-12 21:23:57 +00005050QualType Sema::CheckMultiplyDivideOperands(
5051 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, bool isCompAssign, bool isDiv) {
Daniel Dunbar69d1d002009-01-05 22:42:10 +00005052 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType())
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005053 return CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005054
Steve Naroff9f5fa9b2007-08-24 19:07:16 +00005055 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, isCompAssign);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005056
Chris Lattner7ef655a2010-01-12 21:23:57 +00005057 if (!lex->getType()->isArithmeticType() ||
5058 !rex->getType()->isArithmeticType())
5059 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00005060
Chris Lattner7ef655a2010-01-12 21:23:57 +00005061 // Check for division by zero.
5062 if (isDiv &&
5063 rex->isNullPointerConstant(Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNotNull))
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00005064 DiagRuntimeBehavior(Loc, PDiag(diag::warn_division_by_zero)
Chris Lattnercb329c52010-01-12 21:30:55 +00005065 << rex->getSourceRange());
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00005066
Chris Lattner7ef655a2010-01-12 21:23:57 +00005067 return compType;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005068}
5069
Chris Lattner7ef655a2010-01-12 21:23:57 +00005070QualType Sema::CheckRemainderOperands(
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005071 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, bool isCompAssign) {
Daniel Dunbar523aa602009-01-05 22:55:36 +00005072 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType()) {
5073 if (lex->getType()->isIntegerType() && rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
5074 return CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
5075 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
5076 }
Steve Naroff90045e82007-07-13 23:32:42 +00005077
Steve Naroff9f5fa9b2007-08-24 19:07:16 +00005078 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, isCompAssign);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005079
Chris Lattner7ef655a2010-01-12 21:23:57 +00005080 if (!lex->getType()->isIntegerType() || !rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
5081 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00005082
Chris Lattner7ef655a2010-01-12 21:23:57 +00005083 // Check for remainder by zero.
5084 if (rex->isNullPointerConstant(Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNotNull))
Chris Lattnercb329c52010-01-12 21:30:55 +00005085 DiagRuntimeBehavior(Loc, PDiag(diag::warn_remainder_by_zero)
5086 << rex->getSourceRange());
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00005087
Chris Lattner7ef655a2010-01-12 21:23:57 +00005088 return compType;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005089}
5090
Chris Lattner7ef655a2010-01-12 21:23:57 +00005091QualType Sema::CheckAdditionOperands( // C99 6.5.6
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005092 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, QualType* CompLHSTy) {
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005093 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType()) {
5094 QualType compType = CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
5095 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
5096 return compType;
5097 }
Steve Naroff49b45262007-07-13 16:58:59 +00005098
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005099 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, CompLHSTy);
Eli Friedmand72d16e2008-05-18 18:08:51 +00005100
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005101 // handle the common case first (both operands are arithmetic).
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005102 if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType() &&
5103 rex->getType()->isArithmeticType()) {
5104 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
Steve Naroff9f5fa9b2007-08-24 19:07:16 +00005105 return compType;
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005106 }
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005107
Eli Friedmand72d16e2008-05-18 18:08:51 +00005108 // Put any potential pointer into PExp
5109 Expr* PExp = lex, *IExp = rex;
Steve Naroff58f9f2c2009-07-14 18:25:06 +00005110 if (IExp->getType()->isAnyPointerType())
Eli Friedmand72d16e2008-05-18 18:08:51 +00005111 std::swap(PExp, IExp);
5112
Steve Naroff58f9f2c2009-07-14 18:25:06 +00005113 if (PExp->getType()->isAnyPointerType()) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005114
Eli Friedmand72d16e2008-05-18 18:08:51 +00005115 if (IExp->getType()->isIntegerType()) {
Steve Naroff760e3c42009-07-13 21:20:41 +00005116 QualType PointeeTy = PExp->getType()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005117
Chris Lattnerb5f15622009-04-24 23:50:08 +00005118 // Check for arithmetic on pointers to incomplete types.
5119 if (PointeeTy->isVoidType()) {
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00005120 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
5121 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type)
Chris Lattnerfa25bbb2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00005122 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregor4ec339f2009-01-19 19:26:10 +00005123 return QualType();
Eli Friedmand72d16e2008-05-18 18:08:51 +00005124 }
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00005125
5126 // GNU extension: arithmetic on pointer to void
5127 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr)
5128 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattnerb5f15622009-04-24 23:50:08 +00005129 } else if (PointeeTy->isFunctionType()) {
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00005130 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
5131 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
5132 << lex->getType() << lex->getSourceRange();
5133 return QualType();
5134 }
5135
5136 // GNU extension: arithmetic on pointer to function
5137 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
5138 << lex->getType() << lex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff9deaeca2009-07-13 21:32:29 +00005139 } else {
Steve Naroff760e3c42009-07-13 21:20:41 +00005140 // Check if we require a complete type.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005141 if (((PExp->getType()->isPointerType() &&
Steve Naroff9deaeca2009-07-13 21:32:29 +00005142 !PExp->getType()->isDependentType()) ||
Steve Naroff760e3c42009-07-13 21:20:41 +00005143 PExp->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) &&
5144 RequireCompleteType(Loc, PointeeTy,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005145 PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_arithmetic_incomplete_type)
5146 << PExp->getSourceRange()
Anders Carlssond497ba72009-08-26 22:59:12 +00005147 << PExp->getType()))
Steve Naroff760e3c42009-07-13 21:20:41 +00005148 return QualType();
5149 }
Chris Lattnerb5f15622009-04-24 23:50:08 +00005150 // Diagnose bad cases where we step over interface counts.
5151 if (PointeeTy->isObjCInterfaceType() && LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI) {
5152 Diag(Loc, diag::err_arithmetic_nonfragile_interface)
5153 << PointeeTy << PExp->getSourceRange();
5154 return QualType();
5155 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005156
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005157 if (CompLHSTy) {
Eli Friedman04e83572009-08-20 04:21:42 +00005158 QualType LHSTy = Context.isPromotableBitField(lex);
5159 if (LHSTy.isNull()) {
5160 LHSTy = lex->getType();
5161 if (LHSTy->isPromotableIntegerType())
5162 LHSTy = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(LHSTy);
Douglas Gregor2d833e32009-05-02 00:36:19 +00005163 }
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005164 *CompLHSTy = LHSTy;
5165 }
Eli Friedmand72d16e2008-05-18 18:08:51 +00005166 return PExp->getType();
5167 }
5168 }
5169
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005170 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005171}
5172
Chris Lattnereca7be62008-04-07 05:30:13 +00005173// C99 6.5.6
5174QualType Sema::CheckSubtractionOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex,
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005175 SourceLocation Loc, QualType* CompLHSTy) {
5176 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType()) {
5177 QualType compType = CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
5178 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
5179 return compType;
5180 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005181
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005182 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, CompLHSTy);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005183
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00005184 // Enforce type constraints: C99 6.5.6p3.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005185
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00005186 // Handle the common case first (both operands are arithmetic).
Mike Stumpaf199f32009-05-07 18:43:07 +00005187 if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType()
5188 && rex->getType()->isArithmeticType()) {
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005189 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
Steve Naroff9f5fa9b2007-08-24 19:07:16 +00005190 return compType;
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005191 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005192
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00005193 // Either ptr - int or ptr - ptr.
Steve Naroff58f9f2c2009-07-14 18:25:06 +00005194 if (lex->getType()->isAnyPointerType()) {
Steve Naroff430ee5a2009-07-13 17:19:15 +00005195 QualType lpointee = lex->getType()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005196
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00005197 // The LHS must be an completely-defined object type.
Douglas Gregorc983b862009-01-23 00:36:41 +00005198
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00005199 bool ComplainAboutVoid = false;
5200 Expr *ComplainAboutFunc = 0;
5201 if (lpointee->isVoidType()) {
5202 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
5203 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type)
5204 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
5205 return QualType();
5206 }
5207
5208 // GNU C extension: arithmetic on pointer to void
5209 ComplainAboutVoid = true;
5210 } else if (lpointee->isFunctionType()) {
5211 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
5212 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00005213 << lex->getType() << lex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00005214 return QualType();
5215 }
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00005216
5217 // GNU C extension: arithmetic on pointer to function
5218 ComplainAboutFunc = lex;
5219 } else if (!lpointee->isDependentType() &&
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005220 RequireCompleteType(Loc, lpointee,
Anders Carlssond497ba72009-08-26 22:59:12 +00005221 PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_object)
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005222 << lex->getSourceRange()
Anders Carlssond497ba72009-08-26 22:59:12 +00005223 << lex->getType()))
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00005224 return QualType();
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00005225
Chris Lattnerb5f15622009-04-24 23:50:08 +00005226 // Diagnose bad cases where we step over interface counts.
5227 if (lpointee->isObjCInterfaceType() && LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI) {
5228 Diag(Loc, diag::err_arithmetic_nonfragile_interface)
5229 << lpointee << lex->getSourceRange();
5230 return QualType();
5231 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005232
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00005233 // The result type of a pointer-int computation is the pointer type.
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00005234 if (rex->getType()->isIntegerType()) {
5235 if (ComplainAboutVoid)
5236 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr)
5237 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
5238 if (ComplainAboutFunc)
5239 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005240 << ComplainAboutFunc->getType()
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00005241 << ComplainAboutFunc->getSourceRange();
5242
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005243 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = lex->getType();
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00005244 return lex->getType();
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00005245 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005246
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00005247 // Handle pointer-pointer subtractions.
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00005248 if (const PointerType *RHSPTy = rex->getType()->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Eli Friedman8e54ad02008-02-08 01:19:44 +00005249 QualType rpointee = RHSPTy->getPointeeType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005250
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00005251 // RHS must be a completely-type object type.
5252 // Handle the GNU void* extension.
5253 if (rpointee->isVoidType()) {
5254 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
5255 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type)
5256 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
5257 return QualType();
5258 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005259
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00005260 ComplainAboutVoid = true;
5261 } else if (rpointee->isFunctionType()) {
5262 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
5263 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00005264 << rex->getType() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00005265 return QualType();
5266 }
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00005267
5268 // GNU extension: arithmetic on pointer to function
5269 if (!ComplainAboutFunc)
5270 ComplainAboutFunc = rex;
5271 } else if (!rpointee->isDependentType() &&
5272 RequireCompleteType(Loc, rpointee,
Anders Carlssond497ba72009-08-26 22:59:12 +00005273 PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_object)
5274 << rex->getSourceRange()
5275 << rex->getType()))
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00005276 return QualType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005277
Eli Friedman88d936b2009-05-16 13:54:38 +00005278 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
5279 // Pointee types must be the same: C++ [expr.add]
5280 if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(lpointee, rpointee)) {
5281 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_compatible)
5282 << lex->getType() << rex->getType()
5283 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
5284 return QualType();
5285 }
5286 } else {
5287 // Pointee types must be compatible C99 6.5.6p3
5288 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(
5289 Context.getCanonicalType(lpointee).getUnqualifiedType(),
5290 Context.getCanonicalType(rpointee).getUnqualifiedType())) {
5291 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_compatible)
5292 << lex->getType() << rex->getType()
5293 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
5294 return QualType();
5295 }
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00005296 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005297
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00005298 if (ComplainAboutVoid)
5299 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr)
5300 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
5301 if (ComplainAboutFunc)
5302 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005303 << ComplainAboutFunc->getType()
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00005304 << ComplainAboutFunc->getSourceRange();
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005305
5306 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = lex->getType();
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00005307 return Context.getPointerDiffType();
5308 }
5309 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005310
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005311 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005312}
5313
Chris Lattnereca7be62008-04-07 05:30:13 +00005314// C99 6.5.7
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005315QualType Sema::CheckShiftOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc,
Chris Lattnereca7be62008-04-07 05:30:13 +00005316 bool isCompAssign) {
Chris Lattnerca5eede2007-12-12 05:47:28 +00005317 // C99 6.5.7p2: Each of the operands shall have integer type.
5318 if (!lex->getType()->isIntegerType() || !rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005319 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005320
Nate Begeman2207d792009-10-25 02:26:48 +00005321 // Vector shifts promote their scalar inputs to vector type.
5322 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType())
5323 return CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
5324
Chris Lattnerca5eede2007-12-12 05:47:28 +00005325 // Shifts don't perform usual arithmetic conversions, they just do integer
5326 // promotions on each operand. C99 6.5.7p3
Eli Friedman04e83572009-08-20 04:21:42 +00005327 QualType LHSTy = Context.isPromotableBitField(lex);
5328 if (LHSTy.isNull()) {
5329 LHSTy = lex->getType();
5330 if (LHSTy->isPromotableIntegerType())
5331 LHSTy = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(LHSTy);
Douglas Gregor2d833e32009-05-02 00:36:19 +00005332 }
Chris Lattner1dcf2c82007-12-13 07:28:16 +00005333 if (!isCompAssign)
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00005334 ImpCastExprToType(lex, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_IntegralCast);
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005335
Chris Lattnerca5eede2007-12-12 05:47:28 +00005336 UsualUnaryConversions(rex);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005337
Ryan Flynnd0439682009-08-07 16:20:20 +00005338 // Sanity-check shift operands
5339 llvm::APSInt Right;
5340 // Check right/shifter operand
Daniel Dunbar3f180c62009-09-17 06:31:27 +00005341 if (!rex->isValueDependent() &&
5342 rex->isIntegerConstantExpr(Right, Context)) {
Ryan Flynn8045c732009-08-08 19:18:23 +00005343 if (Right.isNegative())
Ryan Flynnd0439682009-08-07 16:20:20 +00005344 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_shift_negative) << rex->getSourceRange();
5345 else {
5346 llvm::APInt LeftBits(Right.getBitWidth(),
5347 Context.getTypeSize(lex->getType()));
5348 if (Right.uge(LeftBits))
5349 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_shift_gt_typewidth) << rex->getSourceRange();
5350 }
5351 }
5352
Chris Lattnerca5eede2007-12-12 05:47:28 +00005353 // "The type of the result is that of the promoted left operand."
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005354 return LHSTy;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005355}
5356
Douglas Gregor0c6db942009-05-04 06:07:12 +00005357// C99 6.5.8, C++ [expr.rel]
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005358QualType Sema::CheckCompareOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc,
Douglas Gregora86b8322009-04-06 18:45:53 +00005359 unsigned OpaqueOpc, bool isRelational) {
5360 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc = (BinaryOperator::Opcode)OpaqueOpc;
5361
Chris Lattner02dd4b12009-12-05 05:40:13 +00005362 // Handle vector comparisons separately.
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00005363 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType())
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005364 return CheckVectorCompareOperands(lex, rex, Loc, isRelational);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005365
John McCalld1b47bf2010-03-11 19:43:18 +00005366 CheckSignCompare(lex, rex, Loc, &Opc);
John McCall45aa4552009-11-05 00:40:04 +00005367
Chris Lattnera5937dd2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00005368 // C99 6.5.8p3 / C99 6.5.9p4
Steve Naroff30bf7712007-08-10 18:26:40 +00005369 if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType() && rex->getType()->isArithmeticType())
5370 UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex);
5371 else {
5372 UsualUnaryConversions(lex);
5373 UsualUnaryConversions(rex);
5374 }
Steve Naroffc80b4ee2007-07-16 21:54:35 +00005375 QualType lType = lex->getType();
5376 QualType rType = rex->getType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005377
Mike Stumpaf199f32009-05-07 18:43:07 +00005378 if (!lType->isFloatingType()
5379 && !(lType->isBlockPointerType() && isRelational)) {
Chris Lattner55660a72009-03-08 19:39:53 +00005380 // For non-floating point types, check for self-comparisons of the form
5381 // x == x, x != x, x < x, etc. These always evaluate to a constant, and
5382 // often indicate logic errors in the program.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005383 // NOTE: Don't warn about comparisons of enum constants. These can arise
Ted Kremenek9ecede72009-03-20 19:57:37 +00005384 // from macro expansions, and are usually quite deliberate.
Chris Lattner55660a72009-03-08 19:39:53 +00005385 Expr *LHSStripped = lex->IgnoreParens();
5386 Expr *RHSStripped = rex->IgnoreParens();
5387 if (DeclRefExpr* DRL = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(LHSStripped))
5388 if (DeclRefExpr* DRR = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(RHSStripped))
Ted Kremenekb82dcd82009-03-20 18:35:45 +00005389 if (DRL->getDecl() == DRR->getDecl() &&
5390 !isa<EnumConstantDecl>(DRL->getDecl()))
Douglas Gregord1e4d9b2010-01-12 23:18:54 +00005391 DiagRuntimeBehavior(Loc, PDiag(diag::warn_selfcomparison));
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005392
Chris Lattner55660a72009-03-08 19:39:53 +00005393 if (isa<CastExpr>(LHSStripped))
5394 LHSStripped = LHSStripped->IgnoreParenCasts();
5395 if (isa<CastExpr>(RHSStripped))
5396 RHSStripped = RHSStripped->IgnoreParenCasts();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005397
Chris Lattner55660a72009-03-08 19:39:53 +00005398 // Warn about comparisons against a string constant (unless the other
5399 // operand is null), the user probably wants strcmp.
Douglas Gregora86b8322009-04-06 18:45:53 +00005400 Expr *literalString = 0;
5401 Expr *literalStringStripped = 0;
Chris Lattner55660a72009-03-08 19:39:53 +00005402 if ((isa<StringLiteral>(LHSStripped) || isa<ObjCEncodeExpr>(LHSStripped)) &&
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00005403 !RHSStripped->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
Douglas Gregorce940492009-09-25 04:25:58 +00005404 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
Douglas Gregora86b8322009-04-06 18:45:53 +00005405 literalString = lex;
5406 literalStringStripped = LHSStripped;
Mike Stumpac5fc7c2009-08-04 21:02:39 +00005407 } else if ((isa<StringLiteral>(RHSStripped) ||
5408 isa<ObjCEncodeExpr>(RHSStripped)) &&
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00005409 !LHSStripped->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
Douglas Gregorce940492009-09-25 04:25:58 +00005410 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
Douglas Gregora86b8322009-04-06 18:45:53 +00005411 literalString = rex;
5412 literalStringStripped = RHSStripped;
5413 }
5414
5415 if (literalString) {
5416 std::string resultComparison;
5417 switch (Opc) {
5418 case BinaryOperator::LT: resultComparison = ") < 0"; break;
5419 case BinaryOperator::GT: resultComparison = ") > 0"; break;
5420 case BinaryOperator::LE: resultComparison = ") <= 0"; break;
5421 case BinaryOperator::GE: resultComparison = ") >= 0"; break;
5422 case BinaryOperator::EQ: resultComparison = ") == 0"; break;
5423 case BinaryOperator::NE: resultComparison = ") != 0"; break;
5424 default: assert(false && "Invalid comparison operator");
5425 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00005426
Douglas Gregord1e4d9b2010-01-12 23:18:54 +00005427 DiagRuntimeBehavior(Loc,
5428 PDiag(diag::warn_stringcompare)
5429 << isa<ObjCEncodeExpr>(literalStringStripped)
5430 << literalString->getSourceRange()
5431 << CodeModificationHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(Loc), ", ")
5432 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(lex->getLocStart(),
5433 "strcmp(")
5434 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(
5435 PP.getLocForEndOfToken(rex->getLocEnd()),
5436 resultComparison));
Douglas Gregora86b8322009-04-06 18:45:53 +00005437 }
Ted Kremenek3ca0bf22007-10-29 16:58:49 +00005438 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005439
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00005440 // The result of comparisons is 'bool' in C++, 'int' in C.
Chris Lattner02dd4b12009-12-05 05:40:13 +00005441 QualType ResultTy = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus ? Context.BoolTy:Context.IntTy;
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00005442
Chris Lattnera5937dd2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00005443 if (isRelational) {
5444 if (lType->isRealType() && rType->isRealType())
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00005445 return ResultTy;
Chris Lattnera5937dd2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00005446 } else {
Ted Kremenek72cb1ae2007-10-29 17:13:39 +00005447 // Check for comparisons of floating point operands using != and ==.
Chris Lattner02dd4b12009-12-05 05:40:13 +00005448 if (lType->isFloatingType() && rType->isFloatingType())
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005449 CheckFloatComparison(Loc,lex,rex);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005450
Chris Lattnera5937dd2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00005451 if (lType->isArithmeticType() && rType->isArithmeticType())
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00005452 return ResultTy;
Chris Lattnera5937dd2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00005453 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005454
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00005455 bool LHSIsNull = lex->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
Douglas Gregorce940492009-09-25 04:25:58 +00005456 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull);
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00005457 bool RHSIsNull = rex->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
Douglas Gregorce940492009-09-25 04:25:58 +00005458 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005459
Chris Lattnera5937dd2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00005460 // All of the following pointer related warnings are GCC extensions, except
5461 // when handling null pointer constants. One day, we can consider making them
5462 // errors (when -pedantic-errors is enabled).
Steve Naroff77878cc2007-08-27 04:08:11 +00005463 if (lType->isPointerType() && rType->isPointerType()) { // C99 6.5.8p2
Chris Lattnerbc896f52008-04-03 05:07:25 +00005464 QualType LCanPointeeTy =
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00005465 Context.getCanonicalType(lType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType());
Chris Lattnerbc896f52008-04-03 05:07:25 +00005466 QualType RCanPointeeTy =
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00005467 Context.getCanonicalType(rType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType());
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005468
Douglas Gregor0c6db942009-05-04 06:07:12 +00005469 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
Eli Friedman3075e762009-08-23 00:27:47 +00005470 if (LCanPointeeTy == RCanPointeeTy)
5471 return ResultTy;
Fariborz Jahanian51874dd2009-12-21 18:19:17 +00005472 if (!isRelational &&
5473 (LCanPointeeTy->isVoidType() || RCanPointeeTy->isVoidType())) {
5474 // Valid unless comparison between non-null pointer and function pointer
5475 // This is a gcc extension compatibility comparison.
5476 if ((LCanPointeeTy->isFunctionType() || RCanPointeeTy->isFunctionType())
5477 && !LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull) {
5478 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_fptr_to_void)
5479 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
5480 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
5481 return ResultTy;
5482 }
5483 }
Douglas Gregor0c6db942009-05-04 06:07:12 +00005484 // C++ [expr.rel]p2:
5485 // [...] Pointer conversions (4.10) and qualification
5486 // conversions (4.4) are performed on pointer operands (or on
5487 // a pointer operand and a null pointer constant) to bring
5488 // them to their composite pointer type. [...]
5489 //
Douglas Gregor20b3e992009-08-24 17:42:35 +00005490 // C++ [expr.eq]p1 uses the same notion for (in)equality
Douglas Gregor0c6db942009-05-04 06:07:12 +00005491 // comparisons of pointers.
Douglas Gregorb2cb1cb2010-02-25 22:29:57 +00005492 bool NonStandardCompositeType = false;
5493 QualType T = FindCompositePointerType(lex, rex,
5494 isSFINAEContext()? 0 : &NonStandardCompositeType);
Douglas Gregor0c6db942009-05-04 06:07:12 +00005495 if (T.isNull()) {
5496 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
5497 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
5498 return QualType();
Douglas Gregorb2cb1cb2010-02-25 22:29:57 +00005499 } else if (NonStandardCompositeType) {
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00005500 Diag(Loc,
Douglas Gregorb2cb1cb2010-02-25 22:29:57 +00005501 diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers_nonstandard)
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00005502 << lType << rType << T
Douglas Gregorb2cb1cb2010-02-25 22:29:57 +00005503 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregor0c6db942009-05-04 06:07:12 +00005504 }
5505
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00005506 ImpCastExprToType(lex, T, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
5507 ImpCastExprToType(rex, T, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Douglas Gregor0c6db942009-05-04 06:07:12 +00005508 return ResultTy;
5509 }
Eli Friedman3075e762009-08-23 00:27:47 +00005510 // C99 6.5.9p2 and C99 6.5.8p2
5511 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(LCanPointeeTy.getUnqualifiedType(),
5512 RCanPointeeTy.getUnqualifiedType())) {
5513 // Valid unless a relational comparison of function pointers
5514 if (isRelational && LCanPointeeTy->isFunctionType()) {
5515 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_ordered_comparison_of_function_pointers)
5516 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
5517 }
5518 } else if (!isRelational &&
5519 (LCanPointeeTy->isVoidType() || RCanPointeeTy->isVoidType())) {
5520 // Valid unless comparison between non-null pointer and function pointer
5521 if ((LCanPointeeTy->isFunctionType() || RCanPointeeTy->isFunctionType())
5522 && !LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull) {
5523 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_fptr_to_void)
5524 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
5525 }
5526 } else {
5527 // Invalid
Chris Lattnerc9c7c4e2008-11-18 22:52:51 +00005528 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00005529 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005530 }
Eli Friedman3075e762009-08-23 00:27:47 +00005531 if (LCanPointeeTy != RCanPointeeTy)
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00005532 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00005533 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroffe77fd3c2007-08-16 21:48:38 +00005534 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005535
Sebastian Redl6e8ed162009-05-10 18:38:11 +00005536 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005537 // Comparison of pointers with null pointer constants and equality
Douglas Gregor20b3e992009-08-24 17:42:35 +00005538 // comparisons of member pointers to null pointer constants.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005539 if (RHSIsNull &&
Douglas Gregor20b3e992009-08-24 17:42:35 +00005540 (lType->isPointerType() ||
5541 (!isRelational && lType->isMemberPointerType()))) {
Anders Carlsson26ba8502009-08-24 18:03:14 +00005542 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_NullToMemberPointer);
Sebastian Redl6e8ed162009-05-10 18:38:11 +00005543 return ResultTy;
5544 }
Douglas Gregor20b3e992009-08-24 17:42:35 +00005545 if (LHSIsNull &&
5546 (rType->isPointerType() ||
5547 (!isRelational && rType->isMemberPointerType()))) {
Anders Carlsson26ba8502009-08-24 18:03:14 +00005548 ImpCastExprToType(lex, rType, CastExpr::CK_NullToMemberPointer);
Sebastian Redl6e8ed162009-05-10 18:38:11 +00005549 return ResultTy;
5550 }
Douglas Gregor20b3e992009-08-24 17:42:35 +00005551
5552 // Comparison of member pointers.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005553 if (!isRelational &&
Douglas Gregor20b3e992009-08-24 17:42:35 +00005554 lType->isMemberPointerType() && rType->isMemberPointerType()) {
5555 // C++ [expr.eq]p2:
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005556 // In addition, pointers to members can be compared, or a pointer to
5557 // member and a null pointer constant. Pointer to member conversions
5558 // (4.11) and qualification conversions (4.4) are performed to bring
5559 // them to a common type. If one operand is a null pointer constant,
5560 // the common type is the type of the other operand. Otherwise, the
5561 // common type is a pointer to member type similar (4.4) to the type
5562 // of one of the operands, with a cv-qualification signature (4.4)
5563 // that is the union of the cv-qualification signatures of the operand
Douglas Gregor20b3e992009-08-24 17:42:35 +00005564 // types.
Douglas Gregorb2cb1cb2010-02-25 22:29:57 +00005565 bool NonStandardCompositeType = false;
5566 QualType T = FindCompositePointerType(lex, rex,
5567 isSFINAEContext()? 0 : &NonStandardCompositeType);
Douglas Gregor20b3e992009-08-24 17:42:35 +00005568 if (T.isNull()) {
5569 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
Douglas Gregorb2cb1cb2010-02-25 22:29:57 +00005570 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregor20b3e992009-08-24 17:42:35 +00005571 return QualType();
Douglas Gregorb2cb1cb2010-02-25 22:29:57 +00005572 } else if (NonStandardCompositeType) {
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00005573 Diag(Loc,
Douglas Gregorb2cb1cb2010-02-25 22:29:57 +00005574 diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers_nonstandard)
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00005575 << lType << rType << T
Douglas Gregorb2cb1cb2010-02-25 22:29:57 +00005576 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregor20b3e992009-08-24 17:42:35 +00005577 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005578
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00005579 ImpCastExprToType(lex, T, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
5580 ImpCastExprToType(rex, T, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Douglas Gregor20b3e992009-08-24 17:42:35 +00005581 return ResultTy;
5582 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005583
Douglas Gregor20b3e992009-08-24 17:42:35 +00005584 // Comparison of nullptr_t with itself.
Sebastian Redl6e8ed162009-05-10 18:38:11 +00005585 if (lType->isNullPtrType() && rType->isNullPtrType())
5586 return ResultTy;
5587 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005588
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00005589 // Handle block pointer types.
Mike Stumpdd3e1662009-05-07 03:14:14 +00005590 if (!isRelational && lType->isBlockPointerType() && rType->isBlockPointerType()) {
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00005591 QualType lpointee = lType->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
5592 QualType rpointee = rType->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005593
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00005594 if (!LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull &&
Eli Friedman26784c12009-06-08 05:08:54 +00005595 !Context.typesAreCompatible(lpointee, rpointee)) {
Chris Lattnerc9c7c4e2008-11-18 22:52:51 +00005596 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_blocks)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00005597 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00005598 }
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00005599 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00005600 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00005601 }
Steve Naroff59f53942008-09-28 01:11:11 +00005602 // Allow block pointers to be compared with null pointer constants.
Mike Stumpdd3e1662009-05-07 03:14:14 +00005603 if (!isRelational
5604 && ((lType->isBlockPointerType() && rType->isPointerType())
5605 || (lType->isPointerType() && rType->isBlockPointerType()))) {
Steve Naroff59f53942008-09-28 01:11:11 +00005606 if (!LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull) {
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00005607 if (!((rType->isPointerType() && rType->getAs<PointerType>()
Mike Stumpdd3e1662009-05-07 03:14:14 +00005608 ->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00005609 || (lType->isPointerType() && lType->getAs<PointerType>()
Mike Stumpdd3e1662009-05-07 03:14:14 +00005610 ->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())))
5611 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_blocks)
5612 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff59f53942008-09-28 01:11:11 +00005613 }
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00005614 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00005615 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff59f53942008-09-28 01:11:11 +00005616 }
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00005617
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00005618 if ((lType->isObjCObjectPointerType() || rType->isObjCObjectPointerType())) {
Steve Naroffa5ad8632008-10-27 10:33:19 +00005619 if (lType->isPointerType() || rType->isPointerType()) {
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00005620 const PointerType *LPT = lType->getAs<PointerType>();
5621 const PointerType *RPT = rType->getAs<PointerType>();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005622 bool LPtrToVoid = LPT ?
Steve Naroffa8069f12008-11-17 19:49:16 +00005623 Context.getCanonicalType(LPT->getPointeeType())->isVoidType() : false;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005624 bool RPtrToVoid = RPT ?
Steve Naroffa8069f12008-11-17 19:49:16 +00005625 Context.getCanonicalType(RPT->getPointeeType())->isVoidType() : false;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005626
Steve Naroffa8069f12008-11-17 19:49:16 +00005627 if (!LPtrToVoid && !RPtrToVoid &&
5628 !Context.typesAreCompatible(lType, rType)) {
Chris Lattnerc9c7c4e2008-11-18 22:52:51 +00005629 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00005630 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroffa5ad8632008-10-27 10:33:19 +00005631 }
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00005632 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00005633 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff87f3b932008-10-20 18:19:10 +00005634 }
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00005635 if (lType->isObjCObjectPointerType() && rType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
Chris Lattner6365e3e2009-08-22 18:58:31 +00005636 if (!Context.areComparableObjCPointerTypes(lType, rType))
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00005637 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
5638 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00005639 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00005640 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff20373222008-06-03 14:04:54 +00005641 }
Fariborz Jahanian7359f042007-12-20 01:06:58 +00005642 }
Steve Naroff58f9f2c2009-07-14 18:25:06 +00005643 if (lType->isAnyPointerType() && rType->isIntegerType()) {
Chris Lattner06c0f5b2009-08-23 00:03:44 +00005644 unsigned DiagID = 0;
5645 if (RHSIsNull) {
5646 if (isRelational)
5647 DiagID = diag::ext_typecheck_ordered_comparison_of_pointer_and_zero;
5648 } else if (isRelational)
5649 DiagID = diag::ext_typecheck_ordered_comparison_of_pointer_integer;
5650 else
5651 DiagID = diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_pointer_integer;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005652
Chris Lattner06c0f5b2009-08-23 00:03:44 +00005653 if (DiagID) {
Chris Lattner6365e3e2009-08-22 18:58:31 +00005654 Diag(Loc, DiagID)
Chris Lattner149f1382009-06-30 06:24:05 +00005655 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner6365e3e2009-08-22 18:58:31 +00005656 }
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00005657 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_IntegralToPointer);
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00005658 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroffe77fd3c2007-08-16 21:48:38 +00005659 }
Steve Naroff58f9f2c2009-07-14 18:25:06 +00005660 if (lType->isIntegerType() && rType->isAnyPointerType()) {
Chris Lattner06c0f5b2009-08-23 00:03:44 +00005661 unsigned DiagID = 0;
5662 if (LHSIsNull) {
5663 if (isRelational)
5664 DiagID = diag::ext_typecheck_ordered_comparison_of_pointer_and_zero;
5665 } else if (isRelational)
5666 DiagID = diag::ext_typecheck_ordered_comparison_of_pointer_integer;
5667 else
5668 DiagID = diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_pointer_integer;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005669
Chris Lattner06c0f5b2009-08-23 00:03:44 +00005670 if (DiagID) {
Chris Lattner6365e3e2009-08-22 18:58:31 +00005671 Diag(Loc, DiagID)
Chris Lattner149f1382009-06-30 06:24:05 +00005672 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner6365e3e2009-08-22 18:58:31 +00005673 }
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00005674 ImpCastExprToType(lex, rType, CastExpr::CK_IntegralToPointer);
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00005675 return ResultTy;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005676 }
Steve Naroff39218df2008-09-04 16:56:14 +00005677 // Handle block pointers.
Mike Stumpaf199f32009-05-07 18:43:07 +00005678 if (!isRelational && RHSIsNull
5679 && lType->isBlockPointerType() && rType->isIntegerType()) {
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00005680 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_IntegralToPointer);
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00005681 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff39218df2008-09-04 16:56:14 +00005682 }
Mike Stumpaf199f32009-05-07 18:43:07 +00005683 if (!isRelational && LHSIsNull
5684 && lType->isIntegerType() && rType->isBlockPointerType()) {
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00005685 ImpCastExprToType(lex, rType, CastExpr::CK_IntegralToPointer);
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00005686 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff39218df2008-09-04 16:56:14 +00005687 }
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005688 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005689}
5690
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00005691/// CheckVectorCompareOperands - vector comparisons are a clang extension that
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005692/// operates on extended vector types. Instead of producing an IntTy result,
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00005693/// like a scalar comparison, a vector comparison produces a vector of integer
5694/// types.
5695QualType Sema::CheckVectorCompareOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex,
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005696 SourceLocation Loc,
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00005697 bool isRelational) {
5698 // Check to make sure we're operating on vectors of the same type and width,
5699 // Allowing one side to be a scalar of element type.
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005700 QualType vType = CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00005701 if (vType.isNull())
5702 return vType;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005703
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00005704 QualType lType = lex->getType();
5705 QualType rType = rex->getType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005706
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00005707 // For non-floating point types, check for self-comparisons of the form
5708 // x == x, x != x, x < x, etc. These always evaluate to a constant, and
5709 // often indicate logic errors in the program.
5710 if (!lType->isFloatingType()) {
5711 if (DeclRefExpr* DRL = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(lex->IgnoreParens()))
5712 if (DeclRefExpr* DRR = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(rex->IgnoreParens()))
5713 if (DRL->getDecl() == DRR->getDecl())
Douglas Gregord1e4d9b2010-01-12 23:18:54 +00005714 DiagRuntimeBehavior(Loc, PDiag(diag::warn_selfcomparison));
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00005715 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005716
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00005717 // Check for comparisons of floating point operands using != and ==.
5718 if (!isRelational && lType->isFloatingType()) {
5719 assert (rType->isFloatingType());
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005720 CheckFloatComparison(Loc,lex,rex);
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00005721 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005722
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00005723 // Return the type for the comparison, which is the same as vector type for
5724 // integer vectors, or an integer type of identical size and number of
5725 // elements for floating point vectors.
5726 if (lType->isIntegerType())
5727 return lType;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005728
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00005729 const VectorType *VTy = lType->getAs<VectorType>();
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00005730 unsigned TypeSize = Context.getTypeSize(VTy->getElementType());
Nate Begeman59b5da62009-01-18 03:20:47 +00005731 if (TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.IntTy))
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00005732 return Context.getExtVectorType(Context.IntTy, VTy->getNumElements());
Chris Lattnerd013aa12009-03-31 07:46:52 +00005733 if (TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.LongTy))
Nate Begeman59b5da62009-01-18 03:20:47 +00005734 return Context.getExtVectorType(Context.LongTy, VTy->getNumElements());
5735
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005736 assert(TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.LongLongTy) &&
Nate Begeman59b5da62009-01-18 03:20:47 +00005737 "Unhandled vector element size in vector compare");
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00005738 return Context.getExtVectorType(Context.LongLongTy, VTy->getNumElements());
5739}
5740
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005741inline QualType Sema::CheckBitwiseOperands(
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005742 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, bool isCompAssign) {
Steve Naroff3e5e5562007-07-16 22:23:01 +00005743 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType())
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005744 return CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Steve Naroff90045e82007-07-13 23:32:42 +00005745
Steve Naroff9f5fa9b2007-08-24 19:07:16 +00005746 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, isCompAssign);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005747
Steve Naroffa4332e22007-07-17 00:58:39 +00005748 if (lex->getType()->isIntegerType() && rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
Steve Naroff9f5fa9b2007-08-24 19:07:16 +00005749 return compType;
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005750 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005751}
5752
5753inline QualType Sema::CheckLogicalOperands( // C99 6.5.[13,14]
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005754 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc) {
Anders Carlssona4c98cd2009-11-23 21:47:44 +00005755 if (!Context.getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
5756 UsualUnaryConversions(lex);
5757 UsualUnaryConversions(rex);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005758
Anders Carlssona4c98cd2009-11-23 21:47:44 +00005759 if (!lex->getType()->isScalarType() || !rex->getType()->isScalarType())
5760 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00005761
Anders Carlssona4c98cd2009-11-23 21:47:44 +00005762 return Context.IntTy;
Anders Carlsson04905012009-10-16 01:44:21 +00005763 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00005764
Anders Carlssona4c98cd2009-11-23 21:47:44 +00005765 // C++ [expr.log.and]p1
5766 // C++ [expr.log.or]p1
5767 // The operands are both implicitly converted to type bool (clause 4).
5768 StandardConversionSequence LHS;
5769 if (!IsStandardConversion(lex, Context.BoolTy,
5770 /*InOverloadResolution=*/false, LHS))
5771 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Anders Carlsson04905012009-10-16 01:44:21 +00005772
Anders Carlssona4c98cd2009-11-23 21:47:44 +00005773 if (PerformImplicitConversion(lex, Context.BoolTy, LHS,
Douglas Gregor68647482009-12-16 03:45:30 +00005774 AA_Passing, /*IgnoreBaseAccess=*/false))
Anders Carlssona4c98cd2009-11-23 21:47:44 +00005775 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00005776
Anders Carlssona4c98cd2009-11-23 21:47:44 +00005777 StandardConversionSequence RHS;
5778 if (!IsStandardConversion(rex, Context.BoolTy,
5779 /*InOverloadResolution=*/false, RHS))
5780 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00005781
Anders Carlssona4c98cd2009-11-23 21:47:44 +00005782 if (PerformImplicitConversion(rex, Context.BoolTy, RHS,
Douglas Gregor68647482009-12-16 03:45:30 +00005783 AA_Passing, /*IgnoreBaseAccess=*/false))
Anders Carlssona4c98cd2009-11-23 21:47:44 +00005784 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00005785
Anders Carlssona4c98cd2009-11-23 21:47:44 +00005786 // C++ [expr.log.and]p2
5787 // C++ [expr.log.or]p2
5788 // The result is a bool.
5789 return Context.BoolTy;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005790}
5791
Fariborz Jahaniand1fa6442009-01-12 19:55:42 +00005792/// IsReadonlyProperty - Verify that otherwise a valid l-value expression
5793/// is a read-only property; return true if so. A readonly property expression
5794/// depends on various declarations and thus must be treated specially.
5795///
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005796static bool IsReadonlyProperty(Expr *E, Sema &S) {
Fariborz Jahaniand1fa6442009-01-12 19:55:42 +00005797 if (E->getStmtClass() == Expr::ObjCPropertyRefExprClass) {
5798 const ObjCPropertyRefExpr* PropExpr = cast<ObjCPropertyRefExpr>(E);
5799 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PDecl = PropExpr->getProperty()) {
5800 QualType BaseType = PropExpr->getBase()->getType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005801 if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT =
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00005802 BaseType->getAsObjCInterfacePointerType())
5803 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = OPT->getInterfaceDecl())
5804 if (S.isPropertyReadonly(PDecl, IFace))
5805 return true;
Fariborz Jahaniand1fa6442009-01-12 19:55:42 +00005806 }
5807 }
5808 return false;
5809}
5810
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00005811/// CheckForModifiableLvalue - Verify that E is a modifiable lvalue. If not,
5812/// emit an error and return true. If so, return false.
5813static bool CheckForModifiableLvalue(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc, Sema &S) {
Daniel Dunbar44e35f72009-04-15 00:08:05 +00005814 SourceLocation OrigLoc = Loc;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005815 Expr::isModifiableLvalueResult IsLV = E->isModifiableLvalue(S.Context,
Daniel Dunbar44e35f72009-04-15 00:08:05 +00005816 &Loc);
Fariborz Jahaniand1fa6442009-01-12 19:55:42 +00005817 if (IsLV == Expr::MLV_Valid && IsReadonlyProperty(E, S))
5818 IsLV = Expr::MLV_ReadonlyProperty;
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00005819 if (IsLV == Expr::MLV_Valid)
5820 return false;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005821
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00005822 unsigned Diag = 0;
5823 bool NeedType = false;
5824 switch (IsLV) { // C99 6.5.16p2
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00005825 case Expr::MLV_ConstQualified: Diag = diag::err_typecheck_assign_const; break;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005826 case Expr::MLV_ArrayType:
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00005827 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_array_not_modifiable_lvalue;
5828 NeedType = true;
5829 break;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005830 case Expr::MLV_NotObjectType:
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00005831 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_non_object_not_modifiable_lvalue;
5832 NeedType = true;
5833 break;
Chris Lattnerca354fa2008-11-17 19:51:54 +00005834 case Expr::MLV_LValueCast:
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00005835 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_lvalue_casts_not_supported;
5836 break;
Douglas Gregore873fb72010-02-16 21:39:57 +00005837 case Expr::MLV_Valid:
5838 llvm_unreachable("did not take early return for MLV_Valid");
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005839 case Expr::MLV_InvalidExpression:
Douglas Gregore873fb72010-02-16 21:39:57 +00005840 case Expr::MLV_MemberFunction:
5841 case Expr::MLV_ClassTemporary:
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00005842 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_expression_not_modifiable_lvalue;
5843 break;
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005844 case Expr::MLV_IncompleteType:
5845 case Expr::MLV_IncompleteVoidType:
Douglas Gregor86447ec2009-03-09 16:13:40 +00005846 return S.RequireCompleteType(Loc, E->getType(),
Douglas Gregorfe6b2d42010-03-29 23:34:08 +00005847 S.PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_type_not_modifiable_lvalue)
Anders Carlssonb7906612009-08-26 23:45:07 +00005848 << E->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005849 case Expr::MLV_DuplicateVectorComponents:
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00005850 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_duplicate_vector_components_not_mlvalue;
5851 break;
Steve Naroff4f6a7d72008-09-26 14:41:28 +00005852 case Expr::MLV_NotBlockQualified:
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00005853 Diag = diag::err_block_decl_ref_not_modifiable_lvalue;
5854 break;
Fariborz Jahanian5daf5702008-11-22 18:39:36 +00005855 case Expr::MLV_ReadonlyProperty:
5856 Diag = diag::error_readonly_property_assignment;
5857 break;
Fariborz Jahanianba8d2d62008-11-22 20:25:50 +00005858 case Expr::MLV_NoSetterProperty:
5859 Diag = diag::error_nosetter_property_assignment;
5860 break;
Fariborz Jahanian2514a302009-12-15 23:59:41 +00005861 case Expr::MLV_SubObjCPropertySetting:
5862 Diag = diag::error_no_subobject_property_setting;
5863 break;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005864 }
Steve Naroffd1861fd2007-07-31 12:34:36 +00005865
Daniel Dunbar44e35f72009-04-15 00:08:05 +00005866 SourceRange Assign;
5867 if (Loc != OrigLoc)
5868 Assign = SourceRange(OrigLoc, OrigLoc);
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00005869 if (NeedType)
Daniel Dunbar44e35f72009-04-15 00:08:05 +00005870 S.Diag(Loc, Diag) << E->getType() << E->getSourceRange() << Assign;
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00005871 else
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005872 S.Diag(Loc, Diag) << E->getSourceRange() << Assign;
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00005873 return true;
5874}
5875
5876
5877
5878// C99 6.5.16.1
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005879QualType Sema::CheckAssignmentOperands(Expr *LHS, Expr *&RHS,
5880 SourceLocation Loc,
5881 QualType CompoundType) {
5882 // Verify that LHS is a modifiable lvalue, and emit error if not.
5883 if (CheckForModifiableLvalue(LHS, Loc, *this))
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00005884 return QualType();
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005885
5886 QualType LHSType = LHS->getType();
5887 QualType RHSType = CompoundType.isNull() ? RHS->getType() : CompoundType;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005888
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005889 AssignConvertType ConvTy;
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005890 if (CompoundType.isNull()) {
Chris Lattner2c156472008-08-21 18:04:13 +00005891 // Simple assignment "x = y".
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005892 ConvTy = CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints(LHSType, RHS);
Fariborz Jahanianfa23c1d2009-01-13 23:34:40 +00005893 // Special case of NSObject attributes on c-style pointer types.
5894 if (ConvTy == IncompatiblePointer &&
5895 ((Context.isObjCNSObjectType(LHSType) &&
Steve Narofff4954562009-07-16 15:41:00 +00005896 RHSType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) ||
Fariborz Jahanianfa23c1d2009-01-13 23:34:40 +00005897 (Context.isObjCNSObjectType(RHSType) &&
Steve Narofff4954562009-07-16 15:41:00 +00005898 LHSType->isObjCObjectPointerType())))
Fariborz Jahanianfa23c1d2009-01-13 23:34:40 +00005899 ConvTy = Compatible;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005900
Chris Lattner2c156472008-08-21 18:04:13 +00005901 // If the RHS is a unary plus or minus, check to see if they = and + are
5902 // right next to each other. If so, the user may have typo'd "x =+ 4"
5903 // instead of "x += 4".
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005904 Expr *RHSCheck = RHS;
Chris Lattner2c156472008-08-21 18:04:13 +00005905 if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(RHSCheck))
5906 RHSCheck = ICE->getSubExpr();
5907 if (UnaryOperator *UO = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(RHSCheck)) {
5908 if ((UO->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Plus ||
5909 UO->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Minus) &&
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005910 Loc.isFileID() && UO->getOperatorLoc().isFileID() &&
Chris Lattner2c156472008-08-21 18:04:13 +00005911 // Only if the two operators are exactly adjacent.
Chris Lattner399bd1b2009-03-08 06:51:10 +00005912 Loc.getFileLocWithOffset(1) == UO->getOperatorLoc() &&
5913 // And there is a space or other character before the subexpr of the
5914 // unary +/-. We don't want to warn on "x=-1".
Chris Lattner3e872092009-03-09 07:11:10 +00005915 Loc.getFileLocWithOffset(2) != UO->getSubExpr()->getLocStart() &&
5916 UO->getSubExpr()->getLocStart().isFileID()) {
Chris Lattnerd3a94e22008-11-20 06:06:08 +00005917 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_not_compound_assign)
5918 << (UO->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Plus ? "+" : "-")
5919 << SourceRange(UO->getOperatorLoc(), UO->getOperatorLoc());
Chris Lattner399bd1b2009-03-08 06:51:10 +00005920 }
Chris Lattner2c156472008-08-21 18:04:13 +00005921 }
5922 } else {
5923 // Compound assignment "x += y"
Eli Friedman623712b2009-05-16 05:56:02 +00005924 ConvTy = CheckAssignmentConstraints(LHSType, RHSType);
Chris Lattner2c156472008-08-21 18:04:13 +00005925 }
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005926
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005927 if (DiagnoseAssignmentResult(ConvTy, Loc, LHSType, RHSType,
Douglas Gregor68647482009-12-16 03:45:30 +00005928 RHS, AA_Assigning))
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005929 return QualType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005930
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005931 // C99 6.5.16p3: The type of an assignment expression is the type of the
5932 // left operand unless the left operand has qualified type, in which case
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005933 // it is the unqualified version of the type of the left operand.
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005934 // C99 6.5.16.1p2: In simple assignment, the value of the right operand
5935 // is converted to the type of the assignment expression (above).
Chris Lattner73d0d4f2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00005936 // C++ 5.17p1: the type of the assignment expression is that of its left
Douglas Gregor2d833e32009-05-02 00:36:19 +00005937 // operand.
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005938 return LHSType.getUnqualifiedType();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005939}
5940
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005941// C99 6.5.17
5942QualType Sema::CheckCommaOperands(Expr *LHS, Expr *&RHS, SourceLocation Loc) {
Chris Lattner53fcaa92008-07-25 20:54:07 +00005943 // Comma performs lvalue conversion (C99 6.3.2.1), but not unary conversions.
Douglas Gregora873dfc2010-02-03 00:27:59 +00005944 // C++ does not perform this conversion (C++ [expr.comma]p1).
5945 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
5946 DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(RHS);
Eli Friedmanb1d796d2009-03-23 00:24:07 +00005947
5948 // FIXME: Check that RHS type is complete in C mode (it's legal for it to be
5949 // incomplete in C++).
5950
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005951 return RHS->getType();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005952}
5953
Steve Naroff49b45262007-07-13 16:58:59 +00005954/// CheckIncrementDecrementOperand - unlike most "Check" methods, this routine
5955/// doesn't need to call UsualUnaryConversions or UsualArithmeticConversions.
Sebastian Redle6d5a4a2008-12-20 09:35:34 +00005956QualType Sema::CheckIncrementDecrementOperand(Expr *Op, SourceLocation OpLoc,
5957 bool isInc) {
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005958 if (Op->isTypeDependent())
5959 return Context.DependentTy;
5960
Chris Lattner3528d352008-11-21 07:05:48 +00005961 QualType ResType = Op->getType();
5962 assert(!ResType.isNull() && "no type for increment/decrement expression");
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005963
Sebastian Redle6d5a4a2008-12-20 09:35:34 +00005964 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && ResType->isBooleanType()) {
5965 // Decrement of bool is not allowed.
5966 if (!isInc) {
5967 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_decrement_bool) << Op->getSourceRange();
5968 return QualType();
5969 }
5970 // Increment of bool sets it to true, but is deprecated.
5971 Diag(OpLoc, diag::warn_increment_bool) << Op->getSourceRange();
5972 } else if (ResType->isRealType()) {
Chris Lattner3528d352008-11-21 07:05:48 +00005973 // OK!
Steve Naroff58f9f2c2009-07-14 18:25:06 +00005974 } else if (ResType->isAnyPointerType()) {
5975 QualType PointeeTy = ResType->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005976
Chris Lattner3528d352008-11-21 07:05:48 +00005977 // C99 6.5.2.4p2, 6.5.6p2
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00005978 if (PointeeTy->isVoidType()) {
Douglas Gregorc983b862009-01-23 00:36:41 +00005979 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
5980 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type)
5981 << Op->getSourceRange();
5982 return QualType();
5983 }
5984
5985 // Pointer to void is a GNU extension in C.
Chris Lattner3528d352008-11-21 07:05:48 +00005986 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr) << Op->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00005987 } else if (PointeeTy->isFunctionType()) {
Douglas Gregorc983b862009-01-23 00:36:41 +00005988 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
5989 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
5990 << Op->getType() << Op->getSourceRange();
5991 return QualType();
5992 }
5993
5994 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00005995 << ResType << Op->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00005996 } else if (RequireCompleteType(OpLoc, PointeeTy,
Anders Carlssond497ba72009-08-26 22:59:12 +00005997 PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_arithmetic_incomplete_type)
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005998 << Op->getSourceRange()
Anders Carlssond497ba72009-08-26 22:59:12 +00005999 << ResType))
Douglas Gregor4ec339f2009-01-19 19:26:10 +00006000 return QualType();
Fariborz Jahanian9f8a04f2009-07-16 17:59:14 +00006001 // Diagnose bad cases where we step over interface counts.
6002 else if (PointeeTy->isObjCInterfaceType() && LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI) {
6003 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_arithmetic_nonfragile_interface)
6004 << PointeeTy << Op->getSourceRange();
6005 return QualType();
6006 }
Eli Friedman5b088a12010-01-03 00:20:48 +00006007 } else if (ResType->isAnyComplexType()) {
Chris Lattner3528d352008-11-21 07:05:48 +00006008 // C99 does not support ++/-- on complex types, we allow as an extension.
6009 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_integer_increment_complex)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00006010 << ResType << Op->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner3528d352008-11-21 07:05:48 +00006011 } else {
6012 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_illegal_increment_decrement)
Douglas Gregor5cc07df2009-12-15 16:44:32 +00006013 << ResType << int(isInc) << Op->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner3528d352008-11-21 07:05:48 +00006014 return QualType();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00006015 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006016 // At this point, we know we have a real, complex or pointer type.
Steve Naroffdd10e022007-08-23 21:37:33 +00006017 // Now make sure the operand is a modifiable lvalue.
Chris Lattner3528d352008-11-21 07:05:48 +00006018 if (CheckForModifiableLvalue(Op, OpLoc, *this))
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00006019 return QualType();
Chris Lattner3528d352008-11-21 07:05:48 +00006020 return ResType;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00006021}
6022
Anders Carlsson369dee42008-02-01 07:15:58 +00006023/// getPrimaryDecl - Helper function for CheckAddressOfOperand().
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00006024/// This routine allows us to typecheck complex/recursive expressions
Daniel Dunbar1e76ce62008-08-04 20:02:37 +00006025/// where the declaration is needed for type checking. We only need to
6026/// handle cases when the expression references a function designator
6027/// or is an lvalue. Here are some examples:
6028/// - &(x) => x
6029/// - &*****f => f for f a function designator.
6030/// - &s.xx => s
6031/// - &s.zz[1].yy -> s, if zz is an array
6032/// - *(x + 1) -> x, if x is an array
6033/// - &"123"[2] -> 0
6034/// - & __real__ x -> x
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00006035static NamedDecl *getPrimaryDecl(Expr *E) {
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00006036 switch (E->getStmtClass()) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00006037 case Stmt::DeclRefExprClass:
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00006038 return cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)->getDecl();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00006039 case Stmt::MemberExprClass:
Eli Friedman23d58ce2009-04-20 08:23:18 +00006040 // If this is an arrow operator, the address is an offset from
6041 // the base's value, so the object the base refers to is
6042 // irrelevant.
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00006043 if (cast<MemberExpr>(E)->isArrow())
Chris Lattnerf82228f2007-11-16 17:46:48 +00006044 return 0;
Eli Friedman23d58ce2009-04-20 08:23:18 +00006045 // Otherwise, the expression refers to a part of the base
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00006046 return getPrimaryDecl(cast<MemberExpr>(E)->getBase());
Anders Carlsson369dee42008-02-01 07:15:58 +00006047 case Stmt::ArraySubscriptExprClass: {
Mike Stump390b4cc2009-05-16 07:39:55 +00006048 // FIXME: This code shouldn't be necessary! We should catch the implicit
6049 // promotion of register arrays earlier.
Eli Friedman23d58ce2009-04-20 08:23:18 +00006050 Expr* Base = cast<ArraySubscriptExpr>(E)->getBase();
6051 if (ImplicitCastExpr* ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(Base)) {
6052 if (ICE->getSubExpr()->getType()->isArrayType())
6053 return getPrimaryDecl(ICE->getSubExpr());
6054 }
6055 return 0;
Anders Carlsson369dee42008-02-01 07:15:58 +00006056 }
Daniel Dunbar1e76ce62008-08-04 20:02:37 +00006057 case Stmt::UnaryOperatorClass: {
6058 UnaryOperator *UO = cast<UnaryOperator>(E);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006059
Daniel Dunbar1e76ce62008-08-04 20:02:37 +00006060 switch(UO->getOpcode()) {
Daniel Dunbar1e76ce62008-08-04 20:02:37 +00006061 case UnaryOperator::Real:
6062 case UnaryOperator::Imag:
6063 case UnaryOperator::Extension:
6064 return getPrimaryDecl(UO->getSubExpr());
6065 default:
6066 return 0;
6067 }
6068 }
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00006069 case Stmt::ParenExprClass:
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00006070 return getPrimaryDecl(cast<ParenExpr>(E)->getSubExpr());
Chris Lattnerf82228f2007-11-16 17:46:48 +00006071 case Stmt::ImplicitCastExprClass:
Eli Friedman23d58ce2009-04-20 08:23:18 +00006072 // If the result of an implicit cast is an l-value, we care about
6073 // the sub-expression; otherwise, the result here doesn't matter.
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00006074 return getPrimaryDecl(cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E)->getSubExpr());
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00006075 default:
6076 return 0;
6077 }
6078}
6079
6080/// CheckAddressOfOperand - The operand of & must be either a function
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006081/// designator or an lvalue designating an object. If it is an lvalue, the
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00006082/// object cannot be declared with storage class register or be a bit field.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006083/// Note: The usual conversions are *not* applied to the operand of the &
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00006084/// operator (C99 6.3.2.1p[2-4]), and its result is never an lvalue.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006085/// In C++, the operand might be an overloaded function name, in which case
Douglas Gregor904eed32008-11-10 20:40:00 +00006086/// we allow the '&' but retain the overloaded-function type.
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00006087QualType Sema::CheckAddressOfOperand(Expr *op, SourceLocation OpLoc) {
Eli Friedman23d58ce2009-04-20 08:23:18 +00006088 // Make sure to ignore parentheses in subsequent checks
6089 op = op->IgnoreParens();
6090
Douglas Gregor9103bb22008-12-17 22:52:20 +00006091 if (op->isTypeDependent())
6092 return Context.DependentTy;
6093
Steve Naroff08f19672008-01-13 17:10:08 +00006094 if (getLangOptions().C99) {
6095 // Implement C99-only parts of addressof rules.
6096 if (UnaryOperator* uOp = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(op)) {
6097 if (uOp->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Deref)
6098 // Per C99 6.5.3.2, the address of a deref always returns a valid result
6099 // (assuming the deref expression is valid).
6100 return uOp->getSubExpr()->getType();
6101 }
6102 // Technically, there should be a check for array subscript
6103 // expressions here, but the result of one is always an lvalue anyway.
6104 }
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00006105 NamedDecl *dcl = getPrimaryDecl(op);
Chris Lattner28be73f2008-07-26 21:30:36 +00006106 Expr::isLvalueResult lval = op->isLvalue(Context);
Nuno Lopes6b6609f2008-12-16 22:59:47 +00006107
Sebastian Redle27d87f2010-01-11 15:56:56 +00006108 MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(op);
6109 if (lval == Expr::LV_MemberFunction && ME &&
6110 isa<CXXMethodDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl())) {
6111 ValueDecl *dcl = cast<MemberExpr>(op)->getMemberDecl();
6112 // &f where f is a member of the current object, or &o.f, or &p->f
6113 // All these are not allowed, and we need to catch them before the dcl
6114 // branch of the if, below.
6115 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_unqualified_pointer_member_function)
6116 << dcl;
6117 // FIXME: Improve this diagnostic and provide a fixit.
6118
6119 // Now recover by acting as if the function had been accessed qualified.
6120 return Context.getMemberPointerType(op->getType(),
6121 Context.getTypeDeclType(cast<RecordDecl>(dcl->getDeclContext()))
6122 .getTypePtr());
Douglas Gregore873fb72010-02-16 21:39:57 +00006123 } else if (lval == Expr::LV_ClassTemporary) {
6124 Diag(OpLoc, isSFINAEContext()? diag::err_typecheck_addrof_class_temporary
6125 : diag::ext_typecheck_addrof_class_temporary)
6126 << op->getType() << op->getSourceRange();
6127 if (isSFINAEContext())
6128 return QualType();
Sebastian Redle27d87f2010-01-11 15:56:56 +00006129 } else if (lval != Expr::LV_Valid && lval != Expr::LV_IncompleteVoidType) {
Eli Friedman441cf102009-05-16 23:27:50 +00006130 // C99 6.5.3.2p1
Eli Friedman23d58ce2009-04-20 08:23:18 +00006131 // The operand must be either an l-value or a function designator
Eli Friedman441cf102009-05-16 23:27:50 +00006132 if (!op->getType()->isFunctionType()) {
Chris Lattnerf82228f2007-11-16 17:46:48 +00006133 // FIXME: emit more specific diag...
Chris Lattnerdcd5ef12008-11-19 05:27:50 +00006134 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_invalid_lvalue_addrof)
6135 << op->getSourceRange();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00006136 return QualType();
6137 }
Douglas Gregor33bbbc52009-05-02 02:18:30 +00006138 } else if (op->getBitField()) { // C99 6.5.3.2p1
Eli Friedman23d58ce2009-04-20 08:23:18 +00006139 // The operand cannot be a bit-field
6140 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of)
6141 << "bit-field" << op->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregor86f19402008-12-20 23:49:58 +00006142 return QualType();
Anders Carlsson09380262010-01-31 17:18:49 +00006143 } else if (op->refersToVectorElement()) {
Eli Friedman23d58ce2009-04-20 08:23:18 +00006144 // The operand cannot be an element of a vector
Chris Lattnerd3a94e22008-11-20 06:06:08 +00006145 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of)
Nate Begemanb104b1f2009-02-15 22:45:20 +00006146 << "vector element" << op->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroffbcb2b612008-02-29 23:30:25 +00006147 return QualType();
Fariborz Jahanian0337f212009-07-07 18:50:52 +00006148 } else if (isa<ObjCPropertyRefExpr>(op)) {
6149 // cannot take address of a property expression.
6150 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of)
6151 << "property expression" << op->getSourceRange();
6152 return QualType();
Anders Carlsson1d524c32009-09-14 23:15:26 +00006153 } else if (ConditionalOperator *CO = dyn_cast<ConditionalOperator>(op)) {
6154 // FIXME: Can LHS ever be null here?
Anders Carlsson474e1022009-09-15 16:03:44 +00006155 if (!CheckAddressOfOperand(CO->getTrueExpr(), OpLoc).isNull())
6156 return CheckAddressOfOperand(CO->getFalseExpr(), OpLoc);
John McCallba135432009-11-21 08:51:07 +00006157 } else if (isa<UnresolvedLookupExpr>(op)) {
6158 return Context.OverloadTy;
Steve Naroffbcb2b612008-02-29 23:30:25 +00006159 } else if (dcl) { // C99 6.5.3.2p1
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006160 // We have an lvalue with a decl. Make sure the decl is not declared
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00006161 // with the register storage-class specifier.
6162 if (const VarDecl *vd = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(dcl)) {
6163 if (vd->getStorageClass() == VarDecl::Register) {
Chris Lattnerd3a94e22008-11-20 06:06:08 +00006164 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of)
6165 << "register variable" << op->getSourceRange();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00006166 return QualType();
6167 }
John McCallba135432009-11-21 08:51:07 +00006168 } else if (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(dcl)) {
Douglas Gregor904eed32008-11-10 20:40:00 +00006169 return Context.OverloadTy;
Anders Carlssonf9e48bd2009-07-08 21:45:58 +00006170 } else if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(dcl)) {
Douglas Gregor29882052008-12-10 21:26:49 +00006171 // Okay: we can take the address of a field.
Sebastian Redlebc07d52009-02-03 20:19:35 +00006172 // Could be a pointer to member, though, if there is an explicit
6173 // scope qualifier for the class.
Douglas Gregora2813ce2009-10-23 18:54:35 +00006174 if (isa<DeclRefExpr>(op) && cast<DeclRefExpr>(op)->getQualifier()) {
Sebastian Redlebc07d52009-02-03 20:19:35 +00006175 DeclContext *Ctx = dcl->getDeclContext();
Anders Carlssonf9e48bd2009-07-08 21:45:58 +00006176 if (Ctx && Ctx->isRecord()) {
6177 if (FD->getType()->isReferenceType()) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006178 Diag(OpLoc,
Anders Carlssonf9e48bd2009-07-08 21:45:58 +00006179 diag::err_cannot_form_pointer_to_member_of_reference_type)
6180 << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType();
6181 return QualType();
6182 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006183
Sebastian Redlebc07d52009-02-03 20:19:35 +00006184 return Context.getMemberPointerType(op->getType(),
6185 Context.getTypeDeclType(cast<RecordDecl>(Ctx)).getTypePtr());
Anders Carlssonf9e48bd2009-07-08 21:45:58 +00006186 }
Sebastian Redlebc07d52009-02-03 20:19:35 +00006187 }
Anders Carlsson196f7d02009-05-16 21:43:42 +00006188 } else if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(dcl)) {
Nuno Lopes6fea8d22008-12-16 22:58:26 +00006189 // Okay: we can take the address of a function.
Sebastian Redl33b399a2009-02-04 21:23:32 +00006190 // As above.
Douglas Gregora2813ce2009-10-23 18:54:35 +00006191 if (isa<DeclRefExpr>(op) && cast<DeclRefExpr>(op)->getQualifier() &&
6192 MD->isInstance())
Anders Carlsson196f7d02009-05-16 21:43:42 +00006193 return Context.getMemberPointerType(op->getType(),
6194 Context.getTypeDeclType(MD->getParent()).getTypePtr());
6195 } else if (!isa<FunctionDecl>(dcl))
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00006196 assert(0 && "Unknown/unexpected decl type");
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00006197 }
Sebastian Redl33b399a2009-02-04 21:23:32 +00006198
Eli Friedman441cf102009-05-16 23:27:50 +00006199 if (lval == Expr::LV_IncompleteVoidType) {
6200 // Taking the address of a void variable is technically illegal, but we
6201 // allow it in cases which are otherwise valid.
6202 // Example: "extern void x; void* y = &x;".
6203 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_typecheck_addrof_void) << op->getSourceRange();
6204 }
6205
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00006206 // If the operand has type "type", the result has type "pointer to type".
6207 return Context.getPointerType(op->getType());
6208}
6209
Chris Lattner22caddc2008-11-23 09:13:29 +00006210QualType Sema::CheckIndirectionOperand(Expr *Op, SourceLocation OpLoc) {
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006211 if (Op->isTypeDependent())
6212 return Context.DependentTy;
6213
Chris Lattner22caddc2008-11-23 09:13:29 +00006214 UsualUnaryConversions(Op);
6215 QualType Ty = Op->getType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006216
Chris Lattner22caddc2008-11-23 09:13:29 +00006217 // Note that per both C89 and C99, this is always legal, even if ptype is an
6218 // incomplete type or void. It would be possible to warn about dereferencing
6219 // a void pointer, but it's completely well-defined, and such a warning is
6220 // unlikely to catch any mistakes.
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00006221 if (const PointerType *PT = Ty->getAs<PointerType>())
Steve Naroff08f19672008-01-13 17:10:08 +00006222 return PT->getPointeeType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006223
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00006224 if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT = Ty->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>())
Fariborz Jahanian16b10372009-09-03 00:43:07 +00006225 return OPT->getPointeeType();
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00006226
Chris Lattnerd3a94e22008-11-20 06:06:08 +00006227 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_indirection_requires_pointer)
Chris Lattner22caddc2008-11-23 09:13:29 +00006228 << Ty << Op->getSourceRange();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00006229 return QualType();
6230}
6231
6232static inline BinaryOperator::Opcode ConvertTokenKindToBinaryOpcode(
6233 tok::TokenKind Kind) {
6234 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc;
6235 switch (Kind) {
6236 default: assert(0 && "Unknown binop!");
Sebastian Redl22460502009-02-07 00:15:38 +00006237 case tok::periodstar: Opc = BinaryOperator::PtrMemD; break;
6238 case tok::arrowstar: Opc = BinaryOperator::PtrMemI; break;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00006239 case tok::star: Opc = BinaryOperator::Mul; break;
6240 case tok::slash: Opc = BinaryOperator::Div; break;
6241 case tok::percent: Opc = BinaryOperator::Rem; break;
6242 case tok::plus: Opc = BinaryOperator::Add; break;
6243 case tok::minus: Opc = BinaryOperator::Sub; break;
6244 case tok::lessless: Opc = BinaryOperator::Shl; break;
6245 case tok::greatergreater: Opc = BinaryOperator::Shr; break;
6246 case tok::lessequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::LE; break;
6247 case tok::less: Opc = BinaryOperator::LT; break;
6248 case tok::greaterequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::GE; break;
6249 case tok::greater: Opc = BinaryOperator::GT; break;
6250 case tok::exclaimequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::NE; break;
6251 case tok::equalequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::EQ; break;
6252 case tok::amp: Opc = BinaryOperator::And; break;
6253 case tok::caret: Opc = BinaryOperator::Xor; break;
6254 case tok::pipe: Opc = BinaryOperator::Or; break;
6255 case tok::ampamp: Opc = BinaryOperator::LAnd; break;
6256 case tok::pipepipe: Opc = BinaryOperator::LOr; break;
6257 case tok::equal: Opc = BinaryOperator::Assign; break;
6258 case tok::starequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::MulAssign; break;
6259 case tok::slashequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::DivAssign; break;
6260 case tok::percentequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::RemAssign; break;
6261 case tok::plusequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::AddAssign; break;
6262 case tok::minusequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::SubAssign; break;
6263 case tok::lesslessequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::ShlAssign; break;
6264 case tok::greatergreaterequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::ShrAssign; break;
6265 case tok::ampequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::AndAssign; break;
6266 case tok::caretequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::XorAssign; break;
6267 case tok::pipeequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::OrAssign; break;
6268 case tok::comma: Opc = BinaryOperator::Comma; break;
6269 }
6270 return Opc;
6271}
6272
6273static inline UnaryOperator::Opcode ConvertTokenKindToUnaryOpcode(
6274 tok::TokenKind Kind) {
6275 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc;
6276 switch (Kind) {
6277 default: assert(0 && "Unknown unary op!");
6278 case tok::plusplus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PreInc; break;
6279 case tok::minusminus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PreDec; break;
6280 case tok::amp: Opc = UnaryOperator::AddrOf; break;
6281 case tok::star: Opc = UnaryOperator::Deref; break;
6282 case tok::plus: Opc = UnaryOperator::Plus; break;
6283 case tok::minus: Opc = UnaryOperator::Minus; break;
6284 case tok::tilde: Opc = UnaryOperator::Not; break;
6285 case tok::exclaim: Opc = UnaryOperator::LNot; break;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00006286 case tok::kw___real: Opc = UnaryOperator::Real; break;
6287 case tok::kw___imag: Opc = UnaryOperator::Imag; break;
6288 case tok::kw___extension__: Opc = UnaryOperator::Extension; break;
6289 }
6290 return Opc;
6291}
6292
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00006293/// CreateBuiltinBinOp - Creates a new built-in binary operation with
6294/// operator @p Opc at location @c TokLoc. This routine only supports
6295/// built-in operations; ActOnBinOp handles overloaded operators.
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00006296Action::OwningExprResult Sema::CreateBuiltinBinOp(SourceLocation OpLoc,
6297 unsigned Op,
6298 Expr *lhs, Expr *rhs) {
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00006299 QualType ResultTy; // Result type of the binary operator.
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00006300 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc = (BinaryOperator::Opcode)Op;
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00006301 // The following two variables are used for compound assignment operators
6302 QualType CompLHSTy; // Type of LHS after promotions for computation
6303 QualType CompResultTy; // Type of computation result
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00006304
6305 switch (Opc) {
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00006306 case BinaryOperator::Assign:
6307 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, QualType());
6308 break;
Sebastian Redl22460502009-02-07 00:15:38 +00006309 case BinaryOperator::PtrMemD:
6310 case BinaryOperator::PtrMemI:
6311 ResultTy = CheckPointerToMemberOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc,
6312 Opc == BinaryOperator::PtrMemI);
6313 break;
6314 case BinaryOperator::Mul:
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00006315 case BinaryOperator::Div:
Chris Lattner7ef655a2010-01-12 21:23:57 +00006316 ResultTy = CheckMultiplyDivideOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, false,
6317 Opc == BinaryOperator::Div);
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00006318 break;
6319 case BinaryOperator::Rem:
6320 ResultTy = CheckRemainderOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
6321 break;
6322 case BinaryOperator::Add:
6323 ResultTy = CheckAdditionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
6324 break;
6325 case BinaryOperator::Sub:
6326 ResultTy = CheckSubtractionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
6327 break;
Sebastian Redl22460502009-02-07 00:15:38 +00006328 case BinaryOperator::Shl:
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00006329 case BinaryOperator::Shr:
6330 ResultTy = CheckShiftOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
6331 break;
6332 case BinaryOperator::LE:
6333 case BinaryOperator::LT:
6334 case BinaryOperator::GE:
6335 case BinaryOperator::GT:
Douglas Gregora86b8322009-04-06 18:45:53 +00006336 ResultTy = CheckCompareOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, Opc, true);
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00006337 break;
6338 case BinaryOperator::EQ:
6339 case BinaryOperator::NE:
Douglas Gregora86b8322009-04-06 18:45:53 +00006340 ResultTy = CheckCompareOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, Opc, false);
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00006341 break;
6342 case BinaryOperator::And:
6343 case BinaryOperator::Xor:
6344 case BinaryOperator::Or:
6345 ResultTy = CheckBitwiseOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
6346 break;
6347 case BinaryOperator::LAnd:
6348 case BinaryOperator::LOr:
6349 ResultTy = CheckLogicalOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
6350 break;
6351 case BinaryOperator::MulAssign:
6352 case BinaryOperator::DivAssign:
Chris Lattner7ef655a2010-01-12 21:23:57 +00006353 CompResultTy = CheckMultiplyDivideOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true,
6354 Opc == BinaryOperator::DivAssign);
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00006355 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
6356 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
6357 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00006358 break;
6359 case BinaryOperator::RemAssign:
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00006360 CompResultTy = CheckRemainderOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
6361 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
6362 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
6363 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00006364 break;
6365 case BinaryOperator::AddAssign:
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00006366 CompResultTy = CheckAdditionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, &CompLHSTy);
6367 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
6368 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00006369 break;
6370 case BinaryOperator::SubAssign:
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00006371 CompResultTy = CheckSubtractionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, &CompLHSTy);
6372 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
6373 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00006374 break;
6375 case BinaryOperator::ShlAssign:
6376 case BinaryOperator::ShrAssign:
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00006377 CompResultTy = CheckShiftOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
6378 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
6379 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
6380 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00006381 break;
6382 case BinaryOperator::AndAssign:
6383 case BinaryOperator::XorAssign:
6384 case BinaryOperator::OrAssign:
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00006385 CompResultTy = CheckBitwiseOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
6386 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
6387 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
6388 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00006389 break;
6390 case BinaryOperator::Comma:
6391 ResultTy = CheckCommaOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
6392 break;
6393 }
6394 if (ResultTy.isNull())
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00006395 return ExprError();
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00006396 if (CompResultTy.isNull())
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00006397 return Owned(new (Context) BinaryOperator(lhs, rhs, Opc, ResultTy, OpLoc));
6398 else
6399 return Owned(new (Context) CompoundAssignOperator(lhs, rhs, Opc, ResultTy,
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00006400 CompLHSTy, CompResultTy,
6401 OpLoc));
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00006402}
6403
Sebastian Redlaee3c932009-10-27 12:10:02 +00006404/// SuggestParentheses - Emit a diagnostic together with a fixit hint that wraps
6405/// ParenRange in parentheses.
Sebastian Redl6b169ac2009-10-26 17:01:32 +00006406static void SuggestParentheses(Sema &Self, SourceLocation Loc,
6407 const PartialDiagnostic &PD,
Douglas Gregor827feec2010-01-08 00:20:23 +00006408 SourceRange ParenRange,
Douglas Gregorfe6b2d42010-03-29 23:34:08 +00006409 const PartialDiagnostic &SecondPD,
6410 SourceRange SecondParenRange) {
Sebastian Redl6b169ac2009-10-26 17:01:32 +00006411 SourceLocation EndLoc = Self.PP.getLocForEndOfToken(ParenRange.getEnd());
6412 if (!ParenRange.getEnd().isFileID() || EndLoc.isInvalid()) {
6413 // We can't display the parentheses, so just dig the
6414 // warning/error and return.
6415 Self.Diag(Loc, PD);
6416 return;
6417 }
6418
6419 Self.Diag(Loc, PD)
6420 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(ParenRange.getBegin(), "(")
6421 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(EndLoc, ")");
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00006422
Douglas Gregor827feec2010-01-08 00:20:23 +00006423 if (!SecondPD.getDiagID())
6424 return;
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00006425
Douglas Gregor827feec2010-01-08 00:20:23 +00006426 EndLoc = Self.PP.getLocForEndOfToken(SecondParenRange.getEnd());
6427 if (!SecondParenRange.getEnd().isFileID() || EndLoc.isInvalid()) {
6428 // We can't display the parentheses, so just dig the
6429 // warning/error and return.
6430 Self.Diag(Loc, SecondPD);
6431 return;
6432 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00006433
Douglas Gregor827feec2010-01-08 00:20:23 +00006434 Self.Diag(Loc, SecondPD)
6435 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(SecondParenRange.getBegin(), "(")
6436 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(EndLoc, ")");
Sebastian Redl6b169ac2009-10-26 17:01:32 +00006437}
6438
Sebastian Redlaee3c932009-10-27 12:10:02 +00006439/// DiagnoseBitwisePrecedence - Emit a warning when bitwise and comparison
6440/// operators are mixed in a way that suggests that the programmer forgot that
6441/// comparison operators have higher precedence. The most typical example of
6442/// such code is "flags & 0x0020 != 0", which is equivalent to "flags & 1".
Sebastian Redl9e1d29b2009-10-26 15:24:15 +00006443static void DiagnoseBitwisePrecedence(Sema &Self, BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc,
6444 SourceLocation OpLoc,Expr *lhs,Expr *rhs){
Sebastian Redlaee3c932009-10-27 12:10:02 +00006445 typedef BinaryOperator BinOp;
6446 BinOp::Opcode lhsopc = static_cast<BinOp::Opcode>(-1),
6447 rhsopc = static_cast<BinOp::Opcode>(-1);
6448 if (BinOp *BO = dyn_cast<BinOp>(lhs))
Sebastian Redl9e1d29b2009-10-26 15:24:15 +00006449 lhsopc = BO->getOpcode();
Sebastian Redlaee3c932009-10-27 12:10:02 +00006450 if (BinOp *BO = dyn_cast<BinOp>(rhs))
Sebastian Redl9e1d29b2009-10-26 15:24:15 +00006451 rhsopc = BO->getOpcode();
6452
6453 // Subs are not binary operators.
6454 if (lhsopc == -1 && rhsopc == -1)
6455 return;
6456
6457 // Bitwise operations are sometimes used as eager logical ops.
6458 // Don't diagnose this.
Sebastian Redlaee3c932009-10-27 12:10:02 +00006459 if ((BinOp::isComparisonOp(lhsopc) || BinOp::isBitwiseOp(lhsopc)) &&
6460 (BinOp::isComparisonOp(rhsopc) || BinOp::isBitwiseOp(rhsopc)))
Sebastian Redl9e1d29b2009-10-26 15:24:15 +00006461 return;
6462
Sebastian Redlaee3c932009-10-27 12:10:02 +00006463 if (BinOp::isComparisonOp(lhsopc))
Sebastian Redl6b169ac2009-10-26 17:01:32 +00006464 SuggestParentheses(Self, OpLoc,
Douglas Gregorfe6b2d42010-03-29 23:34:08 +00006465 Self.PDiag(diag::warn_precedence_bitwise_rel)
Sebastian Redlaee3c932009-10-27 12:10:02 +00006466 << SourceRange(lhs->getLocStart(), OpLoc)
6467 << BinOp::getOpcodeStr(Opc) << BinOp::getOpcodeStr(lhsopc),
Douglas Gregor827feec2010-01-08 00:20:23 +00006468 lhs->getSourceRange(),
Douglas Gregorfe6b2d42010-03-29 23:34:08 +00006469 Self.PDiag(diag::note_precedence_bitwise_first)
Douglas Gregor827feec2010-01-08 00:20:23 +00006470 << BinOp::getOpcodeStr(Opc),
Sebastian Redlaee3c932009-10-27 12:10:02 +00006471 SourceRange(cast<BinOp>(lhs)->getRHS()->getLocStart(), rhs->getLocEnd()));
6472 else if (BinOp::isComparisonOp(rhsopc))
Sebastian Redl6b169ac2009-10-26 17:01:32 +00006473 SuggestParentheses(Self, OpLoc,
Douglas Gregorfe6b2d42010-03-29 23:34:08 +00006474 Self.PDiag(diag::warn_precedence_bitwise_rel)
Sebastian Redlaee3c932009-10-27 12:10:02 +00006475 << SourceRange(OpLoc, rhs->getLocEnd())
6476 << BinOp::getOpcodeStr(Opc) << BinOp::getOpcodeStr(rhsopc),
Douglas Gregor827feec2010-01-08 00:20:23 +00006477 rhs->getSourceRange(),
Douglas Gregorfe6b2d42010-03-29 23:34:08 +00006478 Self.PDiag(diag::note_precedence_bitwise_first)
Douglas Gregor827feec2010-01-08 00:20:23 +00006479 << BinOp::getOpcodeStr(Opc),
Sebastian Redlaee3c932009-10-27 12:10:02 +00006480 SourceRange(lhs->getLocEnd(), cast<BinOp>(rhs)->getLHS()->getLocStart()));
Sebastian Redl9e1d29b2009-10-26 15:24:15 +00006481}
6482
6483/// DiagnoseBinOpPrecedence - Emit warnings for expressions with tricky
6484/// precedence. This currently diagnoses only "arg1 'bitwise' arg2 'eq' arg3".
6485/// But it could also warn about arg1 && arg2 || arg3, as GCC 4.3+ does.
6486static void DiagnoseBinOpPrecedence(Sema &Self, BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc,
6487 SourceLocation OpLoc, Expr *lhs, Expr *rhs){
Sebastian Redlaee3c932009-10-27 12:10:02 +00006488 if (BinaryOperator::isBitwiseOp(Opc))
Sebastian Redl9e1d29b2009-10-26 15:24:15 +00006489 DiagnoseBitwisePrecedence(Self, Opc, OpLoc, lhs, rhs);
6490}
6491
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00006492// Binary Operators. 'Tok' is the token for the operator.
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00006493Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnBinOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation TokLoc,
6494 tok::TokenKind Kind,
6495 ExprArg LHS, ExprArg RHS) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00006496 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc = ConvertTokenKindToBinaryOpcode(Kind);
Anders Carlssone9146f22009-05-01 19:49:17 +00006497 Expr *lhs = LHS.takeAs<Expr>(), *rhs = RHS.takeAs<Expr>();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00006498
Steve Narofff69936d2007-09-16 03:34:24 +00006499 assert((lhs != 0) && "ActOnBinOp(): missing left expression");
6500 assert((rhs != 0) && "ActOnBinOp(): missing right expression");
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00006501
Sebastian Redl9e1d29b2009-10-26 15:24:15 +00006502 // Emit warnings for tricky precedence issues, e.g. "bitfield & 0x4 == 0"
6503 DiagnoseBinOpPrecedence(*this, Opc, TokLoc, lhs, rhs);
6504
Douglas Gregor6ca7cfb2009-11-05 00:51:44 +00006505 return BuildBinOp(S, TokLoc, Opc, lhs, rhs);
6506}
6507
6508Action::OwningExprResult Sema::BuildBinOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
6509 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc,
6510 Expr *lhs, Expr *rhs) {
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00006511 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006512 (lhs->getType()->isOverloadableType() ||
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00006513 rhs->getType()->isOverloadableType())) {
6514 // Find all of the overloaded operators visible from this
6515 // point. We perform both an operator-name lookup from the local
6516 // scope and an argument-dependent lookup based on the types of
6517 // the arguments.
John McCall6e266892010-01-26 03:27:55 +00006518 UnresolvedSet<16> Functions;
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00006519 OverloadedOperatorKind OverOp = BinaryOperator::getOverloadedOperator(Opc);
John McCall6e266892010-01-26 03:27:55 +00006520 if (S && OverOp != OO_None)
6521 LookupOverloadedOperatorName(OverOp, S, lhs->getType(), rhs->getType(),
6522 Functions);
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00006523
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00006524 // Build the (potentially-overloaded, potentially-dependent)
6525 // binary operation.
Douglas Gregor6ca7cfb2009-11-05 00:51:44 +00006526 return CreateOverloadedBinOp(OpLoc, Opc, Functions, lhs, rhs);
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00006527 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00006528
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00006529 // Build a built-in binary operation.
Douglas Gregor6ca7cfb2009-11-05 00:51:44 +00006530 return CreateBuiltinBinOp(OpLoc, Opc, lhs, rhs);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00006531}
6532
Douglas Gregorbc736fc2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00006533Action::OwningExprResult Sema::CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(SourceLocation OpLoc,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006534 unsigned OpcIn,
Douglas Gregorbc736fc2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00006535 ExprArg InputArg) {
6536 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc = static_cast<UnaryOperator::Opcode>(OpcIn);
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00006537
Mike Stump390b4cc2009-05-16 07:39:55 +00006538 // FIXME: Input is modified below, but InputArg is not updated appropriately.
Douglas Gregorbc736fc2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00006539 Expr *Input = (Expr *)InputArg.get();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00006540 QualType resultType;
6541 switch (Opc) {
Douglas Gregorbc736fc2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00006542 case UnaryOperator::OffsetOf:
6543 assert(false && "Invalid unary operator");
6544 break;
6545
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00006546 case UnaryOperator::PreInc:
6547 case UnaryOperator::PreDec:
Eli Friedmande99a452009-07-22 22:25:00 +00006548 case UnaryOperator::PostInc:
6549 case UnaryOperator::PostDec:
Sebastian Redle6d5a4a2008-12-20 09:35:34 +00006550 resultType = CheckIncrementDecrementOperand(Input, OpLoc,
Eli Friedmande99a452009-07-22 22:25:00 +00006551 Opc == UnaryOperator::PreInc ||
6552 Opc == UnaryOperator::PostInc);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00006553 break;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006554 case UnaryOperator::AddrOf:
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00006555 resultType = CheckAddressOfOperand(Input, OpLoc);
6556 break;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006557 case UnaryOperator::Deref:
Douglas Gregora873dfc2010-02-03 00:27:59 +00006558 DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(Input);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00006559 resultType = CheckIndirectionOperand(Input, OpLoc);
6560 break;
6561 case UnaryOperator::Plus:
6562 case UnaryOperator::Minus:
Steve Naroffc80b4ee2007-07-16 21:54:35 +00006563 UsualUnaryConversions(Input);
6564 resultType = Input->getType();
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006565 if (resultType->isDependentType())
6566 break;
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00006567 if (resultType->isArithmeticType()) // C99 6.5.3.3p1
6568 break;
6569 else if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && // C++ [expr.unary.op]p6-7
6570 resultType->isEnumeralType())
6571 break;
6572 else if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && // C++ [expr.unary.op]p6
6573 Opc == UnaryOperator::Plus &&
6574 resultType->isPointerType())
6575 break;
6576
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00006577 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr)
6578 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange());
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00006579 case UnaryOperator::Not: // bitwise complement
Steve Naroffc80b4ee2007-07-16 21:54:35 +00006580 UsualUnaryConversions(Input);
6581 resultType = Input->getType();
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006582 if (resultType->isDependentType())
6583 break;
Chris Lattner02a65142008-07-25 23:52:49 +00006584 // C99 6.5.3.3p1. We allow complex int and float as a GCC extension.
6585 if (resultType->isComplexType() || resultType->isComplexIntegerType())
6586 // C99 does not support '~' for complex conjugation.
Chris Lattnerd3a94e22008-11-20 06:06:08 +00006587 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_integer_complement_complex)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00006588 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner02a65142008-07-25 23:52:49 +00006589 else if (!resultType->isIntegerType())
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00006590 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr)
6591 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange());
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00006592 break;
6593 case UnaryOperator::LNot: // logical negation
6594 // Unlike +/-/~, integer promotions aren't done here (C99 6.5.3.3p5).
Douglas Gregora873dfc2010-02-03 00:27:59 +00006595 DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(Input);
Steve Naroffc80b4ee2007-07-16 21:54:35 +00006596 resultType = Input->getType();
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006597 if (resultType->isDependentType())
6598 break;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00006599 if (!resultType->isScalarType()) // C99 6.5.3.3p1
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00006600 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr)
6601 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange());
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00006602 // LNot always has type int. C99 6.5.3.3p5.
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00006603 // In C++, it's bool. C++ 5.3.1p8
6604 resultType = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus ? Context.BoolTy : Context.IntTy;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00006605 break;
Chris Lattnerdbb36972007-08-24 21:16:53 +00006606 case UnaryOperator::Real:
Chris Lattnerdbb36972007-08-24 21:16:53 +00006607 case UnaryOperator::Imag:
Chris Lattnerba27e2a2009-02-17 08:12:06 +00006608 resultType = CheckRealImagOperand(Input, OpLoc, Opc == UnaryOperator::Real);
Chris Lattnerdbb36972007-08-24 21:16:53 +00006609 break;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00006610 case UnaryOperator::Extension:
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00006611 resultType = Input->getType();
6612 break;
6613 }
6614 if (resultType.isNull())
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00006615 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregorbc736fc2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00006616
6617 InputArg.release();
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00006618 return Owned(new (Context) UnaryOperator(Input, Opc, resultType, OpLoc));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00006619}
6620
Douglas Gregor6ca7cfb2009-11-05 00:51:44 +00006621Action::OwningExprResult Sema::BuildUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
6622 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc,
6623 ExprArg input) {
Douglas Gregorbc736fc2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00006624 Expr *Input = (Expr*)input.get();
Anders Carlssona8a1e3d2009-11-14 21:26:41 +00006625 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && Input->getType()->isOverloadableType() &&
6626 Opc != UnaryOperator::Extension) {
Douglas Gregorbc736fc2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00006627 // Find all of the overloaded operators visible from this
6628 // point. We perform both an operator-name lookup from the local
6629 // scope and an argument-dependent lookup based on the types of
6630 // the arguments.
John McCall6e266892010-01-26 03:27:55 +00006631 UnresolvedSet<16> Functions;
Douglas Gregorbc736fc2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00006632 OverloadedOperatorKind OverOp = UnaryOperator::getOverloadedOperator(Opc);
John McCall6e266892010-01-26 03:27:55 +00006633 if (S && OverOp != OO_None)
6634 LookupOverloadedOperatorName(OverOp, S, Input->getType(), QualType(),
6635 Functions);
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00006636
Douglas Gregorbc736fc2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00006637 return CreateOverloadedUnaryOp(OpLoc, Opc, Functions, move(input));
6638 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00006639
Douglas Gregorbc736fc2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00006640 return CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(OpLoc, Opc, move(input));
6641}
6642
Douglas Gregor6ca7cfb2009-11-05 00:51:44 +00006643// Unary Operators. 'Tok' is the token for the operator.
6644Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
6645 tok::TokenKind Op, ExprArg input) {
6646 return BuildUnaryOp(S, OpLoc, ConvertTokenKindToUnaryOpcode(Op), move(input));
6647}
6648
Steve Naroff1b273c42007-09-16 14:56:35 +00006649/// ActOnAddrLabel - Parse the GNU address of label extension: "&&foo".
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006650Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnAddrLabel(SourceLocation OpLoc,
6651 SourceLocation LabLoc,
6652 IdentifierInfo *LabelII) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00006653 // Look up the record for this label identifier.
Chris Lattnerea29a3a2009-04-18 20:01:55 +00006654 LabelStmt *&LabelDecl = getLabelMap()[LabelII];
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006655
Daniel Dunbar0ffb1252008-08-04 16:51:22 +00006656 // If we haven't seen this label yet, create a forward reference. It
6657 // will be validated and/or cleaned up in ActOnFinishFunctionBody.
Steve Naroffcaaacec2009-03-13 15:38:40 +00006658 if (LabelDecl == 0)
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00006659 LabelDecl = new (Context) LabelStmt(LabLoc, LabelII, 0);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006660
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00006661 // Create the AST node. The address of a label always has type 'void*'.
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006662 return Owned(new (Context) AddrLabelExpr(OpLoc, LabLoc, LabelDecl,
6663 Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy)));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00006664}
6665
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006666Sema::OwningExprResult
6667Sema::ActOnStmtExpr(SourceLocation LPLoc, StmtArg substmt,
6668 SourceLocation RPLoc) { // "({..})"
6669 Stmt *SubStmt = static_cast<Stmt*>(substmt.get());
Chris Lattnerab18c4c2007-07-24 16:58:17 +00006670 assert(SubStmt && isa<CompoundStmt>(SubStmt) && "Invalid action invocation!");
6671 CompoundStmt *Compound = cast<CompoundStmt>(SubStmt);
6672
Douglas Gregordd8f5692010-03-10 04:54:39 +00006673 bool isFileScope
6674 = (getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl() == 0) && (getCurBlock() == 0);
Chris Lattner4a049f02009-04-25 19:11:05 +00006675 if (isFileScope)
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006676 return ExprError(Diag(LPLoc, diag::err_stmtexpr_file_scope));
Eli Friedmandca2b732009-01-24 23:09:00 +00006677
Chris Lattnerab18c4c2007-07-24 16:58:17 +00006678 // FIXME: there are a variety of strange constraints to enforce here, for
6679 // example, it is not possible to goto into a stmt expression apparently.
6680 // More semantic analysis is needed.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006681
Chris Lattnerab18c4c2007-07-24 16:58:17 +00006682 // If there are sub stmts in the compound stmt, take the type of the last one
6683 // as the type of the stmtexpr.
6684 QualType Ty = Context.VoidTy;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006685
Chris Lattner611b2ec2008-07-26 19:51:01 +00006686 if (!Compound->body_empty()) {
6687 Stmt *LastStmt = Compound->body_back();
6688 // If LastStmt is a label, skip down through into the body.
6689 while (LabelStmt *Label = dyn_cast<LabelStmt>(LastStmt))
6690 LastStmt = Label->getSubStmt();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006691
Chris Lattner611b2ec2008-07-26 19:51:01 +00006692 if (Expr *LastExpr = dyn_cast<Expr>(LastStmt))
Chris Lattnerab18c4c2007-07-24 16:58:17 +00006693 Ty = LastExpr->getType();
Chris Lattner611b2ec2008-07-26 19:51:01 +00006694 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006695
Eli Friedmanb1d796d2009-03-23 00:24:07 +00006696 // FIXME: Check that expression type is complete/non-abstract; statement
6697 // expressions are not lvalues.
6698
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006699 substmt.release();
6700 return Owned(new (Context) StmtExpr(Compound, Ty, LPLoc, RPLoc));
Chris Lattnerab18c4c2007-07-24 16:58:17 +00006701}
Steve Naroffd34e9152007-08-01 22:05:33 +00006702
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006703Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnBuiltinOffsetOf(Scope *S,
6704 SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
6705 SourceLocation TypeLoc,
6706 TypeTy *argty,
6707 OffsetOfComponent *CompPtr,
6708 unsigned NumComponents,
6709 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
6710 // FIXME: This function leaks all expressions in the offset components on
6711 // error.
Argyrios Kyrtzidise8661902009-08-19 01:28:28 +00006712 // FIXME: Preserve type source info.
6713 QualType ArgTy = GetTypeFromParser(argty);
Chris Lattner73d0d4f2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00006714 assert(!ArgTy.isNull() && "Missing type argument!");
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006715
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006716 bool Dependent = ArgTy->isDependentType();
6717
Chris Lattner73d0d4f2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00006718 // We must have at least one component that refers to the type, and the first
6719 // one is known to be a field designator. Verify that the ArgTy represents
6720 // a struct/union/class.
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006721 if (!Dependent && !ArgTy->isRecordType())
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006722 return ExprError(Diag(TypeLoc, diag::err_offsetof_record_type) << ArgTy);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006723
Eli Friedmanb1d796d2009-03-23 00:24:07 +00006724 // FIXME: Type must be complete per C99 7.17p3 because a declaring a variable
6725 // with an incomplete type would be illegal.
Douglas Gregor4fdf1fa2009-03-11 16:48:53 +00006726
Eli Friedman35183ac2009-02-27 06:44:11 +00006727 // Otherwise, create a null pointer as the base, and iteratively process
6728 // the offsetof designators.
6729 QualType ArgTyPtr = Context.getPointerType(ArgTy);
6730 Expr* Res = new (Context) ImplicitValueInitExpr(ArgTyPtr);
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006731 Res = new (Context) UnaryOperator(Res, UnaryOperator::Deref,
Eli Friedman35183ac2009-02-27 06:44:11 +00006732 ArgTy, SourceLocation());
Eli Friedman1d242592009-01-26 01:33:06 +00006733
Chris Lattner9e2b75c2007-08-31 21:49:13 +00006734 // offsetof with non-identifier designators (e.g. "offsetof(x, a.b[c])") are a
6735 // GCC extension, diagnose them.
Eli Friedman35183ac2009-02-27 06:44:11 +00006736 // FIXME: This diagnostic isn't actually visible because the location is in
6737 // a system header!
Chris Lattner9e2b75c2007-08-31 21:49:13 +00006738 if (NumComponents != 1)
Chris Lattnerdcd5ef12008-11-19 05:27:50 +00006739 Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::ext_offsetof_extended_field_designator)
6740 << SourceRange(CompPtr[1].LocStart, CompPtr[NumComponents-1].LocEnd);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006741
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006742 if (!Dependent) {
Eli Friedmanc0d600c2009-05-03 21:22:18 +00006743 bool DidWarnAboutNonPOD = false;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006744
John McCalld00f2002009-11-04 03:03:43 +00006745 if (RequireCompleteType(TypeLoc, Res->getType(),
6746 diag::err_offsetof_incomplete_type))
6747 return ExprError();
6748
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006749 // FIXME: Dependent case loses a lot of information here. And probably
6750 // leaks like a sieve.
6751 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumComponents; ++i) {
6752 const OffsetOfComponent &OC = CompPtr[i];
6753 if (OC.isBrackets) {
6754 // Offset of an array sub-field. TODO: Should we allow vector elements?
6755 const ArrayType *AT = Context.getAsArrayType(Res->getType());
6756 if (!AT) {
6757 Res->Destroy(Context);
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006758 return ExprError(Diag(OC.LocEnd, diag::err_offsetof_array_type)
6759 << Res->getType());
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006760 }
6761
6762 // FIXME: C++: Verify that operator[] isn't overloaded.
6763
Eli Friedman35183ac2009-02-27 06:44:11 +00006764 // Promote the array so it looks more like a normal array subscript
6765 // expression.
Douglas Gregora873dfc2010-02-03 00:27:59 +00006766 DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(Res);
Eli Friedman35183ac2009-02-27 06:44:11 +00006767
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006768 // C99 6.5.2.1p1
6769 Expr *Idx = static_cast<Expr*>(OC.U.E);
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006770 // FIXME: Leaks Res
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006771 if (!Idx->isTypeDependent() && !Idx->getType()->isIntegerType())
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006772 return ExprError(Diag(Idx->getLocStart(),
Chris Lattner338395d2009-04-25 22:50:55 +00006773 diag::err_typecheck_subscript_not_integer)
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006774 << Idx->getSourceRange());
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006775
6776 Res = new (Context) ArraySubscriptExpr(Res, Idx, AT->getElementType(),
6777 OC.LocEnd);
6778 continue;
Chris Lattner73d0d4f2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00006779 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006780
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00006781 const RecordType *RC = Res->getType()->getAs<RecordType>();
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006782 if (!RC) {
6783 Res->Destroy(Context);
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006784 return ExprError(Diag(OC.LocEnd, diag::err_offsetof_record_type)
6785 << Res->getType());
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006786 }
Chris Lattner704fe352007-08-30 17:59:59 +00006787
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006788 // Get the decl corresponding to this.
6789 RecordDecl *RD = RC->getDecl();
Anders Carlsson6d7f1492009-05-01 23:20:30 +00006790 if (CXXRecordDecl *CRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD)) {
Douglas Gregor1c7c3fb2009-12-22 01:01:55 +00006791 if (!CRD->isPOD() && !DidWarnAboutNonPOD &&
6792 DiagRuntimeBehavior(BuiltinLoc,
6793 PDiag(diag::warn_offsetof_non_pod_type)
6794 << SourceRange(CompPtr[0].LocStart, OC.LocEnd)
6795 << Res->getType()))
6796 DidWarnAboutNonPOD = true;
Anders Carlsson6d7f1492009-05-01 23:20:30 +00006797 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006798
John McCalla24dc2e2009-11-17 02:14:36 +00006799 LookupResult R(*this, OC.U.IdentInfo, OC.LocStart, LookupMemberName);
6800 LookupQualifiedName(R, RD);
John McCallf36e02d2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00006801
John McCall1bcee0a2009-12-02 08:25:40 +00006802 FieldDecl *MemberDecl = R.getAsSingle<FieldDecl>();
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006803 // FIXME: Leaks Res
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006804 if (!MemberDecl)
Douglas Gregor3f093272009-10-13 21:16:44 +00006805 return ExprError(Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::err_no_member)
6806 << OC.U.IdentInfo << RD << SourceRange(OC.LocStart, OC.LocEnd));
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006807
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006808 // FIXME: C++: Verify that MemberDecl isn't a static field.
6809 // FIXME: Verify that MemberDecl isn't a bitfield.
Eli Friedmane9356962009-04-26 20:50:44 +00006810 if (cast<RecordDecl>(MemberDecl->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) {
Anders Carlssonf1b1d592009-05-01 19:30:39 +00006811 Res = BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(
John McCall09b6d0e2009-11-11 03:23:23 +00006812 OC.LocEnd, MemberDecl, Res, OC.LocEnd).takeAs<Expr>();
Eli Friedmane9356962009-04-26 20:50:44 +00006813 } else {
John McCall6bb80172010-03-30 21:47:33 +00006814 PerformObjectMemberConversion(Res, /*Qualifier=*/0,
6815 *R.begin(), MemberDecl);
Eli Friedmane9356962009-04-26 20:50:44 +00006816 // MemberDecl->getType() doesn't get the right qualifiers, but it
6817 // doesn't matter here.
6818 Res = new (Context) MemberExpr(Res, false, MemberDecl, OC.LocEnd,
6819 MemberDecl->getType().getNonReferenceType());
6820 }
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006821 }
Chris Lattner73d0d4f2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00006822 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006823
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006824 return Owned(new (Context) UnaryOperator(Res, UnaryOperator::OffsetOf,
6825 Context.getSizeType(), BuiltinLoc));
Chris Lattner73d0d4f2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00006826}
6827
6828
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006829Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnTypesCompatibleExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
6830 TypeTy *arg1,TypeTy *arg2,
6831 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidise8661902009-08-19 01:28:28 +00006832 // FIXME: Preserve type source info.
6833 QualType argT1 = GetTypeFromParser(arg1);
6834 QualType argT2 = GetTypeFromParser(arg2);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006835
Steve Naroffd34e9152007-08-01 22:05:33 +00006836 assert((!argT1.isNull() && !argT2.isNull()) && "Missing type argument(s)");
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006837
Douglas Gregorc12a9c52009-05-19 22:28:02 +00006838 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
6839 Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::err_types_compatible_p_in_cplusplus)
6840 << SourceRange(BuiltinLoc, RPLoc);
6841 return ExprError();
6842 }
6843
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006844 return Owned(new (Context) TypesCompatibleExpr(Context.IntTy, BuiltinLoc,
6845 argT1, argT2, RPLoc));
Steve Naroffd34e9152007-08-01 22:05:33 +00006846}
6847
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006848Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnChooseExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
6849 ExprArg cond,
6850 ExprArg expr1, ExprArg expr2,
6851 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
6852 Expr *CondExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(cond.get());
6853 Expr *LHSExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(expr1.get());
6854 Expr *RHSExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(expr2.get());
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006855
Steve Naroffd04fdd52007-08-03 21:21:27 +00006856 assert((CondExpr && LHSExpr && RHSExpr) && "Missing type argument(s)");
6857
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006858 QualType resType;
Douglas Gregorce940492009-09-25 04:25:58 +00006859 bool ValueDependent = false;
Douglas Gregorc9ecc572009-05-19 22:43:30 +00006860 if (CondExpr->isTypeDependent() || CondExpr->isValueDependent()) {
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006861 resType = Context.DependentTy;
Douglas Gregorce940492009-09-25 04:25:58 +00006862 ValueDependent = true;
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006863 } else {
6864 // The conditional expression is required to be a constant expression.
6865 llvm::APSInt condEval(32);
6866 SourceLocation ExpLoc;
6867 if (!CondExpr->isIntegerConstantExpr(condEval, Context, &ExpLoc))
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006868 return ExprError(Diag(ExpLoc,
6869 diag::err_typecheck_choose_expr_requires_constant)
6870 << CondExpr->getSourceRange());
Steve Naroffd04fdd52007-08-03 21:21:27 +00006871
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006872 // If the condition is > zero, then the AST type is the same as the LSHExpr.
6873 resType = condEval.getZExtValue() ? LHSExpr->getType() : RHSExpr->getType();
Douglas Gregorce940492009-09-25 04:25:58 +00006874 ValueDependent = condEval.getZExtValue() ? LHSExpr->isValueDependent()
6875 : RHSExpr->isValueDependent();
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006876 }
6877
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006878 cond.release(); expr1.release(); expr2.release();
6879 return Owned(new (Context) ChooseExpr(BuiltinLoc, CondExpr, LHSExpr, RHSExpr,
Douglas Gregorce940492009-09-25 04:25:58 +00006880 resType, RPLoc,
6881 resType->isDependentType(),
6882 ValueDependent));
Steve Naroffd04fdd52007-08-03 21:21:27 +00006883}
6884
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006885//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
6886// Clang Extensions.
6887//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
6888
6889/// ActOnBlockStart - This callback is invoked when a block literal is started.
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00006890void Sema::ActOnBlockStart(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *BlockScope) {
Douglas Gregor9ea9bdb2010-03-01 23:15:13 +00006891 BlockDecl *Block = BlockDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, CaretLoc);
6892 PushBlockScope(BlockScope, Block);
6893 CurContext->addDecl(Block);
6894 PushDeclContext(BlockScope, Block);
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00006895}
6896
Mike Stump98eb8a72009-02-04 22:31:32 +00006897void Sema::ActOnBlockArguments(Declarator &ParamInfo, Scope *CurScope) {
Mike Stumpaf199f32009-05-07 18:43:07 +00006898 assert(ParamInfo.getIdentifier()==0 && "block-id should have no identifier!");
Douglas Gregor9ea9bdb2010-03-01 23:15:13 +00006899 BlockScopeInfo *CurBlock = getCurBlock();
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00006900
Mike Stump98eb8a72009-02-04 22:31:32 +00006901 if (ParamInfo.getNumTypeObjects() == 0
6902 || ParamInfo.getTypeObject(0).Kind != DeclaratorChunk::Function) {
Douglas Gregor9cdda0c2009-06-17 21:51:59 +00006903 ProcessDeclAttributes(CurScope, CurBlock->TheDecl, ParamInfo);
Mike Stump98eb8a72009-02-04 22:31:32 +00006904 QualType T = GetTypeForDeclarator(ParamInfo, CurScope);
6905
Mike Stump4eeab842009-04-28 01:10:27 +00006906 if (T->isArrayType()) {
6907 Diag(ParamInfo.getSourceRange().getBegin(),
6908 diag::err_block_returns_array);
6909 return;
6910 }
6911
Mike Stump98eb8a72009-02-04 22:31:32 +00006912 // The parameter list is optional, if there was none, assume ().
6913 if (!T->isFunctionType())
Rafael Espindola264ba482010-03-30 20:24:48 +00006914 T = Context.getFunctionType(T, 0, 0, false, 0, false, false, 0, 0,
6915 FunctionType::ExtInfo());
Mike Stump98eb8a72009-02-04 22:31:32 +00006916
6917 CurBlock->hasPrototype = true;
6918 CurBlock->isVariadic = false;
Fariborz Jahanian2f7c3922009-05-14 20:53:39 +00006919 // Check for a valid sentinel attribute on this block.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis40b598e2009-06-30 02:34:44 +00006920 if (CurBlock->TheDecl->getAttr<SentinelAttr>()) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006921 Diag(ParamInfo.getAttributes()->getLoc(),
Fariborz Jahanian3bba33d2009-05-15 21:18:04 +00006922 diag::warn_attribute_sentinel_not_variadic) << 1;
Fariborz Jahanian2f7c3922009-05-14 20:53:39 +00006923 // FIXME: remove the attribute.
6924 }
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00006925 QualType RetTy = T.getTypePtr()->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006926
Chris Lattner9097af12009-04-11 19:27:54 +00006927 // Do not allow returning a objc interface by-value.
6928 if (RetTy->isObjCInterfaceType()) {
6929 Diag(ParamInfo.getSourceRange().getBegin(),
6930 diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 0 << RetTy;
6931 return;
6932 }
Douglas Gregora873dfc2010-02-03 00:27:59 +00006933
6934 CurBlock->ReturnType = RetTy;
Mike Stump98eb8a72009-02-04 22:31:32 +00006935 return;
6936 }
6937
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006938 // Analyze arguments to block.
6939 assert(ParamInfo.getTypeObject(0).Kind == DeclaratorChunk::Function &&
6940 "Not a function declarator!");
6941 DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = ParamInfo.getTypeObject(0).Fun;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006942
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00006943 CurBlock->hasPrototype = FTI.hasPrototype;
6944 CurBlock->isVariadic = true;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006945
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006946 // Check for C99 6.7.5.3p10 - foo(void) is a non-varargs function that takes
6947 // no arguments, not a function that takes a single void argument.
6948 if (FTI.hasPrototype &&
6949 FTI.NumArgs == 1 && !FTI.isVariadic && FTI.ArgInfo[0].Ident == 0 &&
Chris Lattnerb28317a2009-03-28 19:18:32 +00006950 (!FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param.getAs<ParmVarDecl>()->getType().getCVRQualifiers()&&
6951 FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param.getAs<ParmVarDecl>()->getType()->isVoidType())) {
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006952 // empty arg list, don't push any params.
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00006953 CurBlock->isVariadic = false;
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006954 } else if (FTI.hasPrototype) {
Fariborz Jahanian9a66c302010-02-12 21:53:14 +00006955 for (unsigned i = 0, e = FTI.NumArgs; i != e; ++i) {
6956 ParmVarDecl *Param = FTI.ArgInfo[i].Param.getAs<ParmVarDecl>();
6957 if (Param->getIdentifier() == 0 &&
6958 !Param->isImplicit() &&
6959 !Param->isInvalidDecl() &&
6960 !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
6961 Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_parameter_name_omitted);
6962 CurBlock->Params.push_back(Param);
6963 }
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00006964 CurBlock->isVariadic = FTI.isVariadic;
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006965 }
Douglas Gregor838db382010-02-11 01:19:42 +00006966 CurBlock->TheDecl->setParams(CurBlock->Params.data(),
Chris Lattner9097af12009-04-11 19:27:54 +00006967 CurBlock->Params.size());
Fariborz Jahaniand66f22d2009-05-19 17:08:59 +00006968 CurBlock->TheDecl->setIsVariadic(CurBlock->isVariadic);
Douglas Gregor9cdda0c2009-06-17 21:51:59 +00006969 ProcessDeclAttributes(CurScope, CurBlock->TheDecl, ParamInfo);
John McCall053f4bd2010-03-22 09:20:08 +00006970
6971 bool ShouldCheckShadow =
6972 Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_decl_shadow) != Diagnostic::Ignored;
6973
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00006974 for (BlockDecl::param_iterator AI = CurBlock->TheDecl->param_begin(),
John McCall7a9813c2010-01-22 00:28:27 +00006975 E = CurBlock->TheDecl->param_end(); AI != E; ++AI) {
6976 (*AI)->setOwningFunction(CurBlock->TheDecl);
6977
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00006978 // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack.
John McCall053f4bd2010-03-22 09:20:08 +00006979 if ((*AI)->getIdentifier()) {
6980 if (ShouldCheckShadow)
6981 CheckShadow(CurBlock->TheScope, *AI);
6982
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00006983 PushOnScopeChains(*AI, CurBlock->TheScope);
John McCall053f4bd2010-03-22 09:20:08 +00006984 }
John McCall7a9813c2010-01-22 00:28:27 +00006985 }
Chris Lattner9097af12009-04-11 19:27:54 +00006986
Fariborz Jahanian2f7c3922009-05-14 20:53:39 +00006987 // Check for a valid sentinel attribute on this block.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006988 if (!CurBlock->isVariadic &&
Argyrios Kyrtzidis40b598e2009-06-30 02:34:44 +00006989 CurBlock->TheDecl->getAttr<SentinelAttr>()) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006990 Diag(ParamInfo.getAttributes()->getLoc(),
Fariborz Jahanian3bba33d2009-05-15 21:18:04 +00006991 diag::warn_attribute_sentinel_not_variadic) << 1;
Fariborz Jahanian2f7c3922009-05-14 20:53:39 +00006992 // FIXME: remove the attribute.
6993 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006994
Chris Lattner9097af12009-04-11 19:27:54 +00006995 // Analyze the return type.
6996 QualType T = GetTypeForDeclarator(ParamInfo, CurScope);
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00006997 QualType RetTy = T->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006998
Chris Lattner9097af12009-04-11 19:27:54 +00006999 // Do not allow returning a objc interface by-value.
7000 if (RetTy->isObjCInterfaceType()) {
7001 Diag(ParamInfo.getSourceRange().getBegin(),
7002 diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 0 << RetTy;
7003 } else if (!RetTy->isDependentType())
Fariborz Jahanian7d5c74e2009-06-19 23:37:08 +00007004 CurBlock->ReturnType = RetTy;
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00007005}
7006
7007/// ActOnBlockError - If there is an error parsing a block, this callback
7008/// is invoked to pop the information about the block from the action impl.
7009void Sema::ActOnBlockError(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *CurScope) {
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00007010 // Pop off CurBlock, handle nested blocks.
Chris Lattner5c59e2b2009-04-21 22:38:46 +00007011 PopDeclContext();
Douglas Gregor9ea9bdb2010-03-01 23:15:13 +00007012 PopFunctionOrBlockScope();
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00007013 // FIXME: Delete the ParmVarDecl objects as well???
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00007014}
7015
7016/// ActOnBlockStmtExpr - This is called when the body of a block statement
7017/// literal was successfully completed. ^(int x){...}
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00007018Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnBlockStmtExpr(SourceLocation CaretLoc,
7019 StmtArg body, Scope *CurScope) {
Chris Lattner9af55002009-03-27 04:18:06 +00007020 // If blocks are disabled, emit an error.
7021 if (!LangOpts.Blocks)
7022 Diag(CaretLoc, diag::err_blocks_disable);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00007023
Douglas Gregor9ea9bdb2010-03-01 23:15:13 +00007024 BlockScopeInfo *BSI = cast<BlockScopeInfo>(FunctionScopes.back());
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00007025
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00007026 PopDeclContext();
7027
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00007028 QualType RetTy = Context.VoidTy;
Fariborz Jahanian7d5c74e2009-06-19 23:37:08 +00007029 if (!BSI->ReturnType.isNull())
7030 RetTy = BSI->ReturnType;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00007031
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00007032 llvm::SmallVector<QualType, 8> ArgTypes;
7033 for (unsigned i = 0, e = BSI->Params.size(); i != e; ++i)
7034 ArgTypes.push_back(BSI->Params[i]->getType());
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00007035
Mike Stump56925862009-07-28 22:04:01 +00007036 bool NoReturn = BSI->TheDecl->getAttr<NoReturnAttr>();
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00007037 QualType BlockTy;
7038 if (!BSI->hasPrototype)
Mike Stump56925862009-07-28 22:04:01 +00007039 BlockTy = Context.getFunctionType(RetTy, 0, 0, false, 0, false, false, 0, 0,
Rafael Espindola264ba482010-03-30 20:24:48 +00007040 FunctionType::ExtInfo(NoReturn, CC_Default));
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00007041 else
Jay Foadbeaaccd2009-05-21 09:52:38 +00007042 BlockTy = Context.getFunctionType(RetTy, ArgTypes.data(), ArgTypes.size(),
Mike Stump56925862009-07-28 22:04:01 +00007043 BSI->isVariadic, 0, false, false, 0, 0,
Rafael Espindola264ba482010-03-30 20:24:48 +00007044 FunctionType::ExtInfo(NoReturn, CC_Default));
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00007045
Eli Friedmanb1d796d2009-03-23 00:24:07 +00007046 // FIXME: Check that return/parameter types are complete/non-abstract
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00007047 DiagnoseUnusedParameters(BSI->Params.begin(), BSI->Params.end());
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00007048 BlockTy = Context.getBlockPointerType(BlockTy);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00007049
Chris Lattner17a78302009-04-19 05:28:12 +00007050 // If needed, diagnose invalid gotos and switches in the block.
Douglas Gregor9ea9bdb2010-03-01 23:15:13 +00007051 if (FunctionNeedsScopeChecking() && !hasAnyErrorsInThisFunction())
Chris Lattner17a78302009-04-19 05:28:12 +00007052 DiagnoseInvalidJumps(static_cast<CompoundStmt*>(body.get()));
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00007053
Anders Carlssone9146f22009-05-01 19:49:17 +00007054 BSI->TheDecl->setBody(body.takeAs<CompoundStmt>());
Mike Stumpa3899eb2010-01-19 23:08:01 +00007055
7056 bool Good = true;
7057 // Check goto/label use.
7058 for (llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*, LabelStmt*>::iterator
7059 I = BSI->LabelMap.begin(), E = BSI->LabelMap.end(); I != E; ++I) {
7060 LabelStmt *L = I->second;
7061
7062 // Verify that we have no forward references left. If so, there was a goto
7063 // or address of a label taken, but no definition of it.
7064 if (L->getSubStmt() != 0)
7065 continue;
7066
7067 // Emit error.
7068 Diag(L->getIdentLoc(), diag::err_undeclared_label_use) << L->getName();
7069 Good = false;
7070 }
Douglas Gregor9ea9bdb2010-03-01 23:15:13 +00007071 if (!Good) {
7072 PopFunctionOrBlockScope();
Mike Stumpa3899eb2010-01-19 23:08:01 +00007073 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor9ea9bdb2010-03-01 23:15:13 +00007074 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00007075
Ted Kremenekdbdbaaf2010-03-20 21:06:02 +00007076 // Issue any analysis-based warnings.
Ted Kremenekd064fdc2010-03-23 00:13:23 +00007077 const sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy &WP =
7078 AnalysisWarnings.getDefaultPolicy();
7079 AnalysisWarnings.IssueWarnings(WP, BSI->TheDecl, BlockTy);
Ted Kremenekdbdbaaf2010-03-20 21:06:02 +00007080
Douglas Gregor9ea9bdb2010-03-01 23:15:13 +00007081 Expr *Result = new (Context) BlockExpr(BSI->TheDecl, BlockTy,
7082 BSI->hasBlockDeclRefExprs);
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00007083 PopFunctionOrBlockScope();
Douglas Gregor9ea9bdb2010-03-01 23:15:13 +00007084 return Owned(Result);
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00007085}
7086
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00007087Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnVAArg(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
7088 ExprArg expr, TypeTy *type,
7089 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidise8661902009-08-19 01:28:28 +00007090 QualType T = GetTypeFromParser(type);
Chris Lattner0d20b8a2009-04-05 15:49:53 +00007091 Expr *E = static_cast<Expr*>(expr.get());
7092 Expr *OrigExpr = E;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00007093
Anders Carlsson7c50aca2007-10-15 20:28:48 +00007094 InitBuiltinVaListType();
Eli Friedmanc34bcde2008-08-09 23:32:40 +00007095
7096 // Get the va_list type
7097 QualType VaListType = Context.getBuiltinVaListType();
Eli Friedman5c091ba2009-05-16 12:46:54 +00007098 if (VaListType->isArrayType()) {
7099 // Deal with implicit array decay; for example, on x86-64,
7100 // va_list is an array, but it's supposed to decay to
7101 // a pointer for va_arg.
Eli Friedmanc34bcde2008-08-09 23:32:40 +00007102 VaListType = Context.getArrayDecayedType(VaListType);
Eli Friedman5c091ba2009-05-16 12:46:54 +00007103 // Make sure the input expression also decays appropriately.
7104 UsualUnaryConversions(E);
7105 } else {
7106 // Otherwise, the va_list argument must be an l-value because
7107 // it is modified by va_arg.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00007108 if (!E->isTypeDependent() &&
Douglas Gregordd027302009-05-19 23:10:31 +00007109 CheckForModifiableLvalue(E, BuiltinLoc, *this))
Eli Friedman5c091ba2009-05-16 12:46:54 +00007110 return ExprError();
7111 }
Eli Friedmanc34bcde2008-08-09 23:32:40 +00007112
Douglas Gregordd027302009-05-19 23:10:31 +00007113 if (!E->isTypeDependent() &&
7114 !Context.hasSameType(VaListType, E->getType())) {
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00007115 return ExprError(Diag(E->getLocStart(),
7116 diag::err_first_argument_to_va_arg_not_of_type_va_list)
Chris Lattner0d20b8a2009-04-05 15:49:53 +00007117 << OrigExpr->getType() << E->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattner9dc8f192009-04-05 00:59:53 +00007118 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00007119
Eli Friedmanb1d796d2009-03-23 00:24:07 +00007120 // FIXME: Check that type is complete/non-abstract
Anders Carlsson7c50aca2007-10-15 20:28:48 +00007121 // FIXME: Warn if a non-POD type is passed in.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00007122
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00007123 expr.release();
7124 return Owned(new (Context) VAArgExpr(BuiltinLoc, E, T.getNonReferenceType(),
7125 RPLoc));
Anders Carlsson7c50aca2007-10-15 20:28:48 +00007126}
7127
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00007128Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnGNUNullExpr(SourceLocation TokenLoc) {
Douglas Gregor2d8b2732008-11-29 04:51:27 +00007129 // The type of __null will be int or long, depending on the size of
7130 // pointers on the target.
7131 QualType Ty;
7132 if (Context.Target.getPointerWidth(0) == Context.Target.getIntWidth())
7133 Ty = Context.IntTy;
7134 else
7135 Ty = Context.LongTy;
7136
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00007137 return Owned(new (Context) GNUNullExpr(Ty, TokenLoc));
Douglas Gregor2d8b2732008-11-29 04:51:27 +00007138}
7139
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00007140static void
Anders Carlssonb76cd3d2009-11-10 04:46:30 +00007141MakeObjCStringLiteralCodeModificationHint(Sema& SemaRef,
7142 QualType DstType,
7143 Expr *SrcExpr,
7144 CodeModificationHint &Hint) {
7145 if (!SemaRef.getLangOptions().ObjC1)
7146 return;
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00007147
Anders Carlssonb76cd3d2009-11-10 04:46:30 +00007148 const ObjCObjectPointerType *PT = DstType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
7149 if (!PT)
7150 return;
7151
7152 // Check if the destination is of type 'id'.
7153 if (!PT->isObjCIdType()) {
7154 // Check if the destination is the 'NSString' interface.
7155 const ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = PT->getInterfaceDecl();
7156 if (!ID || !ID->getIdentifier()->isStr("NSString"))
7157 return;
7158 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00007159
Anders Carlssonb76cd3d2009-11-10 04:46:30 +00007160 // Strip off any parens and casts.
7161 StringLiteral *SL = dyn_cast<StringLiteral>(SrcExpr->IgnoreParenCasts());
7162 if (!SL || SL->isWide())
7163 return;
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00007164
Anders Carlssonb76cd3d2009-11-10 04:46:30 +00007165 Hint = CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(SL->getLocStart(), "@");
7166}
7167
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00007168bool Sema::DiagnoseAssignmentResult(AssignConvertType ConvTy,
7169 SourceLocation Loc,
7170 QualType DstType, QualType SrcType,
Douglas Gregor68647482009-12-16 03:45:30 +00007171 Expr *SrcExpr, AssignmentAction Action) {
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00007172 // Decode the result (notice that AST's are still created for extensions).
7173 bool isInvalid = false;
7174 unsigned DiagKind;
Anders Carlssonb76cd3d2009-11-10 04:46:30 +00007175 CodeModificationHint Hint;
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00007176
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00007177 switch (ConvTy) {
7178 default: assert(0 && "Unknown conversion type");
7179 case Compatible: return false;
Chris Lattnerb7b61152008-01-04 18:22:42 +00007180 case PointerToInt:
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00007181 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_pointer_int;
7182 break;
Chris Lattnerb7b61152008-01-04 18:22:42 +00007183 case IntToPointer:
7184 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_int_pointer;
7185 break;
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00007186 case IncompatiblePointer:
Anders Carlssonb76cd3d2009-11-10 04:46:30 +00007187 MakeObjCStringLiteralCodeModificationHint(*this, DstType, SrcExpr, Hint);
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00007188 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_incompatible_pointer;
7189 break;
Eli Friedmanf05c05d2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00007190 case IncompatiblePointerSign:
7191 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_incompatible_pointer_sign;
7192 break;
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00007193 case FunctionVoidPointer:
7194 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_pointer_void_func;
7195 break;
7196 case CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers:
Douglas Gregor77a52232008-09-12 00:47:35 +00007197 // If the qualifiers lost were because we were applying the
7198 // (deprecated) C++ conversion from a string literal to a char*
7199 // (or wchar_t*), then there was no error (C++ 4.2p2). FIXME:
7200 // Ideally, this check would be performed in
7201 // CheckPointerTypesForAssignment. However, that would require a
7202 // bit of refactoring (so that the second argument is an
7203 // expression, rather than a type), which should be done as part
7204 // of a larger effort to fix CheckPointerTypesForAssignment for
7205 // C++ semantics.
7206 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
7207 IsStringLiteralToNonConstPointerConversion(SrcExpr, DstType))
7208 return false;
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00007209 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_discards_qualifiers;
7210 break;
Sean Huntc9132b62009-11-08 07:46:34 +00007211 case IncompatibleNestedPointerQualifiers:
Fariborz Jahanian3451e922009-11-09 22:16:37 +00007212 DiagKind = diag::ext_nested_pointer_qualifier_mismatch;
Fariborz Jahanian36a862f2009-11-07 20:20:40 +00007213 break;
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00007214 case IntToBlockPointer:
7215 DiagKind = diag::err_int_to_block_pointer;
7216 break;
7217 case IncompatibleBlockPointer:
Mike Stump25efa102009-04-21 22:51:42 +00007218 DiagKind = diag::err_typecheck_convert_incompatible_block_pointer;
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00007219 break;
Steve Naroff39579072008-10-14 22:18:38 +00007220 case IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId:
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00007221 // FIXME: Diagnose the problem in ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible, since
Steve Naroff39579072008-10-14 22:18:38 +00007222 // it can give a more specific diagnostic.
7223 DiagKind = diag::warn_incompatible_qualified_id;
7224 break;
Anders Carlssonb0f90cc2009-01-30 23:17:46 +00007225 case IncompatibleVectors:
7226 DiagKind = diag::warn_incompatible_vectors;
7227 break;
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00007228 case Incompatible:
7229 DiagKind = diag::err_typecheck_convert_incompatible;
7230 isInvalid = true;
7231 break;
7232 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00007233
Douglas Gregor68647482009-12-16 03:45:30 +00007234 Diag(Loc, DiagKind) << DstType << SrcType << Action
Anders Carlssonb76cd3d2009-11-10 04:46:30 +00007235 << SrcExpr->getSourceRange() << Hint;
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00007236 return isInvalid;
7237}
Anders Carlssone21555e2008-11-30 19:50:32 +00007238
Chris Lattner3bf68932009-04-25 21:59:05 +00007239bool Sema::VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(const Expr *E, llvm::APSInt *Result){
Eli Friedman3b5ccca2009-04-25 22:26:58 +00007240 llvm::APSInt ICEResult;
7241 if (E->isIntegerConstantExpr(ICEResult, Context)) {
7242 if (Result)
7243 *Result = ICEResult;
7244 return false;
7245 }
7246
Anders Carlssone21555e2008-11-30 19:50:32 +00007247 Expr::EvalResult EvalResult;
7248
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00007249 if (!E->Evaluate(EvalResult, Context) || !EvalResult.Val.isInt() ||
Anders Carlssone21555e2008-11-30 19:50:32 +00007250 EvalResult.HasSideEffects) {
7251 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_expr_not_ice) << E->getSourceRange();
7252
7253 if (EvalResult.Diag) {
7254 // We only show the note if it's not the usual "invalid subexpression"
7255 // or if it's actually in a subexpression.
7256 if (EvalResult.Diag != diag::note_invalid_subexpr_in_ice ||
7257 E->IgnoreParens() != EvalResult.DiagExpr->IgnoreParens())
7258 Diag(EvalResult.DiagLoc, EvalResult.Diag);
7259 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00007260
Anders Carlssone21555e2008-11-30 19:50:32 +00007261 return true;
7262 }
7263
Eli Friedman3b5ccca2009-04-25 22:26:58 +00007264 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::ext_expr_not_ice) <<
7265 E->getSourceRange();
Anders Carlssone21555e2008-11-30 19:50:32 +00007266
Eli Friedman3b5ccca2009-04-25 22:26:58 +00007267 if (EvalResult.Diag &&
7268 Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::ext_expr_not_ice) != Diagnostic::Ignored)
7269 Diag(EvalResult.DiagLoc, EvalResult.Diag);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00007270
Anders Carlssone21555e2008-11-30 19:50:32 +00007271 if (Result)
7272 *Result = EvalResult.Val.getInt();
7273 return false;
7274}
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00007275
Douglas Gregor2afce722009-11-26 00:44:06 +00007276void
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00007277Sema::PushExpressionEvaluationContext(ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext) {
Douglas Gregor2afce722009-11-26 00:44:06 +00007278 ExprEvalContexts.push_back(
7279 ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord(NewContext, ExprTemporaries.size()));
Douglas Gregorac7610d2009-06-22 20:57:11 +00007280}
7281
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00007282void
Douglas Gregor2afce722009-11-26 00:44:06 +00007283Sema::PopExpressionEvaluationContext() {
7284 // Pop the current expression evaluation context off the stack.
7285 ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord Rec = ExprEvalContexts.back();
7286 ExprEvalContexts.pop_back();
Douglas Gregorac7610d2009-06-22 20:57:11 +00007287
Douglas Gregor06d33692009-12-12 07:57:52 +00007288 if (Rec.Context == PotentiallyPotentiallyEvaluated) {
7289 if (Rec.PotentiallyReferenced) {
7290 // Mark any remaining declarations in the current position of the stack
7291 // as "referenced". If they were not meant to be referenced, semantic
7292 // analysis would have eliminated them (e.g., in ActOnCXXTypeId).
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00007293 for (PotentiallyReferencedDecls::iterator
Douglas Gregor06d33692009-12-12 07:57:52 +00007294 I = Rec.PotentiallyReferenced->begin(),
7295 IEnd = Rec.PotentiallyReferenced->end();
7296 I != IEnd; ++I)
7297 MarkDeclarationReferenced(I->first, I->second);
7298 }
7299
7300 if (Rec.PotentiallyDiagnosed) {
7301 // Emit any pending diagnostics.
7302 for (PotentiallyEmittedDiagnostics::iterator
7303 I = Rec.PotentiallyDiagnosed->begin(),
7304 IEnd = Rec.PotentiallyDiagnosed->end();
7305 I != IEnd; ++I)
7306 Diag(I->first, I->second);
7307 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00007308 }
Douglas Gregor2afce722009-11-26 00:44:06 +00007309
7310 // When are coming out of an unevaluated context, clear out any
7311 // temporaries that we may have created as part of the evaluation of
7312 // the expression in that context: they aren't relevant because they
7313 // will never be constructed.
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00007314 if (Rec.Context == Unevaluated &&
Douglas Gregor2afce722009-11-26 00:44:06 +00007315 ExprTemporaries.size() > Rec.NumTemporaries)
7316 ExprTemporaries.erase(ExprTemporaries.begin() + Rec.NumTemporaries,
7317 ExprTemporaries.end());
7318
7319 // Destroy the popped expression evaluation record.
7320 Rec.Destroy();
Douglas Gregorac7610d2009-06-22 20:57:11 +00007321}
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00007322
7323/// \brief Note that the given declaration was referenced in the source code.
7324///
7325/// This routine should be invoke whenever a given declaration is referenced
7326/// in the source code, and where that reference occurred. If this declaration
7327/// reference means that the the declaration is used (C++ [basic.def.odr]p2,
7328/// C99 6.9p3), then the declaration will be marked as used.
7329///
7330/// \param Loc the location where the declaration was referenced.
7331///
7332/// \param D the declaration that has been referenced by the source code.
7333void Sema::MarkDeclarationReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, Decl *D) {
7334 assert(D && "No declaration?");
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00007335
Douglas Gregord7f37bf2009-06-22 23:06:13 +00007336 if (D->isUsed())
7337 return;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00007338
Douglas Gregorb5352cf2009-10-08 21:35:42 +00007339 // Mark a parameter or variable declaration "used", regardless of whether we're in a
7340 // template or not. The reason for this is that unevaluated expressions
7341 // (e.g. (void)sizeof()) constitute a use for warning purposes (-Wunused-variables and
7342 // -Wunused-parameters)
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00007343 if (isa<ParmVarDecl>(D) ||
Douglas Gregorb5352cf2009-10-08 21:35:42 +00007344 (isa<VarDecl>(D) && D->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()))
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00007345 D->setUsed(true);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00007346
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00007347 // Do not mark anything as "used" within a dependent context; wait for
7348 // an instantiation.
7349 if (CurContext->isDependentContext())
7350 return;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00007351
Douglas Gregor2afce722009-11-26 00:44:06 +00007352 switch (ExprEvalContexts.back().Context) {
Douglas Gregorac7610d2009-06-22 20:57:11 +00007353 case Unevaluated:
7354 // We are in an expression that is not potentially evaluated; do nothing.
7355 return;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00007356
Douglas Gregorac7610d2009-06-22 20:57:11 +00007357 case PotentiallyEvaluated:
7358 // We are in a potentially-evaluated expression, so this declaration is
7359 // "used"; handle this below.
7360 break;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00007361
Douglas Gregorac7610d2009-06-22 20:57:11 +00007362 case PotentiallyPotentiallyEvaluated:
7363 // We are in an expression that may be potentially evaluated; queue this
7364 // declaration reference until we know whether the expression is
7365 // potentially evaluated.
Douglas Gregor2afce722009-11-26 00:44:06 +00007366 ExprEvalContexts.back().addReferencedDecl(Loc, D);
Douglas Gregorac7610d2009-06-22 20:57:11 +00007367 return;
7368 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00007369
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00007370 // Note that this declaration has been used.
Fariborz Jahanianb7f4cc02009-06-22 17:30:33 +00007371 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(D)) {
Fariborz Jahanian485f0872009-06-22 23:34:40 +00007372 unsigned TypeQuals;
Fariborz Jahanian05a5c452009-06-22 20:37:23 +00007373 if (Constructor->isImplicit() && Constructor->isDefaultConstructor()) {
7374 if (!Constructor->isUsed())
7375 DefineImplicitDefaultConstructor(Loc, Constructor);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00007376 } else if (Constructor->isImplicit() &&
Douglas Gregor9e9199d2009-12-22 00:34:07 +00007377 Constructor->isCopyConstructor(TypeQuals)) {
Fariborz Jahanian485f0872009-06-22 23:34:40 +00007378 if (!Constructor->isUsed())
7379 DefineImplicitCopyConstructor(Loc, Constructor, TypeQuals);
7380 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00007381
Anders Carlssond6a637f2009-12-07 08:24:59 +00007382 MaybeMarkVirtualMembersReferenced(Loc, Constructor);
Fariborz Jahanian8d2b3562009-06-26 23:49:16 +00007383 } else if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(D)) {
7384 if (Destructor->isImplicit() && !Destructor->isUsed())
7385 DefineImplicitDestructor(Loc, Destructor);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00007386
Fariborz Jahanianc75bc2d2009-06-25 21:45:19 +00007387 } else if (CXXMethodDecl *MethodDecl = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) {
7388 if (MethodDecl->isImplicit() && MethodDecl->isOverloadedOperator() &&
7389 MethodDecl->getOverloadedOperator() == OO_Equal) {
7390 if (!MethodDecl->isUsed())
7391 DefineImplicitOverloadedAssign(Loc, MethodDecl);
7392 }
7393 }
Fariborz Jahanianf5ed9e02009-06-24 22:09:44 +00007394 if (FunctionDecl *Function = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00007395 // Implicit instantiation of function templates and member functions of
Douglas Gregor1637be72009-06-26 00:10:03 +00007396 // class templates.
Douglas Gregor3b846b62009-10-27 20:53:28 +00007397 if (!Function->getBody() && Function->isImplicitlyInstantiable()) {
Douglas Gregorb3ae4fc2009-10-12 20:18:28 +00007398 bool AlreadyInstantiated = false;
7399 if (FunctionTemplateSpecializationInfo *SpecInfo
7400 = Function->getTemplateSpecializationInfo()) {
7401 if (SpecInfo->getPointOfInstantiation().isInvalid())
7402 SpecInfo->setPointOfInstantiation(Loc);
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00007403 else if (SpecInfo->getTemplateSpecializationKind()
Douglas Gregor3b846b62009-10-27 20:53:28 +00007404 == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation)
Douglas Gregorb3ae4fc2009-10-12 20:18:28 +00007405 AlreadyInstantiated = true;
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00007406 } else if (MemberSpecializationInfo *MSInfo
Douglas Gregorb3ae4fc2009-10-12 20:18:28 +00007407 = Function->getMemberSpecializationInfo()) {
7408 if (MSInfo->getPointOfInstantiation().isInvalid())
7409 MSInfo->setPointOfInstantiation(Loc);
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00007410 else if (MSInfo->getTemplateSpecializationKind()
Douglas Gregor3b846b62009-10-27 20:53:28 +00007411 == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation)
Douglas Gregorb3ae4fc2009-10-12 20:18:28 +00007412 AlreadyInstantiated = true;
7413 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00007414
Douglas Gregor60406be2010-01-16 22:29:39 +00007415 if (!AlreadyInstantiated) {
7416 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Function->getDeclContext()) &&
7417 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Function->getDeclContext())->isLocalClass())
7418 PendingLocalImplicitInstantiations.push_back(std::make_pair(Function,
7419 Loc));
7420 else
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00007421 PendingImplicitInstantiations.push_back(std::make_pair(Function,
Douglas Gregor60406be2010-01-16 22:29:39 +00007422 Loc));
7423 }
Douglas Gregorb3ae4fc2009-10-12 20:18:28 +00007424 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00007425
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00007426 // FIXME: keep track of references to static functions
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00007427 Function->setUsed(true);
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00007428
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00007429 return;
Douglas Gregord7f37bf2009-06-22 23:06:13 +00007430 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00007431
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00007432 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
Douglas Gregor7caa6822009-07-24 20:34:43 +00007433 // Implicit instantiation of static data members of class templates.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00007434 if (Var->isStaticDataMember() &&
Douglas Gregorb3ae4fc2009-10-12 20:18:28 +00007435 Var->getInstantiatedFromStaticDataMember()) {
7436 MemberSpecializationInfo *MSInfo = Var->getMemberSpecializationInfo();
7437 assert(MSInfo && "Missing member specialization information?");
7438 if (MSInfo->getPointOfInstantiation().isInvalid() &&
7439 MSInfo->getTemplateSpecializationKind()== TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) {
7440 MSInfo->setPointOfInstantiation(Loc);
7441 PendingImplicitInstantiations.push_back(std::make_pair(Var, Loc));
7442 }
7443 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00007444
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00007445 // FIXME: keep track of references to static data?
Douglas Gregor7caa6822009-07-24 20:34:43 +00007446
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00007447 D->setUsed(true);
Douglas Gregor7caa6822009-07-24 20:34:43 +00007448 return;
Sam Weinigcce6ebc2009-09-11 03:29:30 +00007449 }
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00007450}
Anders Carlsson8c8d9192009-10-09 23:51:55 +00007451
Douglas Gregor1c7c3fb2009-12-22 01:01:55 +00007452/// \brief Emit a diagnostic that describes an effect on the run-time behavior
7453/// of the program being compiled.
7454///
7455/// This routine emits the given diagnostic when the code currently being
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00007456/// type-checked is "potentially evaluated", meaning that there is a
Douglas Gregor1c7c3fb2009-12-22 01:01:55 +00007457/// possibility that the code will actually be executable. Code in sizeof()
7458/// expressions, code used only during overload resolution, etc., are not
7459/// potentially evaluated. This routine will suppress such diagnostics or,
7460/// in the absolutely nutty case of potentially potentially evaluated
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00007461/// expressions (C++ typeid), queue the diagnostic to potentially emit it
Douglas Gregor1c7c3fb2009-12-22 01:01:55 +00007462/// later.
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00007463///
Douglas Gregor1c7c3fb2009-12-22 01:01:55 +00007464/// This routine should be used for all diagnostics that describe the run-time
7465/// behavior of a program, such as passing a non-POD value through an ellipsis.
7466/// Failure to do so will likely result in spurious diagnostics or failures
7467/// during overload resolution or within sizeof/alignof/typeof/typeid.
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00007468bool Sema::DiagRuntimeBehavior(SourceLocation Loc,
Douglas Gregor1c7c3fb2009-12-22 01:01:55 +00007469 const PartialDiagnostic &PD) {
7470 switch (ExprEvalContexts.back().Context ) {
7471 case Unevaluated:
7472 // The argument will never be evaluated, so don't complain.
7473 break;
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00007474
Douglas Gregor1c7c3fb2009-12-22 01:01:55 +00007475 case PotentiallyEvaluated:
7476 Diag(Loc, PD);
7477 return true;
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00007478
Douglas Gregor1c7c3fb2009-12-22 01:01:55 +00007479 case PotentiallyPotentiallyEvaluated:
7480 ExprEvalContexts.back().addDiagnostic(Loc, PD);
7481 break;
7482 }
7483
7484 return false;
7485}
7486
Anders Carlsson8c8d9192009-10-09 23:51:55 +00007487bool Sema::CheckCallReturnType(QualType ReturnType, SourceLocation Loc,
7488 CallExpr *CE, FunctionDecl *FD) {
7489 if (ReturnType->isVoidType() || !ReturnType->isIncompleteType())
7490 return false;
7491
7492 PartialDiagnostic Note =
7493 FD ? PDiag(diag::note_function_with_incomplete_return_type_declared_here)
7494 << FD->getDeclName() : PDiag();
7495 SourceLocation NoteLoc = FD ? FD->getLocation() : SourceLocation();
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00007496
Anders Carlsson8c8d9192009-10-09 23:51:55 +00007497 if (RequireCompleteType(Loc, ReturnType,
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00007498 FD ?
Anders Carlsson8c8d9192009-10-09 23:51:55 +00007499 PDiag(diag::err_call_function_incomplete_return)
7500 << CE->getSourceRange() << FD->getDeclName() :
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00007501 PDiag(diag::err_call_incomplete_return)
Anders Carlsson8c8d9192009-10-09 23:51:55 +00007502 << CE->getSourceRange(),
7503 std::make_pair(NoteLoc, Note)))
7504 return true;
7505
7506 return false;
7507}
7508
John McCall5a881bb2009-10-12 21:59:07 +00007509// Diagnose the common s/=/==/ typo. Note that adding parentheses
7510// will prevent this condition from triggering, which is what we want.
7511void Sema::DiagnoseAssignmentAsCondition(Expr *E) {
7512 SourceLocation Loc;
7513
John McCalla52ef082009-11-11 02:41:58 +00007514 unsigned diagnostic = diag::warn_condition_is_assignment;
7515
John McCall5a881bb2009-10-12 21:59:07 +00007516 if (isa<BinaryOperator>(E)) {
7517 BinaryOperator *Op = cast<BinaryOperator>(E);
7518 if (Op->getOpcode() != BinaryOperator::Assign)
7519 return;
7520
John McCallc8d8ac52009-11-12 00:06:05 +00007521 // Greylist some idioms by putting them into a warning subcategory.
7522 if (ObjCMessageExpr *ME
7523 = dyn_cast<ObjCMessageExpr>(Op->getRHS()->IgnoreParenCasts())) {
7524 Selector Sel = ME->getSelector();
7525
John McCallc8d8ac52009-11-12 00:06:05 +00007526 // self = [<foo> init...]
7527 if (isSelfExpr(Op->getLHS())
7528 && Sel.getIdentifierInfoForSlot(0)->getName().startswith("init"))
7529 diagnostic = diag::warn_condition_is_idiomatic_assignment;
7530
7531 // <foo> = [<bar> nextObject]
7532 else if (Sel.isUnarySelector() &&
7533 Sel.getIdentifierInfoForSlot(0)->getName() == "nextObject")
7534 diagnostic = diag::warn_condition_is_idiomatic_assignment;
7535 }
John McCalla52ef082009-11-11 02:41:58 +00007536
John McCall5a881bb2009-10-12 21:59:07 +00007537 Loc = Op->getOperatorLoc();
7538 } else if (isa<CXXOperatorCallExpr>(E)) {
7539 CXXOperatorCallExpr *Op = cast<CXXOperatorCallExpr>(E);
7540 if (Op->getOperator() != OO_Equal)
7541 return;
7542
7543 Loc = Op->getOperatorLoc();
7544 } else {
7545 // Not an assignment.
7546 return;
7547 }
7548
John McCall5a881bb2009-10-12 21:59:07 +00007549 SourceLocation Open = E->getSourceRange().getBegin();
John McCall2d152152009-10-12 22:25:59 +00007550 SourceLocation Close = PP.getLocForEndOfToken(E->getSourceRange().getEnd());
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00007551
John McCalla52ef082009-11-11 02:41:58 +00007552 Diag(Loc, diagnostic)
John McCall5a881bb2009-10-12 21:59:07 +00007553 << E->getSourceRange()
7554 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(Open, "(")
7555 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(Close, ")");
Douglas Gregor827feec2010-01-08 00:20:23 +00007556 Diag(Loc, diag::note_condition_assign_to_comparison)
7557 << CodeModificationHint::CreateReplacement(Loc, "==");
John McCall5a881bb2009-10-12 21:59:07 +00007558}
7559
7560bool Sema::CheckBooleanCondition(Expr *&E, SourceLocation Loc) {
7561 DiagnoseAssignmentAsCondition(E);
7562
7563 if (!E->isTypeDependent()) {
Douglas Gregora873dfc2010-02-03 00:27:59 +00007564 DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(E);
John McCall5a881bb2009-10-12 21:59:07 +00007565
7566 QualType T = E->getType();
7567
7568 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
7569 if (CheckCXXBooleanCondition(E)) // C++ 6.4p4
7570 return true;
7571 } else if (!T->isScalarType()) { // C99 6.8.4.1p1
7572 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_statement_requires_scalar)
7573 << T << E->getSourceRange();
7574 return true;
7575 }
7576 }
7577
7578 return false;
7579}